]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merge from emacs--devo--0
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18177 871))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18231 31060))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (18177 854))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (18203 51790))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18213
171 ;;;;;; 1252))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252
253 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
254 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
255 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
256 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
257 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
258 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
259 \\{change-log-mode-map}
260
261 \(fn)" t nil)
262
263 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
264 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
265
266 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
267 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
268
269 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
270 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
271
272 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
273 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
274
275 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
276 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
277
278 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
279 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
280 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
281 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
282 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
283
284 Has a preference of looking backwards.
285
286 \(fn)" nil nil)
287
288 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
289 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
290 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
291 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
292 or a buffer.
293
294 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
295 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
296
297 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
298
299 ;;;***
300 \f
301 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
302 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
303 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18231 31064))
304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
305
306 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
307 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
308 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
309 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
310 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
311 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
312 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
313 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
314 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
315 interpreted as `error'.")
316
317 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
318
319 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
320 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
321 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
322 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
323 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
324 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
325 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
326 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
327
328 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
329
330 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
331 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
332
333 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
334
335 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
336 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
337
338 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
339
340 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
341 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
342 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
343 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
344 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
345 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
346 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
347 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
348 will be overwritten with the new one.
349 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
350 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
351 will clear the cache.
352
353 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
354
355 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
356 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
357 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
358 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
359 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
360 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
361 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
362 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
363 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
364 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
365 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
366 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
367 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
368 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
369 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
370 definition will always be cached for later usage.
371
372 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
373
374 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
375 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
376 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
377
378 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
379 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
380 BODY...)
381
382 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
383 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
384 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
385 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
386 see also `ad-add-advice'.
387 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
388 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
389 before/around/after-advices will be used.
390 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
391 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
392 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
393 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
394 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
395 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
396
397 Semantics of the various flags:
398 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
399 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
400 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
401
402 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
403 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
404
405 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
406 advised function should be compiled.
407
408 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
409 during activation until somebody enables it.
410
411 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
412 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
413 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
414 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
415
416 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
417 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
418 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
419 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
420 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
421 during preloading.
422
423 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
424
425 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
426
427 ;;;***
428 \f
429 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
430 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
431 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18177 854))
432 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
433
434 (autoload 'align "align" "\
435 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
436 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
437 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
438 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
439 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
440 rule's `separate' attribute).
441
442 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
443 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
444 `separate' attribute set.
445
446 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
447 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
448 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
449 on the format of these lists.
450
451 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
452
453 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
454 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
455 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
456 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
457 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
458 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
459 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
460 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
461 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
462 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
463 options.
464
465 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
466 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
467
468 Fred (123) 456-7890
469 Alice (123) 456-7890
470 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
471 Joe (123) 456-7890
472
473 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
474 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
475 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
476
477 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
478
479 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
480 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
481 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
482 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
483 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
484 align that section.
485
486 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
487
488 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
489 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
490 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
491 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
492 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
493 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
494 been used to align that section.
495
496 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
497
498 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
499 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
500 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
501 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
502 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
503 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
504 to be colored.
505
506 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
507
508 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
509 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
510
511 \(fn)" t nil)
512
513 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
514 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
515
516 \(fn)" t nil)
517
518 ;;;***
519 \f
520 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
521 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
522 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
523
524 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525
526 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527
528 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529
530 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531
532 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533
534 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535
536 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537
538 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539
540 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541
542 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543
544 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545
546 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547
548 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549
550 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551
552 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553
554 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555
556 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
557 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
558 \\<allout-mode-map>
559
560 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
561 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
562 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
563
564 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
565 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
566 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
567 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
568 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
569 outline.)
570
571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
572
573 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
574 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
575 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
576 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
577 - easy topic encryption and decryption
578 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
579 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
580 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
581
582 and many other features.
583
584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
585 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
586 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
587 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
588 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
589
590 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
591 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
592 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
593 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
594 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
595 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
596 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
597 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
598
599 Exposure Control:
600 ----------------
601 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
602 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
603 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
604 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
605 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
606
607 Navigation:
608 ----------
609 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
610 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
611 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
612 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
613 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
614 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
615 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
616 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
617 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
618 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
619
620
621 Topic Header Production:
622 -----------------------
623 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
624 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
625 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
626
627 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
628 ---------------------------------
629 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
630 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
631 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
632 current topic
633 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
634 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
635 are alternated according to nesting depth.
636 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
637 the offspring are not affected.
638 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
639
640 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
641 ----------------------------------
642 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
643 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
644 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
645 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
646 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
647 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
648 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
649 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
650
651 Topic-oriented Encryption:
652 -------------------------
653 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
654 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
655
656 Misc commands:
657 -------------
658 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
659 and establish a default file-var setting
660 for `allout-layout'.
661 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
662 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
663 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
664 buffer with name derived from derived from that
665 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
666 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
667 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
668 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
669 format.
670 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
671 auto-activation.
672
673 Topic Encryption
674
675 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
676 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
677 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
678 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
679
680 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
681 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
682 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
683 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
684
685 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
686 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
687 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
688 pitfalls.
689
690 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
691 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
692 for details.
693
694 HOT-SPOT Operation
695
696 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
697 navigation and exposure control.
698
699 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
700 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
701 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
702 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
703 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
704
705 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
706 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
707 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
708 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
709 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
710
711 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
712 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
713 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
714 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
715 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
716 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
717 at the beginning of the current entry.
718
719 Extending Allout
720
721 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
722 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
723 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
724
725 `allout-mode-hook'
726 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
727 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
728 `allout-structure-added-hook'
729 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
730 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
731
732 Terminology
733
734 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
735
736 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
737 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
738 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
739 CURRENT ITEM:
740 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
741 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
742 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
743 called the:
744 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
745
746 ANCESTORS:
747 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
748 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
749 of the ITEM.
750 OFFSPRING:
751 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
752 SUBTOPIC:
753 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
754 CHILD:
755 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
756 SIBLINGS:
757 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
758
759 Topic text constituents:
760
761 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
762 text.
763 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
764 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
765 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
766 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
767 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
768 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
769 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
770 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
771 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
772 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
773 the PREFIX.
774
775 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
776 of the ITEM.
777 PREFIX-LEAD:
778 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
779 It can be customized by changing the setting of
780 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
781
782 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
783 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
784 program code without interfering with processing of the text
785 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
786 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
787 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
788 docstring for more detail.
789 PREFIX-PADDING:
790 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
791 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
792 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
793 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
794 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
795 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
796 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
797 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
798 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
799 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
800 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
801 more details.
802 EXPOSURE:
803 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
804 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
805 CONCEALED:
806 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
807 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
808
809 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
810 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
811 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
812
813 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
814
815 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
816
817 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
818 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
819
820 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
821 setup for auto-startup.
822
823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
824
825 ;;;***
826 \f
827 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
828 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18213 1258))
829 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
830
831 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
832
833 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
834 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
835 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
836 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
837 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
838 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
839
840 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
841
842 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
843 Not documented
844
845 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
846
847 ;;;***
848 \f
849 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
850 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18177 871))
851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
852
853 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
854 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
855 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
856 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
857 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
858 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
859 in the current window.
860
861 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
862
863 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
864 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
865 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
866
867 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
868
869 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
870 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
871 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
872
873 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
874
875 ;;;***
876 \f
877 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
878 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18190 39673))
879 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
880
881 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
882 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
883
884 \(fn)" t nil)
885
886 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
887 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
888
889 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
890 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
891 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
892 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
893
894 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
895 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
896
897 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
898
899 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
900
901 ;;;***
902 \f
903 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
904 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18213 1259))
905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
906
907 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
908 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
909 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
910 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
911 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
912 \\[yank].
913
914 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
915 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
916 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
917 the rules.
918
919 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
920 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
921 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
922 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
923
924 \(fn)" t nil)
925
926 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
927 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
928 \\{antlr-mode-map}
929
930 \(fn)" t nil)
931
932 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
933 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
934 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
935
936 \(fn)" nil nil)
937
938 ;;;***
939 \f
940 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
941 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
942 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
943 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18177 855))
944 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
945
946 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
947 Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
948 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
949 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
950
951 (custom-autoload 'appt-issue-message "appt" t)
952
953 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
954 Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
955
956 (custom-autoload 'appt-message-warning-time "appt" t)
957
958 (defvar appt-audible t "\
959 Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
960
961 (custom-autoload 'appt-audible "appt" t)
962
963 (defvar appt-visible t "\
964 Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
965 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
966
967 (custom-autoload 'appt-visible "appt" t)
968
969 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
970 Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
971 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
972
973 (custom-autoload 'appt-msg-window "appt" t)
974
975 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
976 Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
977 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
978
979 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-mode-line "appt" t)
980
981 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
982 The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
983 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
984
985 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-duration "appt" t)
986
987 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
988 Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
989 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
990
991 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-diary "appt" t)
992
993 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
994 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
995 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
996
997 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
998
999 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
1000 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1001
1002 \(fn)" t nil)
1003
1004 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
1005 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1006 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1007 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1008 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1009 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1010 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1011
1012 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1013 function.
1014
1015 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1016 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1017
1018 \(fn)" nil nil)
1019
1020 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1021 Toggle checking of appointments.
1022 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1023 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1024
1025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1026
1027 ;;;***
1028 \f
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1030 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1031 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18231 31060))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1033
1034 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1035 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1036 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1037 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1038
1039 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1040 kind of objects to search.
1041
1042 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1045 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1046 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1047 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1048 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1049 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1050
1051 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1052 normal variables.
1053
1054 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1055
1056 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1057
1058 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1059 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1060 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1061 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1062 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1063 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1064
1065 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1066 noninteractive functions.
1067
1068 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1069 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1070
1071 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1072 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1073
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1075
1076 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1077 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1078
1079 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1080
1081 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1082 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1083 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1084 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1085
1086 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1087 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1088 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1089 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1090
1091 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1092 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1093
1094 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1095
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1099 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1100 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1101 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1102 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1103 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1104
1105 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1106 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1107 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1108
1109 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1110
1111 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1112 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1113 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1114 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1115 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1116 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1117
1118 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1119 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1120 bindings.
1121 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1122
1123 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1124
1125 ;;;***
1126 \f
1127 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18190
1128 ;;;;;; 39673))
1129 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1130
1131 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1132 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1133 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1134 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1135 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1136 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1137
1138 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1139 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1140 archive.
1141
1142 \\{archive-mode-map}
1143
1144 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1145
1146 ;;;***
1147 \f
1148 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18177 855))
1149 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1150
1151 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1152 Major mode for editing arrays.
1153
1154 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1155 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1156 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1157
1158 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1159
1160 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1161 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1162 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1163
1164 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1165 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1166 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1167 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1168 The variables are:
1169
1170 Variables you assign:
1171 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1172 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1173 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1174 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1175 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1176 row numbers in the buffer.
1177
1178 Variables which are calculated:
1179 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1180 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1181
1182 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1183 take a numeric prefix argument):
1184
1185 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1186 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1187 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1188 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1189
1190 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1191 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1192 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1193 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1194
1195 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1199
1200 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1201 between that of point and mark.
1202
1203 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1204 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1205
1206 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1207 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1208 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1209 newlines inside rows)
1210
1211 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1212
1213 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1214
1215 \(fn)" t nil)
1216
1217 ;;;***
1218 \f
1219 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18203
1220 ;;;;;; 51792))
1221 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1222
1223 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1224 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1225 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1226 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1227
1228 How to quit artist mode
1229
1230 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1231
1232
1233 How to submit a bug report
1234
1235 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1236
1237
1238 Drawing with the mouse:
1239
1240 mouse-2
1241 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1242 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1243 below).
1244
1245 mouse-1
1246 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1247 or pastes:
1248
1249 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1250 --------------------------------------------------------------
1251 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1252 to new point
1253 --------------------------------------------------------------
1254 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1269 lines
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Paste Paste Paste
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279
1280 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1281 or diagonally.
1282
1283 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1284 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1285 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1286 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1287 poly-lines.
1288
1289 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1290 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1291 overwrite means the opposite.
1292
1293 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1294 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1295 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1296
1297 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1298
1299 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1300 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1301
1302 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1303 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1304 are currently drawing something.
1305
1306 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1307 some time to fill.
1308
1309
1310 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1311 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1312
1313
1314 Settings
1315
1316 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1317
1318 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1319
1320 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1321
1322 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1323
1324 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1325 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1326
1327 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1328
1329
1330 Drawing with keys
1331
1332 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1333 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1334 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1335 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1336 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1337 When pasting: Pastes
1338
1339 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1340
1341 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1342
1343 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1344 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1345 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1346 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1347 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1348 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1349
1350
1351 Arrows
1352
1353 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1354 of the line/poly-line
1355
1356 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1357 of the line/poly-line
1358
1359
1360 Selecting operation
1361
1362 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1363
1364 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1365 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1366 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1367 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1368 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1369 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1371 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1373 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1374 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1375 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1376 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1377 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1378 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1379 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1380 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1381 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1382 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1383 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1384
1385
1386 Variables
1387
1388 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1389 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1390
1391 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1392 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1393 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1394 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1395 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1396 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1397 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1398 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1399 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1400 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1401 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1402 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1403 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1404 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1405 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1406 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1407 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1408 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1409 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1410
1411 Hooks
1412
1413 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1414 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1415
1416
1417 Keymap summary
1418
1419 \\{artist-mode-map}
1420
1421 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1422
1423 ;;;***
1424 \f
1425 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18177
1426 ;;;;;; 872))
1427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1428
1429 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1430 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1431 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1432
1433 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1434 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1435 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1437
1438 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1439 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1440
1441 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1442 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1443
1444 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1445
1446 Special commands:
1447 \\{asm-mode-map}
1448
1449 \(fn)" t nil)
1450
1451 ;;;***
1452 \f
1453 ;;;### (autoloads (assistant) "assistant" "gnus/assistant.el" (18230
1454 ;;;;;; 21280))
1455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/assistant.el
1456
1457 (autoload 'assistant "assistant" "\
1458 Assist setting up Emacs based on FILE.
1459
1460 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1461
1462 ;;;***
1463 \f
1464 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1465 ;;;;;; (18177 855))
1466 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1467
1468 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1469 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1470 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1471
1472 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1473
1474 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1475 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1476 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1477 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1478 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1479 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1480 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1481 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1482 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1483 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1484
1485 For example:
1486 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1487 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1488 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1489 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1490 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1491
1492 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1493
1494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1495
1496 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1497 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1498 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1500 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1501 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1502
1503 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1504
1505 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1506 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1507 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1508 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1509 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1510 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1511
1512 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1513
1514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1515
1516 ;;;***
1517 \f
1518 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1519 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
1520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1521
1522 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1523 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1524
1525 \(fn)" t nil)
1526
1527 ;;;***
1528 \f
1529 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1530 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18190 39673))
1531 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1532
1533 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1534 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1535 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1536
1537 \(fn)" t nil)
1538
1539 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1540 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1541 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1542 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1543
1544 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1545
1546 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1547 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1548 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1551 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1552
1553 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1554
1555 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1556 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1557 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1558 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1559
1560 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1561 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1562
1563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1564
1565 ;;;***
1566 \f
1567 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1568 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1569 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1571
1572 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1573
1574 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1575 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1576 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1577 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1578 save the buffer too.
1579
1580 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1581
1582 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1583
1584 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1585 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1586 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1587 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1588 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1589 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1590
1591 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1592 directory or directories specified.
1593
1594 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1595
1596 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1597 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1598 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1599
1600 \(fn)" nil nil)
1601
1602 ;;;***
1603 \f
1604 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1605 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1606 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18190 39673))
1607 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1608
1609 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1610 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1611
1612 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1613 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1614 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1615 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1616 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1617
1618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1619
1620 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1621 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1622
1623 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1624 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1625
1626 \(fn)" nil nil)
1627
1628 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1629 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1630 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1631
1632 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1633 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1634 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1635 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1636 reflected in the current buffer.
1637
1638 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1639 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1640 writing before you save the file!
1641
1642 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1643
1644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1645
1646 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1647 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1648
1649 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1650 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1651
1652 \(fn)" nil nil)
1653
1654 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1655 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1656 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1657 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1658 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1659 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1660
1661 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1662
1663 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1665
1666 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1667 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1668 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1669
1670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1671
1672 ;;;***
1673 \f
1674 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1675 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18177 855))
1676 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1677
1678 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1679 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1680 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1682 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1683
1684 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1685
1686 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1687 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1688 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1689 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1690
1691 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1692 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1693 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1694
1695 Effects of the different modes:
1696 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1697 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1698 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1699 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1700 a random distance & direction.
1701 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1702 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1703 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1704
1705 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1706
1707 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1708 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1709 definition of \"random distance\".)
1710
1711 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1712
1713 ;;;***
1714 \f
1715 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1716 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
1717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1718
1719 (autoload 'backquote "backquote" "\
1720 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1721
1722 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1723 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1724
1725 For example:
1726
1727 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1728 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1729 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1730 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1731
1732 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1733
1734 \(fn STRUCTURE)" nil (quote macro))
1735
1736 (defalias '\` (symbol-function 'backquote))
1737
1738 ;;;***
1739 \f
1740 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1741 ;;;;;; (18177 855))
1742 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1743 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1744
1745 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1746 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1747 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1748 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1749
1750 \(fn)" t nil)
1751
1752 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1753 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1754 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1756 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1757 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1758
1759 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1760
1761 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1762 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1763 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1764 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1765 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1766 seconds.
1767
1768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1769
1770 ;;;***
1771 \f
1772 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1773 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18177 857))
1774 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1775
1776 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1777 Time execution of FORMS.
1778 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1779 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1780 FORMS once.
1781 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1782 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1783 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1784
1785 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1786
1787 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1788 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1789 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1790 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1791 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1792
1793 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1794
1795 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1796 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1797 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1798 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1799 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1800
1801 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18177
1806 ;;;;;; 875))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1808
1809 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1810 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1811 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1812 of corresponding buffers.
1813 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1814 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1815 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1816 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1817 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1818 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1819
1820 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1821
1822 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1823 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1824
1825 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1826
1827 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1828 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1829 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1830 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1831
1832 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1833 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1834 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1835 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1836 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1837
1838 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1839 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1840
1841
1842 Special information:
1843
1844 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1845
1846 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1847 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1848 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1849 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1850 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1851 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1852 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1853 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1854 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1855 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1856 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1857
1858 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1859 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1860 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1861 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1862 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1863 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1864 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1865 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1866
1867 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1868
1869 ----------------------------------------------------------
1870 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1871 if that value is non-nil.
1872
1873 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1874
1875 \(fn)" t nil)
1876
1877 ;;;***
1878 \f
1879 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1880 ;;;;;; (18190 39685))
1881 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1882 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1883
1884 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1885 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1886
1887 \(fn)" t nil)
1888
1889 ;;;***
1890 \f
1891 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1892 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1893 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
1894 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1895
1896 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1897
1898 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1899 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1900 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1901
1902 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1903
1904 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1905 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1906
1907 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1908
1909 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1910 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1911
1912 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1913
1914 ;;;***
1915 \f
1916 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18213
1917 ;;;;;; 1259))
1918 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1919
1920 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1921 Play blackbox.
1922 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1923
1924 What is blackbox?
1925
1926 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1927 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1928 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1929 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1930 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1931 your score.
1932
1933 Overview of play:
1934
1935 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1936 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1937 four.
1938
1939 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1940 movement keys.
1941
1942 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1943 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1944
1945 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1946 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1947
1948 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1949 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1950 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1951 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1952 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1953 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1954
1955 Details:
1956
1957 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1958
1959 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1960 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1961 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1962 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1963
1964 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1965 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1966 denoted by the letter `R'.
1967
1968 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1969 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1970 denoted by the letter `H'.
1971
1972 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1973 example.
1974
1975 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1976 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1977 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1978 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1979 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1980 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1981 ray.
1982
1983 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1984 degree deflection it causes.
1985
1986 1
1987 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1988 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1989 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1990 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1992 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1993 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1995 2 3
1996
1997 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1998 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1999
2000
2001 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2002 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2003 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2004 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2005 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2006 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2007 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2008 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2009
2010 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2011 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2012 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2013 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2014 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2015 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2016 emerging from the box.
2017
2018 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2019
2020 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2021 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2022 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2023 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2024 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2025 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2026 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2027 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2028
2029 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2030 a reflection.
2031
2032 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2033
2034 ;;;***
2035 \f
2036 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2037 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2038 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
2039 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18190
2040 ;;;;;; 39673))
2041 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2042 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2043 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2044 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2045
2046 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2047 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2048 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2049 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2050 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2051 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2052 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2053 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2054 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ;"m"ark
2055 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2056 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ;"g"o
2057 (define-key bookmark-map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window)
2058 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2059 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2060 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ;"f"ind
2061 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2062 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2063 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2064 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2065 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2066
2067 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2068 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2069 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2070 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2071 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2072 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2073 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2074 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2075 recent one.
2076
2077 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2078 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2079 yank successive words.
2080
2081 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2082 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2083 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2084 name of the file being visited.
2085
2086 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2087 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2088 the list of bookmarks.)
2089
2090 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2091
2092 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2093 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2094 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2095 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2096 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2097 this.
2098
2099 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2100 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2101 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2102 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2103
2104 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2105
2106 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2107 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2108 See `bookmark-jump'.
2109
2110 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2111
2112 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2113 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2114 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2115 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2116 after a bookmark was set in it.
2117
2118 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2119
2120 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2121 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2122 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2123 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2124
2125 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2126
2127 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2128
2129 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2130 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2131 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2132 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2133
2134 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2135 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2136 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2137
2138 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2139 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2140 name.
2141
2142 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2143
2144 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2145 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2146 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2147 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2148 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2149 this.
2150
2151 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2152
2153 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2154 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2155 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2156 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2157 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2158 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2159 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2160 probably because we were called from there.
2161
2162 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2163
2164 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2165 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2166 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2167
2168 \(fn)" t nil)
2169
2170 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2171 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2172 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2173 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2174 \(second argument).
2175
2176 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2177 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2178 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2179 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2180 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2181
2182 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2183 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2184 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2185 `bookmark-default-file'.
2186
2187 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2190 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2191 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2192 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2193 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2194 while loading.
2195
2196 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2197 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2198 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2199 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2200 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2201 explicitly.
2202
2203 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2204 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2205 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2206 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2207
2208 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2209
2210 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2211 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2212 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2213 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2214 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2215
2216 \(fn)" t nil)
2217
2218 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2219
2220 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2221
2222 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2223
2224 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2225
2226 ;;;***
2227 \f
2228 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2229 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2230 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2231 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2232 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2233 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2234 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2235 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2236 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2237 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
2238 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2239
2240 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2241 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2242 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2243 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2244
2245 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2246 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2247 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2248 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2249 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2250
2251 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2252
2253 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2254 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2255
2256 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2257
2258 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2259 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2260
2261 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2262
2263 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2264 Not documented
2265
2266 \(fn)" nil nil)
2267
2268 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2269 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2270 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2271 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2272 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2273 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2274
2275 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2278 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2279 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2280 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2281 narrowed.
2282
2283 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2284
2285 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2286 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2287
2288 \(fn)" t nil)
2289
2290 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2291 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2292
2293 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2294
2295 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2296 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2297 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2298 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2299
2300 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2301
2302 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2303 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2304 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2305 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2306
2307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2308
2309 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2310 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2311 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2312 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2313 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2314 to use.
2315
2316 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2317
2318 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2319 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2320 Default to the URL around or before point.
2321
2322 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2323 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2324 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2325 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2326
2327 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2328 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2329
2330 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2331 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2332
2333 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2334
2335 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2336 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2337 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2338 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2339
2340 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2341 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2342 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2343 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2344
2345 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2346 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2347 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2348
2349 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2350 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2351
2352 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2356 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2357 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2358
2359 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2360 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2361 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2362 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2363
2364 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2365 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2366 new tab in an existing window instead.
2367
2368 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2369 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2376 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2377 Firefox.
2378
2379 When called interactively, if variable
2380 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2381 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2382 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2383 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2384
2385 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2386 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2387 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2388
2389 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2390 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391
2392 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2393 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2394 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2395 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2396 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2397 URL in a new window.
2398
2399 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2400
2401 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2402 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2403 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2404 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2405
2406 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2407 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2408 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2409 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410
2411 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2412 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2413 new tab in an existing window instead.
2414
2415 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2416 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2417
2418 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2419
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2422
2423 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424
2425 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2427 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2428 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2429
2430 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2431 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2432 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2433 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2434
2435 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2436 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2437
2438 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2439
2440 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2441 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2442
2443 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2444 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2445 program is invoked according to the variable
2446 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2447
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2450 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2451 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2454 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455
2456 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457
2458 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2459 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2460 Default to the URL around or before point.
2461
2462 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2463 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2464 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2465
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2468 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2469 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470
2471 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2472 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2473
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2475
2476 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around or before point.
2479
2480 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2481 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2482 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2483
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2491 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2492 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2493
2494 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2495
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2498 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2499 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2500 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2501 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2502
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2504
2505 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2506 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2507 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2508 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2509 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2510
2511 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2512 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2513 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2514 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2515
2516 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2517 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518
2519 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2520
2521 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2522 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2523 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2524 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2525 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2526 current one.
2527
2528 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2529 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2530 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2531 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2532
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2535
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2537
2538 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2539 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2540 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2541 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2542 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2543 don't offer a form of remote control.
2544
2545 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2546
2547 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2548 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2549 Default to the URL around or before point.
2550
2551 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2552
2553 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2554 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2555 Default to the URL around the point.
2556
2557 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2558 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2559
2560 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2561 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2562
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564
2565 ;;;***
2566 \f
2567 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18177
2568 ;;;;;; 871))
2569 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2570
2571 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2572 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2573
2574 \(fn)" t nil)
2575
2576 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2577 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2578
2579 \(fn)" nil nil)
2580
2581 ;;;***
2582 \f
2583 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2584 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18213 1252))
2585 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2586
2587 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2588 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2589 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2590 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2591
2592 \(fn)" t nil)
2593
2594 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2595 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2596 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2597 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2598
2599 \(fn)" t nil)
2600
2601 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2602 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2603
2604 \(fn)" t nil)
2605
2606 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2607 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2608 \\<bs-mode-map>
2609 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2610 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2611 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2612 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2613
2614 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2615 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2616 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2617 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2618 name of buffer configuration.
2619
2620 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2621
2622 ;;;***
2623 \f
2624 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18190 39683))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2626
2627 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2628 Play Bubbles game.
2629
2630 \(fn)" t nil)
2631
2632 ;;;***
2633 \f
2634 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2635 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18190
2636 ;;;;;; 39674))
2637 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2638
2639 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'push-button) (define-key map [mouse-2] 'push-button) map) "\
2640 Keymap used by buttons.")
2641
2642 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] 'forward-button) (define-key map "\e " 'backward-button) (define-key map [backtab] 'backward-button) map) "\
2643 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2644 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2645
2646 (autoload 'define-button-type "button" "\
2647 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2648 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2649 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2650 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2651 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2652
2653 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2654 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2655 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2656 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2657
2658 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2659
2660 (autoload 'make-button "button" "\
2661 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2662 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2663 specifying properties to add to the button.
2664 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2665 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2666 `define-button-type'.
2667
2668 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2669
2670 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2671
2672 (autoload 'insert-button "button" "\
2673 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2674 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2675 specifying properties to add to the button.
2676 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2677 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2678 `define-button-type'.
2679
2680 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2681
2682 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2683
2684 (autoload 'make-text-button "button" "\
2685 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2686 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2687 specifying properties to add to the button.
2688 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2689 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2690 `define-button-type'.
2691
2692 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2693 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2694 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2695 `make-text-button'.
2696
2697 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2698
2699 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2700
2701 (autoload 'insert-text-button "button" "\
2702 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2703 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2704 specifying properties to add to the button.
2705 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2706 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2707 `define-button-type'.
2708
2709 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2710 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2711 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2712 `insert-text-button'.
2713
2714 Also see `make-text-button'.
2715
2716 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2717
2718 ;;;***
2719 \f
2720 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2721 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2722 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2723 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2724 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2725 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
2726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2727 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2729 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2730 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2731
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2733 Not documented
2734
2735 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2736
2737 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2738 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2739 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2740 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2741 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2742 else the global value will be modified.
2743
2744 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2745
2746 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2747 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2748 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2749 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2750 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2751 else the global value will be modified.
2752
2753 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2754
2755 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2756 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2757 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2758
2759 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2760
2761 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2762 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2763 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2764 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2765
2766 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2767 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2768 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2769 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2770 whether to compile it.
2771
2772 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2773
2774 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2775 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2776
2777 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2778 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2779
2780 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2782 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2783 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2784 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2785 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2786
2787 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2788
2789 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2790 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2791 Print the result in the echo area.
2792 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2793
2794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2795
2796 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2797 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2798 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2799
2800 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2801
2802 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2803 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2804 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2805 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2806 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2807 all functions called by those functions.
2808
2809 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2810 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2811 cons, etc.).
2812
2813 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2814 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2815 invoked interactively.
2816
2817 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2818
2819 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2820 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2821 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2822 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2823
2824 \(fn)" nil nil)
2825
2826 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2827 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2828 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2829 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2830 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2831 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2832 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2833 already up-to-date.
2834
2835 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2836
2837 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2838 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2839 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2840 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2841
2842 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2843 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2844 and corresponding effects.
2845
2846 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2847
2848 ;;;***
2849 \f
2850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18177 856))
2851 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2852
2853 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2854
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2856
2857 ;;;***
2858 \f
2859 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2860 ;;;;;; (18190 39681))
2861 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2862
2863 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "cal-hebrew" "\
2864 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2865 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2866 from the cursor position.
2867
2868 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2869
2870 ;;;***
2871 \f
2872 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2873 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2874 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2875 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
2876 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2877
2878 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2879 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2880
2881 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2882 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2883
2884 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2885 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2886
2887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2888
2889 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2890 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2891
2892 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2893
2894 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2895 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2896
2897 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2898
2899 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2900 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2901
2902 \(fn)" t nil)
2903
2904 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2905 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2906 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2907 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2908
2909 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2910
2911 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2912 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2913 This is most useful in the X window system.
2914 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2915 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2916
2917 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2918
2919 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2920 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2921 See calc-keypad for details.
2922
2923 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2924
2925 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2926 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2927
2928 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2929
2930 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2931 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2932
2933 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2934
2935 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2936 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2937
2938 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2939
2940 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2941 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2942 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2943
2944 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2945
2946 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2947 Not documented
2948
2949 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2950
2951 ;;;***
2952 \f
2953 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18213
2954 ;;;;;; 1252))
2955 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2956
2957 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2958 Run the Emacs calculator.
2959 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2960
2961 \(fn)" t nil)
2962
2963 ;;;***
2964 \f
2965 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2966 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2967 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2968 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2969 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2970 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2971 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2972 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2973 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2974 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2975 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2976 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2977 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2978 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2979 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2980 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2981 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2982 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18190 39681))
2983 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2984
2985 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2986 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2987 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2988 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2989 the screen.")
2990
2991 (custom-autoload 'calendar-offset "calendar" t)
2992
2993 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2994 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2995 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2996 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2997 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2998 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2999
3000 (custom-autoload 'view-diary-entries-initially "calendar" t)
3001
3002 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
3003 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
3004 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
3005
3006 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-in-calendar "calendar" t)
3007
3008 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
3009 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
3010 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
3011
3012 (custom-autoload 'calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting "calendar" t)
3013
3014 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
3015 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
3016 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
3017 displayed.")
3018
3019 (custom-autoload 'view-calendar-holidays-initially "calendar" t)
3020
3021 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
3022 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
3023 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
3024
3025 (custom-autoload 'mark-holidays-in-calendar "calendar" t)
3026
3027 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
3028 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
3029 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3030
3031 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
3032
3033 (custom-autoload 'all-hebrew-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3034
3035 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
3036 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
3037 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3038
3039 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
3040 calendar.")
3041
3042 (custom-autoload 'all-christian-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3043
3044 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
3045 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
3046 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3047
3048 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
3049 calendar.")
3050
3051 (custom-autoload 'all-islamic-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3052
3053 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
3054 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
3055 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3056
3057 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3058 calendar.")
3059
3060 (custom-autoload 'all-bahai-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3061
3062 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3063 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3064 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3065
3066 (custom-autoload 'calendar-load-hook "calendar" t)
3067
3068 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3069 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3070 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3071 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3072 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3073
3074 (custom-autoload 'initial-calendar-window-hook "calendar" t)
3075
3076 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3077 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3078 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3079 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3080 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3081 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3082 a function is also provided for this:
3083 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3084
3085 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3086 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3087 date is not visible in the window.
3088
3089 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3090 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3091 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3092
3093 (custom-autoload 'today-visible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3094
3095 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3096 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3097
3098 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3099 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3100 date is visible in the window.
3101
3102 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3103 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3104 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3105
3106 (custom-autoload 'today-invisible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3107
3108 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3109 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3110
3111 For example,
3112
3113 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3114
3115 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3116
3117 (custom-autoload 'calendar-move-hook "calendar" t)
3118
3119 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3120 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3121
3122 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3123 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3124
3125 MONTH/DAY
3126 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3127 MONTHNAME DAY
3128 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3129 DAYNAME
3130
3131 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3132 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3133 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3134 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3135 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3136 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3137 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3138 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3139 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3140 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3141 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3142 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3143 in every week.
3144
3145 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3146 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3147 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3148 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3149
3150 DAY/MONTH
3151 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3152 DAY MONTHNAME
3153 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3154 DAYNAME
3155
3156 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3157 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3158
3159 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3160 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3161 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3162 window but will appear in a diary window.
3163
3164 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3165 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3166
3167 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3168 entries (in the default American style):
3169
3170 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3171 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3172 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3173 21: Payday
3174 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3175 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3176 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3177 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3178 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3179 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3180 &* 15 time cards due.
3181
3182 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3183 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3184 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3185 single diary entry
3186
3187 02/11/1989
3188 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3189 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3190 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3191 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3192 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3193 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3194
3195 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3196 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3197 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3198
3199 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3200
3201 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3202
3203 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3204 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3205 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3206 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3207 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3208 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3209 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3210 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3211 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3212 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3213 details.
3214
3215 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3216 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3217 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3218 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3219 documentation for these functions for details.
3220
3221 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3222 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3223
3224 (custom-autoload 'diary-file "calendar" t)
3225
3226 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3227 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3228
3229 (custom-autoload 'diary-nonmarking-symbol "calendar" t)
3230
3231 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3232 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3233
3234 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3235
3236 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3237 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3238
3239 (custom-autoload 'islamic-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3240
3241 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3242 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3243
3244 (custom-autoload 'bahai-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3245
3246 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3247 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3248 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3249
3250 (custom-autoload 'diary-include-string "calendar" t)
3251
3252 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3253 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3254 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3255
3256 (custom-autoload 'sexp-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3257
3258 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3259 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3260 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3261 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3262 full.")
3263
3264 (custom-autoload 'abbreviated-calendar-year "calendar" t)
3265
3266 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3267 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3268 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3269 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3270 are
3271
3272 DAY/MONTH
3273 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3274 DAY MONTHNAME
3275 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3276 DAYNAME
3277
3278 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3279 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3280 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3281
3282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3283 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3284 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3285 `american-calendar'.")
3286
3287 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-style "calendar" nil)
3288
3289 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3290 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3291 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3292
3293 (custom-autoload 'american-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3294
3295 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3296 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3297 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3298
3299 (custom-autoload 'european-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3300
3301 (defvar european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "\
3302 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3303 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3304
3305 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3306
3307 (defvar american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "\
3308 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3309 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3310
3311 (custom-autoload 'american-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3312
3313 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "\
3314 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3315 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3316 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3317 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3318 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3319
3320 (custom-autoload 'print-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3321
3322 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3323 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3324 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3325
3326 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3327 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3328 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3329 of the form
3330
3331 #include \"filename\"
3332
3333 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3334 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3335 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3336 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3337 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3338
3339 For example, you could use
3340
3341 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3342 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3343 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3344
3345 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3346 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3347 lexicographic order.")
3348
3349 (custom-autoload 'list-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3350
3351 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3352 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3353 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3354
3355 (custom-autoload 'diary-hook "calendar" t)
3356
3357 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3358 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3359 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3360 diary display.
3361
3362 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3363 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3364 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3365 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3366 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3367 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3368 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3369
3370 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3371 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3372 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3373 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3374 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3375 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3376 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3377 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3378
3379 (custom-autoload 'diary-display-hook "calendar" nil)
3380
3381 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3382 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3383 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3384 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3385 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3386 `diary-bahai-list-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3387 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3388
3389 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-listing-hook "calendar" t)
3390
3391 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3392 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3393
3394 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3395 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3396 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3397 of the form
3398 #include \"filename\"
3399 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3400 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3401 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3402 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3403 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3404
3405 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3406
3407 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3408 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3409 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3410 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3411 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3412 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3413 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3414
3415 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-marking-hook "calendar" t)
3416
3417 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3418 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3419 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3420 are holidays.")
3421
3422 (custom-autoload 'diary-list-include-blanks "calendar" t)
3423
3424 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3425 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3426 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3427 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3428 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3429
3430 (custom-autoload 'holidays-in-diary-buffer "calendar" t)
3431
3432 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3433
3434 (defvar general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
3435 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3436 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3437
3438 (custom-autoload 'general-holidays "calendar" t)
3439
3440 (put 'oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3441
3442 (defvar oriental-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (holiday-chinese-new-year))) "\
3443 Oriental holidays.
3444 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3445
3446 (custom-autoload 'oriental-holidays "calendar" t)
3447
3448 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3449
3450 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3451 Local holidays.
3452 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3453
3454 (custom-autoload 'local-holidays "calendar" t)
3455
3456 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3457
3458 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3459 User defined holidays.
3460 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3461
3462 (custom-autoload 'other-holidays "calendar" t)
3463
3464 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
3465
3466 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
3467
3468 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
3469
3470 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
3471
3472 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
3473
3474 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
3475
3476 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
3477
3478 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
3479
3480 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3481
3482 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3483 Jewish holidays.
3484 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3485
3486 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-holidays "calendar" t)
3487
3488 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3489
3490 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
3491 Christian holidays.
3492 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3493
3494 (custom-autoload 'christian-holidays "calendar" t)
3495
3496 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3497
3498 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
3499 Islamic holidays.
3500 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3501
3502 (custom-autoload 'islamic-holidays "calendar" t)
3503
3504 (put 'bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3505
3506 (defvar bahai-holidays '((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))) "\
3507 Baha'i holidays.
3508 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3509
3510 (custom-autoload 'bahai-holidays "calendar" t)
3511
3512 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3513
3514 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
3515 Sun-related holidays.
3516 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3517
3518 (custom-autoload 'solar-holidays "calendar" t)
3519
3520 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3521
3522 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3523 The frame setup of the calendar.
3524 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3525 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3526 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3527 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3528 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3529
3530 (custom-autoload 'calendar-setup "calendar" t)
3531
3532 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3533 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3534 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3535
3536 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3537 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3538
3539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3540
3541 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3542 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3543 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3544
3545 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3546 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3547 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3548 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3549
3550 (custom-autoload 'calendar-week-start-day "calendar" nil)
3551
3552 ;;;***
3553 \f
3554 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3555 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18177 860))
3556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3557
3558 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3559 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3560
3561 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3562
3563 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3564 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3565 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3566 it fails.
3567
3568 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3569
3570 ;;;***
3571 \f
3572 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3573 ;;;;;; (17928 6535))
3574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3575
3576 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3577 Toggle Capitalized- Words mode.
3578
3579 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3580 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3581 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3582 restriction to ASCII.
3583
3584 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3585
3586 capitalizedWorDD
3587 ^ ^ ^^
3588
3589 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3590 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3591 boundaries in found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3592
3593 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3594 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3595 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3596 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3597 the mode hook for programming langauge modes in which you encounter
3598 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3599 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3600
3601 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3602 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3603
3604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3605
3606 ;;;***
3607 \f
3608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18177
3609 ;;;;;; 872))
3610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3611 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3612
3613 ;;;***
3614 \f
3615 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3616 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
3617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3618
3619 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3620 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3621
3622 \(fn)" nil nil)
3623
3624 ;;;***
3625 \f
3626 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3627 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3628 ;;;;;; (18194 36640))
3629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3630
3631 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3632 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3633 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3634 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3635 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3636 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3637 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3638
3639 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3640
3641 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3642 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3643 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3644 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3645 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3646 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3647 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3648 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3649
3650 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3651 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3652 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3653 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3654 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3655 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3656
3657 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3658
3659 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3660 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3661
3662 Key bindings:
3663 \\{c-mode-map}
3664
3665 \(fn)" t nil)
3666
3667 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3668 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3669
3670 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3671 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3672 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3673 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3674 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3675 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3676 message.
3677
3678 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3679
3680 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3681 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3682
3683 Key bindings:
3684 \\{c++-mode-map}
3685
3686 \(fn)" t nil)
3687
3688 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3689 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3690 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3691
3692 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3693 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3694 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3695 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3696 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3697 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3698 message.
3699
3700 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3701
3702 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3703 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3704
3705 Key bindings:
3706 \\{objc-mode-map}
3707
3708 \(fn)" t nil)
3709
3710 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3711 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3712 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3713
3714 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3715 Major mode for editing Java code.
3716 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3717 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3718 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3719 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3720 message.
3721
3722 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3723
3724 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3725 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3726
3727 Key bindings:
3728 \\{java-mode-map}
3729
3730 \(fn)" t nil)
3731
3732 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3733 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3734 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3735
3736 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3737 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3738 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3739 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3740 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3741 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3742 message.
3743
3744 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3745
3746 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3747 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3748
3749 Key bindings:
3750 \\{idl-mode-map}
3751
3752 \(fn)" t nil)
3753
3754 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3755 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3756 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3757 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3758
3759 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3760 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3761 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3762 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3763 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3764 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3765 message.
3766
3767 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3768
3769 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3770 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3771
3772 Key bindings:
3773 \\{pike-mode-map}
3774
3775 \(fn)" t nil)
3776 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3777 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3778 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3779 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3780 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3781 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3782
3783 ;;;***
3784 \f
3785 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3786 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18194 36640))
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3788
3789 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3790 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3791 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3792 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3793
3794 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3795
3796 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3797 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3798 might get set too.
3799
3800 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3801 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3802 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3803 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3804 way.
3805
3806 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3807 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3808 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3809 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3810 a null operation.
3811
3812 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3813
3814 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3815 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3816 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3817 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3818
3819 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3820
3821 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3822 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3823 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3824
3825 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3826
3827 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3828 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3829 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3830 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3831 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3832
3833 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3834
3835 ;;;***
3836 \f
3837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (18177
3838 ;;;;;; 872))
3839 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3840
3841 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3842 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3843 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3844 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3845 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3846 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3847 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3848 Here are some examples:
3849
3850 Nomenclature Subwords
3851 ===========================================================
3852 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3853 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3854 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3855
3856 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3857 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3858 as words.
3859
3860 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3861
3862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3863
3864 ;;;***
3865 \f
3866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18177 872))
3867 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3868 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3869 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3870 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3871
3872 ;;;***
3873 \f
3874 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3875 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3876 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
3877 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3878
3879 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3880 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3881
3882 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3883
3884 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3885 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3886
3887 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3888
3889 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3890 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3891
3892 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3893 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3894 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3895 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3896 execution.
3897
3898 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3899
3900 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3901
3902 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3903 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3904
3905 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3906 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3907 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3908 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3909
3910 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3911 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3912 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3913 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3914 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3915 `write' commands.
3916
3917 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3918 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3919 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3920 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3921
3922 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3923 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3924 semantics.
3925
3926 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3927
3928 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3929
3930 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3931
3932 STATEMENT :=
3933 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3934 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3935
3936 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3937 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3938 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3939 | integer
3940
3941 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3942
3943 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3944 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3945 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3946
3947 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3948 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3949 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3950
3951 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3952 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3953
3954 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3955 BREAK := (break)
3956
3957 REPEAT :=
3958 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3959 (repeat)
3960 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3961 ;; (repeat))
3962 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3963 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3964 ;; (read REG)
3965 ;; (repeat))
3966 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3967 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3968 ;; (read REG)
3969 ;; (repeat))
3970 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3971
3972 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3973 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3974 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3975 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3976 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3977 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3978 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3979 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3980 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3981 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3982 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3983 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3984 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3985 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3986 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3987 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3988
3989 WRITE :=
3990 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3991 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3992 ;; representation.
3993 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3994 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3995 ;; (write r7))
3996 | (write EXPRESSION)
3997 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3998 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3999 ;; representation.
4000 | (write integer)
4001 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4002 ;; buffer.
4003 | (write string)
4004 ;; Same as: (write string)
4005 | string
4006 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4007 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4008 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4009 ;; representation.
4010 | (write REG ARRAY)
4011 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4012 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4013 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4014 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4015 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4016 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4017
4018 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4019 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4020
4021 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4022 END := (end)
4023
4024 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4025 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4026 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4027
4028 ARG := REG | integer
4029
4030 OPERATOR :=
4031 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
4032 + | - | * | / | %
4033
4034 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
4035 | & | `|' | ^
4036
4037 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4038 | << | >>
4039
4040 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4041 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4042 | <8
4043
4044 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4045 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4046 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4047 | >8
4048
4049 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4050 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4051 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4052 | //
4053
4054 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4055 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4056
4057 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4058 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4059 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4060 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4061 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4062 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4063 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4064 | de-sjis
4065
4066 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4067 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
4068 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4069 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4070 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4071 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4072 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4073 ;; byte of SJIS.
4074 | en-sjis
4075
4076 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4077 ;; Same meaning as C code
4078 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4079
4080 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4081 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4082 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4083 | <8=
4084
4085 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4086 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4087 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4088
4089 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4090 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4091 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4092 | //=
4093
4094 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4095
4096
4097 TRANSLATE :=
4098 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4099 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4100 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4101 LOOKUP :=
4102 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4103 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4104 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
4105 MAP :=
4106 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4107 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4108 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4109 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4110 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4111 MAP-ID := integer
4112
4113 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4114
4115 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4116 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4117 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4118 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4119 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4120 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4121
4122 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4123
4124 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4125 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4126 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4127
4128 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4129
4130 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4131
4132 ;;;***
4133 \f
4134 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4135 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
4136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4137
4138 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
4139 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4140 There are no special keybindings by default.
4141
4142 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4143 to the action header.
4144
4145 \(fn)" t nil)
4146
4147 ;;;***
4148 \f
4149 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
4150 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18308 19808))
4151 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4152
4153 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4154 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4155 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4156
4157 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4158
4159 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4160 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4161 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
4162 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
4163 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
4164
4165 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4166
4167 ;;;***
4168 \f
4169 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4170 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4171 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4172 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4173 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4174 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4175 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4176 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4177 ;;;;;; (18213 1258))
4178 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4179 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4180 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4181
4182 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4183 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4184 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4185 the users will view as each check is completed.
4186
4187 \(fn)" t nil)
4188
4189 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4190 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4191 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4192 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4193 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4194 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4195 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4196 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4197
4198 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4199
4200 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4201 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4202 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4203 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4204 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4205 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4206 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4207 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4208
4209 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4210
4211 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4212 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4213 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4214 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4215 spacing are all verified.
4216
4217 \(fn)" t nil)
4218
4219 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4220 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4221 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4222 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4223 otherwise stop after the first error.
4224
4225 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4226
4227 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4228 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4229 Only documentation strings are checked.
4230 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4231 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4232 a separate buffer.
4233
4234 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4235
4236 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4237 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4238 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4239 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4240 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4241
4242 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4243
4244 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4245 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4246 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4247 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4248 if there is one.
4249
4250 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4251
4252 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4253 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4254 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4255 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4256 if there is one.
4257 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4258
4259 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4260
4261 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4262 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4263 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4264
4265 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4266
4267 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4268 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4269 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4270 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4271 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4272
4273 \(fn)" t nil)
4274
4275 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4276 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4277 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4278 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4279 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4280 space at the end of each line.
4281
4282 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4283
4284 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4285 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4286 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4287 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4288
4289 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4290
4291 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4292 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4293 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4294 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4295
4296 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4297
4298 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4299 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4300 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4301 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4302
4303 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4304
4305 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4306 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4307 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4308 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4309
4310 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4311
4312 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4313 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4314 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4315 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4316
4317 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4318
4319 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4320 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4321 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4322 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4323
4324 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4325
4326 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4327 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4328 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4329 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4330
4331 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4332
4333 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4334 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4335 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4336 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4337
4338 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4339
4340 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4341 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4342 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4343 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4344
4345 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4346
4347 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4348 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4349 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
4350 turn it off.
4351
4352 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4353 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4354 checking of documentation strings.
4355
4356 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4357
4358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4359
4360 ;;;***
4361 \f
4362 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
4363 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
4364 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18177 866))
4365 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4366
4367 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4368 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4369 Return the length of resulting text.
4370
4371 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4372
4373 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4374 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4375
4376 \(fn)" t nil)
4377
4378 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4379 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4380 Return the length of resulting text.
4381
4382 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4383
4384 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4385 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4386
4387 \(fn)" t nil)
4388
4389 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4390 Not documented
4391
4392 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4393
4394 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4395 Not documented
4396
4397 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4398
4399 ;;;***
4400 \f
4401 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4402 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18177 856))
4403 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4404
4405 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4406 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4407 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4408 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4409 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4410 editing and the result is evaluated.
4411
4412 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4413
4414 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4415 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4416 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4417 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4418 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4419
4420 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4421
4422 \(fn)" t nil)
4423
4424 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4425 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4426 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4427 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4428 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4429
4430 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4431 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4432 \\{command-history-map}
4433
4434 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4435 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4436
4437 \(fn)" t nil)
4438
4439 ;;;***
4440 \f
4441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18231 31065))
4442 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4443
4444 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4445 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4446 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4447 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4448 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4449 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4450
4451 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4452 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4453
4454 ;;;***
4455 \f
4456 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4457 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
4458 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4459
4460 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4461 Not documented
4462
4463 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4464
4465 ;;;***
4466 \f
4467 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4468 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
4469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4470
4471 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4472 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4473 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4474 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4475
4476 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4477 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4478 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4479 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4480
4481 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4482 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4483
4484 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4485
4486 ;;;***
4487 \f
4488 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18177
4489 ;;;;;; 856))
4490 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4491
4492 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4493 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4494 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4495 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4496 of `scheme-program-name').
4497 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4498 it is given as initial input.
4499 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4500 discards input when it starts up.
4501 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4502 is run).
4503 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4504
4505 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4506 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4507
4508 ;;;***
4509 \f
4510 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
4511 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
4512 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4513
4514 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
4515 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
4516
4517 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4518
4519 ;;;***
4520 \f
4521 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4522 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4523 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4524 ;;;;;; (18213 1253))
4525 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4526
4527 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4528 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4529 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4530 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4531 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4532 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4533 functions have already modified the buffer.
4534
4535 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4536
4537 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4538 either globally or locally.")
4539
4540 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
4541
4542 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4543 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4544 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4545 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4546 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4547 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4548 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4549 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4550
4551 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4552
4553 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4554
4555 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4556 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4557 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4558 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4559 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4560 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4561 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4562 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4563
4564 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4565
4566 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4567
4568 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4569 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4570 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4571 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4572 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4573 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4574
4575 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4576
4577 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4578 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4579 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4580 directory tracking functions.")
4581
4582 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4583 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4584 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4585
4586 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4587
4588 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4589
4590 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4591 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4592 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4593
4594 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4595
4596 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4597
4598 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4599 Send COMMAND to current process.
4600 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4601 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4602
4603 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4604
4605 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4606 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4607 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4608 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4609
4610 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4611
4612 ;;;***
4613 \f
4614 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18177
4615 ;;;;;; 856))
4616 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4617
4618 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4619 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4620 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4621 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4622
4623 This command pushes the mark in each window
4624 at the prior location of point in that window.
4625 If both windows display the same buffer,
4626 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4627 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4628
4629 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4630 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4631 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4632 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4633 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4634 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4635 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4636 ignored.
4637
4638 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4639 this command work in interlaced mode:
4640 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4641 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4642 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4643
4644 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4645
4646 ;;;***
4647 \f
4648 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4649 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4650 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4651 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4652 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18213 1259))
4653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4654
4655 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4656 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4657
4658 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4659
4660 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4661 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4662
4663 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4664
4665 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4666 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4667 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4668 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4669 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4670 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4671 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4672
4673 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4674 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4675 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4676 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4677 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4678
4679 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4680 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4681 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4682 describing how the process finished.")
4683
4684 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4685 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4686 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4687 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4688 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4689
4690 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4691 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4692 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4693
4694 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4695
4696 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4697 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4698 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4699 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4700
4701 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4702
4703 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4704 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4705
4706 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4707 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4708
4709 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4710 (lambda ()
4711 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4712 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4713 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4714 (concat \"make -k \"
4715 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4716
4717 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4718 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4719
4720 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4721 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4722 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4723 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4724
4725 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4726
4727 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4728 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4729 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4730 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4731
4732 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4733 and move to the source code that caused it.
4734
4735 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4736 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4737
4738 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4739 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4740 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4741 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4742
4743 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4744 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4745 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4746 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4747
4748 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4749 kills its subprocesses.
4750
4751 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4752 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4753 to a function that generates a unique name.
4754
4755 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4756
4757 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4758 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4759 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4760 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4761
4762 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4763 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4764
4765 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4766 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4767 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4768 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4769
4770 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4771 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4772 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4773
4774 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4775
4776 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4777
4778 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4779 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4780 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4781 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4782 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4783
4784 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4785
4786 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4787
4788 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4789
4790 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4791 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4792 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4793 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4794 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4795 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4796 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4797
4798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4799
4800 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4801 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4802 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4803 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4804 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4805 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4806
4807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4808
4809 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4810 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4811 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4812
4813 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4814
4815 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4816
4817 ;;;***
4818 \f
4819 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4820 ;;;;;; (18213 1253))
4821 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4822
4823 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4824 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4825 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4826 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4827 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4828 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4829
4830 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4831
4832 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4833 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4834 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4835
4836 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4837 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4838 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4839 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4840
4841 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4842 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4843 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4844 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4845
4846 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4847 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4848 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4849 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4850
4851 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4852 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4853 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4854 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4855 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4856
4857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4858
4859 ;;;***
4860 \f
4861 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4862 ;;;;;; (18190 39674))
4863 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4864
4865 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4866 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4867 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4869 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4870 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4871
4872 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4873
4874 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4875 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4876
4877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4878
4879 ;;;***
4880 \f
4881 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4882 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18177
4883 ;;;;;; 856))
4884 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4885
4886 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4887 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4888 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4889 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4890
4891 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4892
4893 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4894 Toggle Auto Compostion mode.
4895 With arg, turn Auto Compostion mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
4896 number; if arg is nil, toggle Auto Compostion mode; anything else turns Auto
4897 Compostion on.
4898
4899 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4900 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4901
4902 You can use Global Auto Composition mode to automagically turn on
4903 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4904
4905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4906
4907 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4908 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4909 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4911 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4912 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4913
4914 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4915
4916 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4917 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4918 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4919 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4920 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4921
4922 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4923
4924 ;;;***
4925 \f
4926 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4927 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4928 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4929 ;;;;;; (18213 1260))
4930 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4931
4932 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4933 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4934 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4935 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4936 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4937 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4938 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4939
4940 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4941 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4942 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4943
4944 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4945 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4946 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4947
4948 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4949 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4950 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4951 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4952
4953 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4954 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4955 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4956 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4957 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4958 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4959 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4960
4961 \\{conf-mode-map}
4962
4963 \(fn)" t nil)
4964
4965 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4966 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4967 Comments start with `#'.
4968 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4969
4970 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4971
4972 \[Desktop Entry]
4973 Encoding=UTF-8
4974 Name=The GIMP
4975 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4976 Name[cs]=GIMP
4977
4978 \(fn)" t nil)
4979
4980 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4981 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4982 Comments start with `;'.
4983 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4984
4985 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4986
4987 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4988 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4989 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4990
4991 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4992 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4993
4994 \(fn)" t nil)
4995
4996 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4997 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4998 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4999 between `/*' and `*/'.
5000 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5001
5002 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5003 // another kind of comment
5004 /* yet another */
5005
5006 name:value
5007 name=value
5008 name value
5009 x.1 =
5010 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5011 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5012
5013 \(fn)" t nil)
5014
5015 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5016 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5017 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5018 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5019 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5020 `conf-space-keywords'.
5021 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5022 in an interactive fashion instead.
5023
5024 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5025
5026 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5027
5028 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5029 image/png png
5030 image/tiff tiff tif
5031
5032 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5033 class desktop
5034 # Standard multimedia devices
5035 add /dev/audio desktop
5036 add /dev/mixer desktop
5037
5038 \(fn)" t nil)
5039
5040 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5041 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5042 See `conf-space-mode'.
5043
5044 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5045
5046 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5047 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5048 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5049 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5050
5051 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5052
5053 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5054 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5055
5056 \(fn)" t nil)
5057
5058 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5059 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5060 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5061 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5062
5063 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5064
5065 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5066 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5067
5068 \(fn)" t nil)
5069
5070 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5071 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5072 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5073 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5074
5075 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5076
5077 *background: gray99
5078 *foreground: black
5079
5080 \(fn)" t nil)
5081
5082 ;;;***
5083 \f
5084 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5085 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18177 871))
5086 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5087
5088 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5089 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5090 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5091 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5092
5093 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5094
5095 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5096 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5097 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5098 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5099
5100 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5101
5102 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5103 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5104 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5105 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5106
5107 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5108
5109 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
5110 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5111
5112 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5113
5114 ;;;***
5115 \f
5116 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5117 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18190 39681))
5118 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5119
5120 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5121 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5122 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5123 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5124 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5125 following the copyright are updated as well.
5126 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5127 interactively.
5128
5129 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5130
5131 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5132 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5133 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5134
5135 \(fn)" t nil)
5136
5137 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5138 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5139
5140 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5141
5142 ;;;***
5143 \f
5144 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5145 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18231 31069))
5146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5147 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5148 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5149 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5150 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5151 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5152 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5153 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5154
5155 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5156 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5157 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5158 Tab indents for Perl code.
5159 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5160 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5161
5162 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5163 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5164 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5165 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5166 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5167 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5168 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5169 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5170 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5171 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5172 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5173 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5174
5175 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5176
5177 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5178 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5179
5180 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5181
5182 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5183 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5184 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5185 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5186 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5187 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5188 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5189 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5190 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5191
5192 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5193
5194 bite if angry;
5195
5196 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5197 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5198 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5199 to nil.)
5200
5201 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5202 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5203 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5204
5205 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5206
5207 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5208 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5209 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5210 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5211 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5212
5213 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5214
5215 if (A) { B }
5216
5217 into
5218
5219 B if A;
5220
5221 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5222
5223 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5224 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5225 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5226 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5227 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5228 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5229 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5230 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5231 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5232 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5233 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5234 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5235 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5236
5237 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5238 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5239 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5240 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5241 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5242 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5243
5244 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5245 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5246 man via menu.
5247
5248 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5249 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5250 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5251 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5252 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5253
5254 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5255 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5256 span the needed amount of lines.
5257
5258 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5259 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5260 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5261 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5262
5263 Variables controlling indentation style:
5264 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5265 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5266 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5267 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5268 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5269 `cperl-auto-newline'
5270 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5271 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5272 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5273 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5274 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5275 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5276 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5277 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5278 `cperl-indent-level'
5279 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5280 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5281 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5282 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5283 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5284 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5285 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5286 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5287 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5288 `cperl-brace-offset'
5289 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5290 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5291 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5292 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5293 `cperl-label-offset'
5294 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5295 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5296 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5297
5298 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5299 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5300 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5301 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5302 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5303 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5304
5305 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5306 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5307 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5308 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5309
5310 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5311 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5312 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5313 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5314 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5315 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5316
5317 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5318 column 0 is indented on
5319 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5320
5321 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5322 with no args.
5323
5324 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5325 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5326 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5327
5328 \(fn)" t nil)
5329
5330 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5331 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5332
5333 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5334
5335 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5336 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5337
5338 \(fn)" t nil)
5339
5340 ;;;***
5341 \f
5342 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5343 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
5344 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5345
5346 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5347 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5348 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5349 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5350 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5351
5352 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5353
5354 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5355 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5356
5357 \(fn)" t nil)
5358
5359 ;;;***
5360 \f
5361 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5362 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
5363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5364
5365 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5366 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5367 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5368 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5369
5370 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5371 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5372
5373 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5374
5375 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5376 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5377 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5378
5379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5380
5381 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5382
5383 ;;;***
5384 \f
5385 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5386 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
5387 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5388
5389 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5390 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5391 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5392 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5393
5394 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5395 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5396 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5397 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5398
5399 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5400 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5401 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5402
5403 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5404 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5405 'bob', and 'eve'.
5406
5407 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5408 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5409 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5410
5411 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5412
5413 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5414 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5415 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5416
5417 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5418
5419 ;;;***
5420 \f
5421 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18213
5422 ;;;;;; 1260))
5423 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5424 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
5425
5426 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5427 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5428
5429 \(fn)" t nil)
5430
5431 ;;;***
5432 \f
5433 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5434 ;;;;;; (18190 39682))
5435 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5436
5437 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5438 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5439 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5440 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5441 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5442 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5443
5444 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5445
5446 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5447 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5448 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5449 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5450 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5451
5452 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5453 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5454 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5455 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5456 function of these prefix keys.
5457
5458 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5459 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5460 options:
5461 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5462 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5463 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5464
5465 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5466 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5467 the prefix fallback behavior.
5468
5469 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5470 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5471 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5472 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5473
5474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5475
5476 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5477 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5478
5479 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5480
5481 ;;;***
5482 \f
5483 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5484 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5485 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5486 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5487 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5488 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5489 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5490 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5491 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5492 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5493 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
5494 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5495
5496 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5497 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5498
5499 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5500
5501 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5502 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5503
5504 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5505
5506 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5507 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5508
5509 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5510 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5511
5512 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5513 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5514
5515 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5516 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5517
5518 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5519 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5520
5521 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5522
5523 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5524
5525 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5526 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5527 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5528
5529 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5530 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5531
5532 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5533 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5534
5535 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5536 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5537
5538 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5539
5540 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5541
5542 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5543 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5544 Return VALUE.
5545
5546 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5547 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5548
5549 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5550 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5551
5552 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5553 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5554
5555 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5556
5557 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5558
5559 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5560 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5561 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5562 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5563 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5564
5565 \(fn)" t nil)
5566
5567 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5568 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5569 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5570 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5571
5572 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5573
5574 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5575 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5576
5577 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5578
5579 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5580 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5581
5582 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5583
5584 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5585
5586 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5587 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5588
5589 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5590
5591 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5592
5593 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5594 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5595 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5596
5597 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5598
5599 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5600 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5601 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5602 as part of Emacs itself.
5603
5604 Each elements looks like this:
5605
5606 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5607
5608 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5609 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5610 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5611 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5612 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5613 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5614 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5615 and `defface'.
5616
5617 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5618
5619 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5620 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5621 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5622 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5623 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5624
5625 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5626 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5627 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5628 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5629
5630 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5631
5632 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5633 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5634 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5635 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5636 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5637
5638 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5639 that were added or redefined since that version.
5640
5641 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5642
5643 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5644 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5645 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5646 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5647
5648 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5649 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5650
5651 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5652
5653 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5654 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5655 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5656
5657 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5658 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5659
5660 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5661
5662 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5663 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5664
5665 \(fn)" t nil)
5666
5667 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5668 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5669
5670 \(fn)" t nil)
5671
5672 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5673 Customize all already saved user options.
5674
5675 \(fn)" t nil)
5676
5677 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5678 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5679 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5680 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5681 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5682 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5683 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5684 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5685
5686 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5687
5688 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5689 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5690 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5691 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5692
5693 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5694
5695 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5696 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5697
5698 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5699
5700 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5701 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5702
5703 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5704
5705 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5706 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5707 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5708 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5709 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5710 that option.
5711
5712 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5713
5714 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5715 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5716 The result includes selecting that window.
5717 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5718 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5719 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5720 that option.
5721
5722 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5723
5724 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5725 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5726
5727 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5728
5729 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5730 File used for storing customization information.
5731 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5732 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5733 it should be an absolute file name.
5734
5735 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5736 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5737 something like the following in your init file:
5738
5739 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5740 \(load custom-file)
5741
5742 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5743 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5744
5745 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5746 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5747 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5748 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5749 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5750
5751 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5752 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5753 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5754 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5755 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5756 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5757 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5758 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5759 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5760 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5761
5762 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5763
5764 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5765 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5766
5767 \(fn)" nil nil)
5768
5769 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5770 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5771
5772 \(fn)" t nil)
5773
5774 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5775 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5776 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5777
5778 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5779
5780 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5781 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5782 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5783 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5784 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5785
5786 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5787
5788 ;;;***
5789 \f
5790 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5791 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18190 39674))
5792 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5793
5794 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
5795 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5796
5797 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5798
5799 (defconst custom-face-attributes '((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth `(:line-width ,lwidth)) (and color `(:color ,color)) (and style `(:style ,style))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value 'unspecified)) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value)))) "\
5800 Alist of face attributes.
5801
5802 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5803 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5804 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5805 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5806 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5807 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5808
5809 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5810 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5811 customization type TYPE).
5812
5813 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5814 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5815 given face attribute.")
5816
5817 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
5818 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5819 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5820 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5821
5822 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5823
5824 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5825 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5826 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5827 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5828 between themes and faces.
5829 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5830
5831 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5832 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5833
5834 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5835
5836 (autoload 'custom-theme-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5837 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5838 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5839
5840 (FACE IGNORED)
5841
5842 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5843
5844 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5845
5846 (autoload 'custom-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5847 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5848 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5849
5850 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5851
5852 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5853
5854 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5855
5856 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5857
5858 ;;;***
5859 \f
5860 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5861 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
5862 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5863
5864 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5865 Create a custom theme.
5866
5867 \(fn)" t nil)
5868
5869 ;;;***
5870 \f
5871 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5872 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
5873 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5874
5875 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5876 Mode used for cvs status output.
5877
5878 \(fn)" t nil)
5879
5880 ;;;***
5881 \f
5882 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5883 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18177 872))
5884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5885
5886 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5887 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5888
5889 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5890 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5891 C++ modes are included.
5892
5893 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5894
5895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5896
5897 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5898 Turn on CWarn mode.
5899
5900 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5901 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5902
5903 \(fn)" nil nil)
5904
5905 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5906 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5907 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5908 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5909 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5910 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5911
5912 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5913
5914 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5915 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5916 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5917 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5918 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5919
5920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5921
5922 ;;;***
5923 \f
5924 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5925 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5926 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
5927 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5928
5929 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5930 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5931
5932 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5933
5934 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5935 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5936
5937 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5938
5939 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5940 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5941 For readability, the table is slightly
5942 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5943
5944 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5945 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5946 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5947 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5948 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5949
5950 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5951
5952 ;;;***
5953 \f
5954 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5955 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
5956 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5957 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5958 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5959
5960 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5961 Completion on current word.
5962 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5963 and presents suggestions for completion.
5964
5965 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5966 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5967 completions.
5968
5969 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5970 then it searches *all* buffers.
5971
5972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5973
5974 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5975 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5976
5977 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5978 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5979 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5980 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5981 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5982
5983 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5984 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5985
5986 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5987 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5988 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5989
5990 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5991 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5992
5993 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5994
5995 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5996
5997 ;;;***
5998 \f
5999 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18213
6000 ;;;;;; 1259))
6001 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6002
6003 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6004 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6005
6006 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6007 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6008 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6009
6010 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6011 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6012 Data lines are not indented.
6013
6014 Key bindings:
6015
6016 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6017 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6018
6019 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6020 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6021 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6022 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6023
6024 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6025
6026 dcl-basic-offset
6027 Extra indentation within blocks.
6028
6029 dcl-continuation-offset
6030 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6031
6032 dcl-margin-offset
6033 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6034
6035 dcl-margin-label-offset
6036 Indentation for a label.
6037
6038 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6039 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6040
6041 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6042 dcl-block-end-regexp
6043 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6044 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6045 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6046 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6047 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6048
6049 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6050 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6051 Two such functions are included in the package:
6052 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6053 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6054
6055 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6056 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6057 One such function is included in the package:
6058 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6059
6060 dcl-tab-always-indent
6061 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6062 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6063 margin.
6064
6065 dcl-electric-characters
6066 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6067 typed.
6068
6069 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6070 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6071 which words trigger electric indentation.
6072
6073 dcl-tempo-comma
6074 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6075 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6076 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6077
6078 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6079 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6080 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6081 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6082
6083 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6084 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6085 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6086 dcl-imenu-label-call
6087 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6088
6089 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6090 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6091 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6092 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6093
6094
6095 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6096
6097 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6098 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6099 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6100 $ i = 1
6101 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6102 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6103 $ label:
6104 $ if i.eq.1
6105 $ then
6106 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6107 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6108 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6109 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6110 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6111 \"lined up with the command line\"
6112 $ type sys$input
6113 Data lines are not indented at all.
6114 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6115 $ endif
6116 $
6117
6118
6119 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6120 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6121
6122 \(fn)" t nil)
6123
6124 ;;;***
6125 \f
6126 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6127 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18195 4246))
6128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6129
6130 (setq debugger 'debug)
6131
6132 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6133 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6134 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6135 of the evaluator.
6136
6137 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6138 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6139 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6140
6141 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6142
6143 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6144 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6145
6146 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6147
6148 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6149 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6150 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6151 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6152 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6153 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6154
6155 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6156 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6157
6158 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6159
6160 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6161 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6162 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6163 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6164 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6165
6166 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6167
6168 ;;;***
6169 \f
6170 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6171 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
6172 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6173
6174 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6175 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6176
6177 \(fn)" t nil)
6178
6179 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6180 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6181 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6182 Upper-case letters are commands.
6183
6184 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6185 modify it.
6186
6187 The most useful commands are:
6188 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6189 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6190 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6191 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6192 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6193 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6194
6195 \(fn)" t nil)
6196
6197 ;;;***
6198 \f
6199 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6200 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18177
6201 ;;;;;; 856))
6202 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6203
6204 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6205 Customization of `columns' group.
6206
6207 \(fn)" t nil)
6208
6209 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6210 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6211
6212 START and END delimits the text region.
6213
6214 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6215
6216 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6217 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6218
6219 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6220
6221 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6222
6223 ;;;***
6224 \f
6225 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18203
6226 ;;;;;; 51791))
6227 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6228
6229 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
6230 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6231 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6232 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6233 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6234 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6235
6236 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6237
6238 Customization:
6239
6240 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6241 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6242 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6243 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6244 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6245 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6246 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6247 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6248 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6249 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6250 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6251 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6252 blank line.
6253 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6254 Directories to search when finding external units.
6255 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6256 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6257
6258 Coloring:
6259
6260 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6261 Face used to color delphi comments.
6262 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6263 Face used to color delphi strings.
6264 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6265 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6266 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6267 Face used to color everything else.
6268
6269 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6270 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6271
6272 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6273
6274 ;;;***
6275 \f
6276 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18231
6277 ;;;;;; 31060))
6278 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6279
6280 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6281
6282 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6283 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6284 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6285 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6286 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6287 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6288
6289 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6290
6291 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6292 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6293 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
6294 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
6295
6296 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6297 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6298 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6299 any selection.
6300
6301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6302
6303 ;;;***
6304 \f
6305 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6306 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18177 857))
6307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6308
6309 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6310 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6311
6312 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6313
6314 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6315 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6316 or nil if there is no parent.
6317 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6318 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6319 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6320 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6321 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6322
6323 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6324 arguments are currently understood:
6325 :group GROUP
6326 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6327 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6328 :syntax-table TABLE
6329 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6330 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6331 :abbrev-table TABLE
6332 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6333 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6334
6335 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6336
6337 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6338
6339 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6340 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6341 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6342
6343 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6344 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6345
6346 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6347 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6348 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6349
6350 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6351 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6352
6353 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6354 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6355
6356 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6357
6358 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6359
6360 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6361 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6362 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6363 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6364 the first time the mode is used.
6365
6366 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6367
6368 ;;;***
6369 \f
6370 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6371 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18231 31060))
6372 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6373
6374 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6375 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6376 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6377 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6378 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6379 otherwise.
6380
6381 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6382
6383 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6384 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6385 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6386 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6387 character composition information (if relevant),
6388 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6389
6390 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6391
6392 ;;;***
6393 \f
6394 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6395 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6396 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6397 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18231 31060))
6398 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6399
6400 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6401 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6402 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6403
6404 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6405
6406 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6407 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6408 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6409 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6410 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6411 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6412
6413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6414
6415 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6416 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6417 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6418 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6419
6420 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6421
6422 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6423 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6424 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6425
6426 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6427 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6428 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6429
6430 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6431 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6432
6433 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6434 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6435 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6436
6437 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6438 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6439 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6440 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6441
6442 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6443
6444 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6445 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6446
6447 Handlers are called with argument list
6448
6449 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6450
6451 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6452
6453 desktop-file-version
6454 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6455 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6456 desktop-buffer-point
6457 desktop-buffer-mark
6458 desktop-buffer-read-only
6459 desktop-buffer-locals
6460
6461 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6462 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6463
6464 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6465 code like
6466
6467 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6468 ...
6469 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6470 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6471
6472 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6473
6474 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6475
6476 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6477 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6478 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6479 List elements must have the form
6480
6481 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6482
6483 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6484 function.
6485
6486 Handlers are called with argument list
6487
6488 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6489
6490 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6491
6492 desktop-file-version
6493 desktop-buffer-file-name
6494 desktop-buffer-name
6495 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6496 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6497 desktop-buffer-point
6498 desktop-buffer-mark
6499 desktop-buffer-read-only
6500 desktop-buffer-misc
6501
6502 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6503 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6504 created and set.
6505
6506 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6507 code like
6508
6509 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6510 ...
6511 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6512 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6513
6514 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6515
6516 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6517
6518 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6519
6520 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6521 Empty the Desktop.
6522 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6523 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6524 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6525
6526 \(fn)" t nil)
6527
6528 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6529 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6530 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6531 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6532 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6533
6534 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6535
6536 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6537 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6538 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6539
6540 \(fn)" t nil)
6541
6542 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6543 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6544 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6545 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6546 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6547 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6548 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6549 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6550
6551 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6552
6553 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6554 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6555 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6556
6557 \(fn)" nil nil)
6558
6559 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6560 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6561 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6562 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6563 directory DIRNAME.
6564
6565 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6566
6567 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6568 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6569
6570 \(fn)" t nil)
6571
6572 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6573 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6574
6575 \(fn)" t nil)
6576
6577 ;;;***
6578 \f
6579 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6580 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6581 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18231 31065))
6582 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6583
6584 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6585 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6586 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6587 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6588 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6589 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6590
6591 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6592
6593 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6594 Repair a broken attribution line.
6595 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6596
6597 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6598
6599 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6600 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6601 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6602 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6603
6604 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6605
6606 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6607 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6608
6609 \(fn)" t nil)
6610
6611 ;;;***
6612 \f
6613 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-composition-function devanagari-post-read-conversion
6614 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
6615 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6617
6618 (autoload 'devanagari-compose-region "devan-util" "\
6619 Not documented
6620
6621 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6622
6623 (autoload 'devanagari-post-read-conversion "devan-util" "\
6624 Not documented
6625
6626 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6627
6628 (autoload 'devanagari-composition-function "devan-util" "\
6629 Compose Devanagari characters after the position POS.
6630 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
6631 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
6632
6633 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
6634
6635 ;;;***
6636 \f
6637 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6638 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18190 39681))
6639 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6640
6641 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6642 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6643 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6644 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6645 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6646
6647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6648
6649 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6650 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6651 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6652 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6653
6654 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6655 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6656 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6657 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6658
6659 #!/bin/sh
6660 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6661 emacs -batch \\
6662 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6663 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6664 european-calendar-style t \\
6665 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6666 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6667 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6668
6669 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6670 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6671 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6672 to run it every morning at 1am.
6673
6674 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6675
6676 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6677 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6678
6679 \(fn)" t nil)
6680
6681 ;;;***
6682 \f
6683 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6684 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18213 1253))
6685 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6686
6687 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6688 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6689
6690 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6691
6692 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6693 *The command to use to run diff.")
6694
6695 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6696
6697 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6698 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6699 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6700 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6701 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6702 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6703
6704 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6705
6706 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6707 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6708 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6709 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6710 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6711 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6712
6713 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6714
6715 ;;;***
6716 \f
6717 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6718 ;;;;;; (18213 1253))
6719 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6720
6721 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6722 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6723 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6724 normal diffs.
6725
6726 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6727 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6728 headers for you on-the-fly.
6729
6730 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6731 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6732 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6733
6734 \\{diff-mode-map}
6735
6736 \(fn)" t nil)
6737
6738 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6739 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6740 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6741
6742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6743
6744 ;;;***
6745 \f
6746 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6747 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6748 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6749 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6750 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18203 51788))
6751 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6752
6753 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6754 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6755 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6756 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6757 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6758 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6759 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6760 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6761
6762 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6763
6764 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6765 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6766
6767 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6768 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6769 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6770 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6771 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6772
6773 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6774 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6775
6776 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6777 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6778 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6779 always set this variable to t.")
6780
6781 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6782
6783 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6784 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6785 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6786 A value of t means move to first file.")
6787
6788 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6789
6790 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6791 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6792 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6793 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6794 are afterward marked with that character.")
6795
6796 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6797
6798 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6799 *Controls marking of copied files.
6800 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6801 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6802
6803 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6804
6805 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6806 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6807 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6808 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6809
6810 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6811
6812 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6813 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6814 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6815 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6816
6817 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6818
6819 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6820 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6821 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6822 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6823
6824 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6825
6826 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6827
6828 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6829 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6830 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6831
6832 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6833
6834 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6835 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6836 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6837 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6838 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6839 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6840
6841 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6842 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6843 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6844 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6845 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6846 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6847 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6848 list of files to make directory entries for.
6849 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6850 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6851 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6852 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6853
6854 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6855
6856 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6857 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6858
6859 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6860 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6861
6862 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6863 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6864
6865 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6866 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6867
6868 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6869
6870 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6871 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6872
6873 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6874
6875 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6876 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6877 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6878 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6879 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6880 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6881 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6882 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6883 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6884 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6885 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6886 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6887 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6888 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6889 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6890 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6891 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6892 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6893 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6894 to see why something went wrong.
6895 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6896 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6897 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6898 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6899 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6900 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6901 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6902 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6903 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6904 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6905 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6906 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6907 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6908
6909 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6910 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6911 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6912 again for the directory tree.
6913
6914 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6915 for more info):
6916
6917 `dired-listing-switches'
6918 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6919 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6920 `dired-marker-char'
6921 `dired-del-marker'
6922 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6923 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6924 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6925 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6926
6927 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6928
6929 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6930 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6931 `dired-mode-hook'
6932 `dired-load-hook'
6933
6934 Keybindings:
6935 \\{dired-mode-map}
6936
6937 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6938 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6939
6940 ;;;***
6941 \f
6942 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6943 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6944 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6945 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6946 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6947 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6948 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6949 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6950 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6951 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6952 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6953 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6954 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6955 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18231 31060))
6956 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6957
6958 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6959 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6960 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6961 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6962 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6963 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6964 which is options for `diff'.
6965
6966 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6967
6968 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6969 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6970 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6971 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6972 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6973 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6974
6975 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6976
6977 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6978 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6979 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6980 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6981 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6982 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6983 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6984
6985 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6986
6987 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6988 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6989 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6990 returned by function `file-attributes'
6991
6992 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6993 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6994
6995 Examples of PREDICATE:
6996
6997 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6998 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6999 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7000 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7001 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7002
7003 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7004
7005 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
7006 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7007 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7008
7009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7010
7011 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
7012 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7013
7014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7015
7016 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
7017 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7018
7019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7020
7021 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
7022 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7023 This calls touch.
7024
7025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7026
7027 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
7028 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7029 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7030 `lpr-switches' as default.
7031
7032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7033
7034 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
7035 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7036 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7037 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7038 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7039
7040 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7041 with a prefix argument.
7042
7043 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7044
7045 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7046 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7047 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7048 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7049 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7050
7051 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7052 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7053
7054 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7055 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7056 file name substituted for `?'.
7057
7058 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7059 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7060
7061 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7062 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7063 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7064 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7065
7066 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7067
7068 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7069 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7070 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7071
7072 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7073 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7074 in a subdir.
7075
7076 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7077 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7078 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7079
7080 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7081
7082 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7083 Not documented
7084
7085 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7086
7087 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
7088 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7089 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7090 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7091 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7092 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7093 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7094 from the buffer as well.
7095 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7096 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7097 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7098
7099 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7100
7101 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
7102 Not documented
7103
7104 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7105
7106 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
7107 Not documented
7108
7109 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7110
7111 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
7112 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7113
7114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7115
7116 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
7117 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7118
7119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7120
7121 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
7122 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7123
7124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7125
7126 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
7127 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7128 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7129 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7130
7131 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7132 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7133 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7134 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7135 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7136 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7137 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7138
7139 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
7142 Not documented
7143
7144 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7145
7146 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
7147 Not documented
7148
7149 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7150
7151 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
7152 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7153
7154 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7155
7156 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
7157 Not documented
7158
7159 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7160
7161 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
7162 Not documented
7163
7164 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7165
7166 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
7167 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7168
7169 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7170
7171 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
7172 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7173 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7174 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7175 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7176 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7177 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7178 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7179 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7180
7181 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7182 like `cp -d'.
7183
7184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7185
7186 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
7187 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7188 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7189 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7190 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7191 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7192 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7193 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7194
7195 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7196
7197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7198
7199 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
7200 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7201 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7202 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7203 and new hard links are made in that directory
7204 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7205 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7206 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7207
7208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7209
7210 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
7211 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7212 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7213 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7214 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7215 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7216 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7217
7218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7219
7220 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7221 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7222
7223 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7224 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7225 file if none are marked.
7226
7227 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7228 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7229 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7230 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7231
7232 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7233 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7234
7235 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7236
7237 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7238 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7239 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7240
7241 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7242
7243 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7244 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7245 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7246
7247 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7248
7249 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7250 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7251 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7252
7253 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7254
7255 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
7256 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7257
7258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7259
7260 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
7261 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7262
7263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7264
7265 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7266 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7267 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7268 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7269 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7270 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7271 this subdirectory.
7272 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7273
7274 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7275 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7276 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7277 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7278 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7279 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7280 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7281
7282 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7283
7284 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7285 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7286 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7287 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7288 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7289 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7290 this subdirectory.
7291 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7292
7293 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7294
7295 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7296 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7297 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7298
7299 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7300
7301 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7302 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7303 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7304 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7305
7306 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7307
7308 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
7309 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7310 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7311 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7312
7313 \(fn)" t nil)
7314
7315 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7316 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7317 Lower levels are unaffected.
7318
7319 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7320
7321 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
7322 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7323
7324 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7325
7326 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
7327 Go down in the dired tree.
7328
7329 \(fn)" t nil)
7330
7331 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7332 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7333 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7334 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7335
7336 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
7339 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7340 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7341 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7342
7343 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7344
7345 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
7346 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7347 Stops when a match is found.
7348 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7349
7350 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7351
7352 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7353 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7354 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7355 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7356 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7357
7358 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7359
7360 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
7361 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7362 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7363 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7364
7365 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7366
7367 ;;;***
7368 \f
7369 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7370 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
7371 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7372
7373 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
7374 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7375 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7376 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7377 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7378 buffer and try again.
7379
7380 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7381
7382 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
7383 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7384 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7385 This creates relative symbolic links like
7386
7387 foo -> ../bar/foo
7388
7389 not absolute ones like
7390
7391 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7392
7393 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7394
7395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7396
7397 ;;;***
7398 \f
7399 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
7400 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
7401 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7402
7403 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7404 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
7405 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
7406 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
7407 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
7408 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
7409 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
7410
7411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7412
7413 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7414 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7415 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7416
7417 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
7418
7419 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7420 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
7421
7422 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7423
7424 ;;;***
7425 \f
7426 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18190
7427 ;;;;;; 39681))
7428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7429
7430 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7431 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7432 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7433 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7434 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7435 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7436
7437 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7438
7439 ;;;***
7440 \f
7441 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7442 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7443 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7444 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7445 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7446 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18231 31060))
7447 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7448
7449 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7450 Return a new, empty display table.
7451
7452 \(fn)" nil nil)
7453
7454 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7455 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7456 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7457 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7458 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7459
7460 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7461
7462 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7463 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7464 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7465 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7466 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7467
7468 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7469
7470 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7471 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7472
7473 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7474
7475 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7476 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7477
7478 \(fn)" t nil)
7479
7480 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7481 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7482
7483 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7484
7485 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7486 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7487
7488 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7489
7490 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7491 Display character C using printable string S.
7492
7493 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7494
7495 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7496 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7497 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7498 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7499
7500 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7501
7502 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7503 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7504 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7505 X frame.
7506
7507 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7508
7509 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7510 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7511
7512 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7513
7514 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7515 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7516
7517 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7518
7519 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7520 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7521
7522 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7523
7524 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7525 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7526
7527 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7528
7529 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7530 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7531
7532 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7533
7534 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7535 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7536
7537 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7538 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7539 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7540 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7541
7542 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7543 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7544 European character display.
7545
7546 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7547 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7548 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7549 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7550
7551 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7552 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7553 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7554 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7555 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7556
7557 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7558
7559 ;;;***
7560 \f
7561 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7562 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
7563 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7564
7565 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7566 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7567 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7568 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7569 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7570 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7571 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7572 Default is 2.
7573
7574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7575
7576 ;;;***
7577 \f
7578 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18177 856))
7579 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7580
7581 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
7582 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7583 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7584 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7585 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7586 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7587 private or ask).
7588 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7589 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7590 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7591 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7592 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7593
7594 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7595
7596 ;;;***
7597 \f
7598 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7599 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18177 875))
7600 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7601
7602 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7603 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7604 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7605 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7606 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7607 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7608 table and its own syntax table.
7609
7610 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7611
7612 \(fn)" t nil)
7613 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7614
7615 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7616 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7617
7618 \(fn)" t nil)
7619 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7620
7621 ;;;***
7622 \f
7623 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode) "doc-view"
7624 ;;;;;; "doc-view.el" (18231 31060))
7625 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7626
7627 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7628 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7629 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
7630
7631 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7632
7633 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7634 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7635 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
7636 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7637
7638 \(fn)" t nil)
7639
7640 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7641 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
7642 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7643 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7644
7645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7646
7647 ;;;***
7648 \f
7649 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18177 871))
7650 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7651
7652 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7653 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7654
7655 \(fn)" t nil)
7656
7657 ;;;***
7658 \f
7659 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18213 1254))
7660 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7661
7662 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7663 Toggle Double mode.
7664 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7665 turn it off.
7666
7667 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7668 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7669
7670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7671
7672 ;;;***
7673 \f
7674 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18177 871))
7675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7676
7677 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7678 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7679
7680 \(fn)" t nil)
7681
7682 ;;;***
7683 \f
7684 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7685 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
7686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7687
7688 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
7689 Play sounds in message buffers.
7690
7691 \(fn)" t nil)
7692
7693 ;;;***
7694 \f
7695 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7696 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7697 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18203 51788))
7698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7699
7700 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7701
7702 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7703 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7704 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7705 and toggle command MODE.
7706
7707 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7708 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7709 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7710 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7711 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7712 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7713 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7714 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7715 used (see below).
7716
7717 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7718 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7719 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7720 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7721 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7722 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7723 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7724 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7725 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7726 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7727 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7728 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7729 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7730 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7731 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7732 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7733 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7734
7735 For example, you could write
7736 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7737 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7738 ...BODY CODE...)
7739
7740 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7741
7742 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7743
7744 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7745
7746 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7747 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7748 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7749 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7750 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7751 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7752 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7753 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7754 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7755 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7756 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7757 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7758
7759 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7760 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7761 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7762 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7763 call another major mode in their body.
7764
7765 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7766
7767 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7768 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7769 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7770 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7771 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7772 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7773 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7774
7775 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7776
7777 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7778 Not documented
7779
7780 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7781
7782 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7783 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7784 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7785
7786 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7787
7788 ;;;***
7789 \f
7790 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7791 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18177
7792 ;;;;;; 857))
7793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7794
7795 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7796
7797 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7798 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7799
7800 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7801 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7802 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7803
7804 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7805 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7806
7807 :filter FUNCTION
7808
7809 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7810 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7811
7812 :visible INCLUDE
7813
7814 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7815 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7816
7817 :active ENABLE
7818
7819 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7820 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7821
7822 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7823
7824 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7825
7826 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7827
7828 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7829 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7830
7831 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7832 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7833
7834 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7835
7836 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7837
7838 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7839
7840 :keys KEYS
7841
7842 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7843 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7844 computed automatically.
7845 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7846
7847 :key-sequence KEYS
7848
7849 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7850 menu item.
7851 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7852 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7853 keyboard equivalent.
7854
7855 :active ENABLE
7856
7857 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7858 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7859
7860 :visible INCLUDE
7861
7862 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7863 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7864
7865 :label FORM
7866
7867 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7868 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7869
7870 :suffix FORM
7871
7872 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7873 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7874
7875 :style STYLE
7876
7877 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7878 defined:
7879
7880 toggle: A checkbox.
7881 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7882 radio: A radio button.
7883 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7884 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7885 menu bar itself.
7886 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7887
7888 :selected SELECTED
7889
7890 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7891 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7892
7893 :help HELP
7894
7895 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7896
7897 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7898 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7899 as a solid horizontal line.
7900
7901 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7902
7903 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7904
7905 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7906 Not documented
7907
7908 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7909
7910 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7911 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7912 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7913 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7914
7915 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7916
7917 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7918 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7919 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7920 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7921 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7922 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7923
7924 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7925 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7926 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7927
7928 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7929 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7930 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7931
7932 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7933 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7934
7935 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7936
7937 ;;;***
7938 \f
7939 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7940 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7941 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7942 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7943 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7944 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7945 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7946 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18194 36640))
7947 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7948
7949 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7950 Customization for ebnf group.
7951
7952 \(fn)" t nil)
7953
7954 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7955 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7956
7957 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7958
7959 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7960 processed.
7961
7962 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7963
7964 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7965
7966 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7967 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7968
7969 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7970 killed after process termination.
7971
7972 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7973
7974 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7975
7976 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7977 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7978
7979 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7980 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7981 it to the printer.
7982
7983 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7984 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7985 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7986 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7987
7988 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7989
7990 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7991 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7992 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7993
7994 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7995
7996 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7997 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7998
7999 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8000
8001 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8002 processed.
8003
8004 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8005
8006 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8007
8008 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8009 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8010
8011 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8012 killed after process termination.
8013
8014 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8015
8016 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8017
8018 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8019 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8020 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8021 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8022
8023 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8024
8025 \(fn)" t nil)
8026
8027 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8028 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8029 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8030
8031 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8032
8033 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8034
8035 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8036 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8037
8038 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8039
8040 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8041 processed.
8042
8043 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8044
8045 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8046
8047 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8048 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8049
8050 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8051 killed after EPS generation.
8052
8053 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8054
8055 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8056
8057 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8058 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8059
8060 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8061 The EPS file name has the following form:
8062
8063 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8064
8065 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8066 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8067
8068 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8069 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8070 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8071 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8072 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8073
8074 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8075 files.
8076
8077 \(fn)" t nil)
8078
8079 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8080 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8081
8082 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8083 The EPS file name has the following form:
8084
8085 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8086
8087 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8088 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8089
8090 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8091 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8092 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8093 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8094 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8095
8096 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8097 files.
8098
8099 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8100
8101 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8102
8103 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8104 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8105
8106 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8107
8108 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8109 are processed.
8110
8111 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8112
8113 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8114
8115 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8116 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8117
8118 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8119 killed after syntax checking.
8120
8121 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8122
8123 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8124
8125 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8126 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8127
8128 \(fn)" t nil)
8129
8130 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8131 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8132
8133 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8134
8135 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8136 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8137
8138 \(fn)" nil nil)
8139
8140 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8141 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8142
8143 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8144
8145 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8146
8147 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8148 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8149
8150 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8151
8152 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8153
8154 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8155 Delete style NAME.
8156
8157 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8158
8159 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8160
8161 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8162 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8163
8164 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8165
8166 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8167
8168 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8169 Set STYLE as the current style.
8170
8171 Returns the old style symbol.
8172
8173 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8174
8175 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8176
8177 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8178 Reset current style.
8179
8180 Returns the old style symbol.
8181
8182 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8183
8184 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8185
8186 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8187 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8188
8189 Returns the old style symbol.
8190
8191 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8192
8193 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8194
8195 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8196
8197 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8198 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8199
8200 Returns the old style symbol.
8201
8202 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8203
8204 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8205
8206 \(fn)" t nil)
8207
8208 ;;;***
8209 \f
8210 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8211 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8212 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8213 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8214 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8215 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8216 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8217 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8218 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8219 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8220 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18195
8221 ;;;;;; 4247))
8222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8223
8224 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8225 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8226 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8227 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8228 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8229 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8230
8231 Tree mode key bindings:
8232 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8233
8234 \(fn)" t nil)
8235
8236 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8237 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8238
8239 \(fn)" t nil)
8240
8241 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8242 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8243
8244 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8245
8246 \(fn)" nil nil)
8247
8248 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8249 View declaration of member at point.
8250
8251 \(fn)" t nil)
8252
8253 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8254 Find declaration of member at point.
8255
8256 \(fn)" t nil)
8257
8258 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8259 View definition of member at point.
8260
8261 \(fn)" t nil)
8262
8263 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8264 Find definition of member at point.
8265
8266 \(fn)" t nil)
8267
8268 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8269 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8270
8271 \(fn)" t nil)
8272
8273 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8274 View definition of member at point in other window.
8275
8276 \(fn)" t nil)
8277
8278 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8279 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8280
8281 \(fn)" t nil)
8282
8283 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8284 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8285
8286 \(fn)" t nil)
8287
8288 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8289 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8290
8291 \(fn)" t nil)
8292
8293 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8294 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8295
8296 \(fn)" t nil)
8297
8298 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8299 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8300 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8301 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8302 completion.
8303
8304 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8305
8306 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8307 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8308 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8309 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8310
8311 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8312
8313 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8314 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8315 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8316 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8317
8318 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8319
8320 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8321 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8322 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8323
8324 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8325
8326 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8327 Search for call sites of a member.
8328 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8329 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8330 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8331 looks like a function call to the member.
8332
8333 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8334
8335 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8336 Move backward in the position stack.
8337 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8338
8339 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8340
8341 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8342 Move forward in the position stack.
8343 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8344
8345 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8346
8347 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8348 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8349
8350 \(fn)" t nil)
8351
8352 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8353 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8354
8355 \(fn)" t nil)
8356
8357 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8358 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8359 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8360 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8361
8362 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8363
8364 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8365 Display statistics for a class tree.
8366
8367 \(fn)" t nil)
8368
8369 ;;;***
8370 \f
8371 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8372 ;;;;;; (18190 39674))
8373 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8374
8375 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8376 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8377 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8378 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8379
8380 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8381 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8382 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8383
8384 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8385 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8386 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8387
8388 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8389
8390 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8391
8392 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8393
8394 ;;;***
8395 \f
8396 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8397 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18190 39674))
8398 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8399
8400 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8401 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8402 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8403
8404 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8405
8406 ;;;***
8407 \f
8408 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
8409 ;;;;;; (18230 21282))
8410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
8411
8412 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8413 Not documented
8414
8415 \(fn)" nil nil)
8416
8417 ;;;***
8418 \f
8419 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8420 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8421 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18195 4247))
8422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8423
8424 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8425 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8426 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8427 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8428 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8429
8430 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8431 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8432 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8433 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8434
8435 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8436
8437 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8438 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8439 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8440 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8441
8442 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8443
8444 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8445 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8446 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8447 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8448
8449 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8450
8451 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8452
8453 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8454 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8455 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8456 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8457 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8458
8459 If you do this on a function definition
8460 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8461 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8462 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8463 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8464
8465 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8466 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8467 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8468 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8469 already is one.)
8470
8471 \(fn)" t nil)
8472
8473 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8474 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8475
8476 \(fn)" t nil)
8477
8478 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8479 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8480
8481 \(fn)" t nil)
8482
8483 ;;;***
8484 \f
8485 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8486 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
8487 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
8488 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
8489 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
8490 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
8491 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
8492 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
8493 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
8494 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18231 31060))
8495 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8496
8497 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8498 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8499
8500 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8501
8502 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8503 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8504
8505 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8506
8507 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8508
8509 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8510
8511 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8512 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8513 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8514 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8515
8516 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8517
8518 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8519 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8520
8521 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8522
8523 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8524
8525 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8526 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8527
8528 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8529
8530 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8531
8532 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8533 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8534 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8535 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8536
8537 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8538
8539 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8540
8541 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8542 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8543 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8544 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8545
8546 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8547
8548 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8549
8550 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8551 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8552 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8553 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8554
8555 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8556
8557 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8558
8559 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8560 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8561 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8562 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8563
8564 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8565
8566 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
8567
8568 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8569 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8570 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8571 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8572 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8573 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8574
8575 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8576
8577 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8578 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8579 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8580 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8581
8582 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8583
8584 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
8585
8586 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8587 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8588 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8589 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8590
8591 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8592
8593 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
8594
8595 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
8596
8597 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
8598 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8599 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8600 follows:
8601 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8602 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8603
8604 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8605
8606 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
8607 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8608 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8609 follows:
8610 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8611 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8612
8613 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8614
8615 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
8616 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8617 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8618 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8619 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8620
8621 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8622
8623 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
8624 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8625 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8626 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8627 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8628 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8629
8630 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8631
8632 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
8633
8634 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
8635 Merge two files without ancestor.
8636
8637 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8638
8639 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8640 Merge two files with ancestor.
8641
8642 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8643
8644 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
8645
8646 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
8647 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8648
8649 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8650
8651 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8652 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8653
8654 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8655
8656 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
8657 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8658 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8659 buffer.
8660
8661 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8662
8663 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8664 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8665 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8666 buffer.
8667
8668 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8669
8670 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
8671 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8672 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8673 and don't ask the user.
8674 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8675 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8676
8677 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8678
8679 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
8680 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8681 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8682 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8683 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8684 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8685 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8686 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8687
8688 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8689
8690 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
8691
8692 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
8693
8694 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
8695 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8696 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8697 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8698 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8699
8700 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8701
8702 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
8703
8704 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8705 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8706 When called interactively, displays the version.
8707
8708 \(fn)" t nil)
8709
8710 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8711 Display Ediff's manual.
8712 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8713
8714 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8715
8716 ;;;***
8717 \f
8718 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8719 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
8720 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8721
8722 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8723 Not documented
8724
8725 \(fn)" t nil)
8726
8727 ;;;***
8728 \f
8729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18231 31060))
8730 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8731
8732 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8733 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (featurep 'xemacs) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8734
8735 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep 'menubar) (progn (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8736
8737 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep 'menu-bar) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))))
8738
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8742 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8744
8745 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8746 Display Ediff's registry.
8747
8748 \(fn)" t nil)
8749
8750 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8751
8752 ;;;***
8753 \f
8754 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8755 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18231 31060))
8756 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8757
8758 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8759 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8760 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8761 which see.
8762
8763 \(fn)" t nil)
8764
8765 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8766 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8767 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8768 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8769
8770 \(fn)" t nil)
8771
8772 ;;;***
8773 \f
8774 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8775 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8776 ;;;;;; (18190 39674))
8777 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8778
8779 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8780 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8781 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8782
8783 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8784 Edit a keyboard macro.
8785 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8786 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8787 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8788 its command name.
8789 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8790
8791 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8792
8793 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8794 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8795
8796 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8797
8798 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8799 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8800
8801 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8802
8803 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8804 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8805 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8806 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8807 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8808 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8809
8810 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8811 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8812 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8813 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8814
8815 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8816
8817 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8818 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8819 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8820 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8821 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8822 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8823
8824 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8825
8826 ;;;***
8827 \f
8828 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8829 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18231 31065))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8831
8832 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8833 Set scroll margins.
8834 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8835 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8836
8837 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8838
8839 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8840 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8841
8842 \(fn)" t nil)
8843
8844 ;;;***
8845 \f
8846 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8847 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
8848 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8849
8850 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8851 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8852 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8853 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8854 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8855 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8856 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8857
8858 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8859 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8860
8861 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8862 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8863 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8864 this value is non-nil.
8865
8866 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8867 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8868 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8869
8870 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8871 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8872 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8873
8874 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8875
8876 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8877 Not documented
8878
8879 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8880
8881 ;;;***
8882 \f
8883 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8884 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18190 39681))
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8886
8887 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8888 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8889
8890 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8891
8892 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8893 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8894 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8895 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8896 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8897 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8898 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8899
8900 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8901
8902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8903
8904 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8905 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8906
8907 \(fn)" t nil)
8908
8909 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8910 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8911 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8912 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8913 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8914 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8915 arg list.
8916
8917 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8918 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8919
8920 ;;;***
8921 \f
8922 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18177
8923 ;;;;;; 857))
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8925
8926 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8927 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8928
8929 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8930 an elided material again.
8931
8932 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8933
8934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8935
8936 ;;;***
8937 \f
8938 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8939 ;;;;;; (18190 39681))
8940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8941
8942 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8943 Initialize elint.
8944
8945 \(fn)" t nil)
8946
8947 ;;;***
8948 \f
8949 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8950 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18231
8951 ;;;;;; 31065))
8952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8953
8954 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8955 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8956 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8957
8958 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8959
8960 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8961 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8962 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8963
8964 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8965
8966 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8967 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8968 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8969
8970 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8971
8972 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8973
8974 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8975 Display current profiling results.
8976 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8977 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8978 displayed.
8979
8980 \(fn)" t nil)
8981
8982 ;;;***
8983 \f
8984 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8985 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
8986 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8987
8988 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8989 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8990 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8991
8992 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8993
8994 ;;;***
8995 \f
8996 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8997 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8998 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8999 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9000 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18203 51788))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9002
9003 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9004 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9005 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9006 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9007 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9008 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9009 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9010 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9011 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9012 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9013 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9014 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9015 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9016 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9017 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9018 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9019
9020 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9021 Run Emerge on two files.
9022
9023 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9024
9025 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9026 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9027
9028 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9029
9030 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9031 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9032
9033 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9034
9035 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9036 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9037
9038 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9039
9040 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9041 Not documented
9042
9043 \(fn)" nil nil)
9044
9045 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9046 Not documented
9047
9048 \(fn)" nil nil)
9049
9050 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9051 Not documented
9052
9053 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9054
9055 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9056 Not documented
9057
9058 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9059
9060 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
9061 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9062
9063 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9064
9065 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9066 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9067
9068 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9069
9070 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9071 Not documented
9072
9073 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9074
9075 ;;;***
9076 \f
9077 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9078 ;;;;;; (18203 51789))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9080
9081 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
9082 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9083
9084 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9085
9086 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9087
9088 ;;;***
9089 \f
9090 ;;;### (autoloads (encrypt-insert-file-contents encrypt-find-model)
9091 ;;;;;; "encrypt" "gnus/encrypt.el" (18230 21286))
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/encrypt.el
9093
9094 (autoload 'encrypt-find-model "encrypt" "\
9095 Given a filename, find a encrypt-file-alist entry
9096
9097 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
9098
9099 (autoload 'encrypt-insert-file-contents "encrypt" "\
9100 Decrypt FILE into the current buffer.
9101
9102 \(fn FILE &optional MODEL)" t nil)
9103
9104 ;;;***
9105 \f
9106 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9107 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18177 875))
9108 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9109
9110 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9111 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9112 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9113 text/enriched format.
9114 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9115
9116 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9117 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9118
9119 Commands:
9120
9121 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9122
9123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9124
9125 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9126 Not documented
9127
9128 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9129
9130 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9131 Not documented
9132
9133 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9134
9135 ;;;***
9136 \f
9137 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9138 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18231 31065))
9139 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9140
9141 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
9142 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9143
9144 \(fn)" nil nil)
9145
9146 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9147 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9148 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9149
9150 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9151
9152 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9153 (server (erc-compute-server))
9154 (port (erc-compute-port))
9155 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9156 password
9157 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9158
9159 That is, if called with
9160
9161 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9162
9163 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9164 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9165 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9166
9167 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9168
9169 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9170
9171 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9172 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9173 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9174 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9175
9176 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9177
9178 ;;;***
9179 \f
9180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18177
9181 ;;;;;; 858))
9182 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9183 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9184
9185 ;;;***
9186 \f
9187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18190 39682))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9189 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9190
9191 ;;;***
9192 \f
9193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18177 859))
9194 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9195 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9196
9197 ;;;***
9198 \f
9199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18231 31065))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9201 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9202
9203 ;;;***
9204 \f
9205 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9206 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18177 859))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9208
9209 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9210 Parser for /dcc command.
9211 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9212 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9213 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9214
9215 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9216
9217 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9218 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9219
9220 \(fn)" nil nil)
9221
9222 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9223 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9224
9225 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9226 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9227 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9228 that subcommand.
9229
9230 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9231
9232 ;;;***
9233 \f
9234 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9235 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9236 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9237 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9238 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9239 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9240
9241 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9242 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9243
9244 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9245
9246 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9247 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9248 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9249 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9250
9251 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9252
9253 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9254 Not documented
9255
9256 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9257
9258 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9259 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9260
9261 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9262
9263 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9264 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9265
9266 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9267
9268 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9269 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9270
9271 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9272
9273 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9274 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9275
9276 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9277
9278 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9279 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9280
9281 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9282
9283 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9284 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9285
9286 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9287
9288 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9289 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9290
9291 \(fn)" nil nil)
9292
9293 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9294 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9295
9296 \(fn)" nil nil)
9297
9298 ;;;***
9299 \f
9300 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18177
9301 ;;;;;; 859))
9302 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9303 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9304
9305 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9306 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9307 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9308
9309 \(fn)" nil nil)
9310
9311 ;;;***
9312 \f
9313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18177
9314 ;;;;;; 859))
9315 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9316 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9317
9318 ;;;***
9319 \f
9320 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9321 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18190 39682))
9322 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9323 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9324
9325 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9326 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9327 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9328 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9329 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9330 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9331 system.
9332
9333 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9334
9335 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9336 Not documented
9337
9338 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9339
9340 ;;;***
9341 \f
9342 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9343 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9345
9346 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9347 Not documented
9348
9349 \(fn)" nil nil)
9350
9351 ;;;***
9352 \f
9353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18177 859))
9354 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9355 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9356
9357 ;;;***
9358 \f
9359 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9360 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18231 31065))
9361 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9362 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9363
9364 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9365 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9366 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9367 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9368 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9369 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9370
9371 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9372
9373 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9374 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9375 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9376 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9377
9378 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9379 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9380 automatically.
9381
9382 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9383 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9384
9385 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9386
9387 ;;;***
9388 \f
9389 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9390 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9391 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9392 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9393 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9394 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9395
9396 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9397 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9398
9399 \(fn)" t nil)
9400
9401 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9402 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9403
9404 \(fn)" t nil)
9405
9406 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9407 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9408
9409 \(fn)" t nil)
9410
9411 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9412 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9413
9414 \(fn)" t nil)
9415
9416 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9417 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9418
9419 \(fn)" t nil)
9420
9421 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9422 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9423
9424 \(fn)" t nil)
9425
9426 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9427 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9428
9429 \(fn)" t nil)
9430
9431 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9432 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9433
9434 \(fn)" t nil)
9435
9436 ;;;***
9437 \f
9438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18177 859))
9439 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9440 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9441
9442 ;;;***
9443 \f
9444 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9445 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9446 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9447 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9448
9449 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9450 Show who's gone.
9451
9452 \(fn)" nil nil)
9453
9454 ;;;***
9455 \f
9456 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9457 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18177 859))
9458 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9459
9460 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9461 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9462 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9463 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9464
9465 \(fn)" nil nil)
9466
9467 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9468 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9469
9470 \(fn)" t nil)
9471
9472 ;;;***
9473 \f
9474 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9475 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18177 859))
9476 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9477 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9478
9479 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9480 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9481 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9482 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9483
9484 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9485
9486 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9487 Not documented
9488
9489 \(fn)" nil nil)
9490
9491 ;;;***
9492 \f
9493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18177 859))
9494 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9495 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9496
9497 ;;;***
9498 \f
9499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18177
9500 ;;;;;; 859))
9501 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9502 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9503
9504 ;;;***
9505 \f
9506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18177 859))
9507 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9508 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9509
9510 ;;;***
9511 \f
9512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18177 859))
9513 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9514 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9515
9516 ;;;***
9517 \f
9518 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9519 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18177 859))
9520 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9521 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9522
9523 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9524 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9525
9526 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9527
9528 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9529 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9530 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9531
9532 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9533
9534 ;;;***
9535 \f
9536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18190 39682))
9537 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9538 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9539
9540 ;;;***
9541 \f
9542 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9543 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9544 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9545
9546 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9547 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9548 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9549
9550 \(fn)" t nil)
9551
9552 ;;;***
9553 \f
9554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18177
9555 ;;;;;; 859))
9556 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9557 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9558
9559 ;;;***
9560 \f
9561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18231 31065))
9562 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9563 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9564
9565 ;;;***
9566 \f
9567 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9568 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
9569 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9570
9571 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9572 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9573 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9574
9575 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9576
9577 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9578 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9579 mode line.
9580
9581 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9582 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9583 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9584
9585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9586 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9587
9588 ;;;***
9589 \f
9590 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9591 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18177 859))
9592 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9593 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9594
9595 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9596 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9597 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9598 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9599
9600 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9601
9602 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9603 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9604 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9605
9606 \(fn)" t nil)
9607
9608 ;;;***
9609 \f
9610 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9611 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9612 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9613
9614 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9615 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9616
9617 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9618
9619 ;;;***
9620 \f
9621 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18231
9622 ;;;;;; 31065))
9623 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9624
9625 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9626 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9627
9628 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9629
9630 \(fn)" nil nil)
9631
9632 ;;;***
9633 \f
9634 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18177
9635 ;;;;;; 859))
9636 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9637
9638 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9639 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9640
9641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9642
9643 ;;;***
9644 \f
9645 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9646 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (18177 859))
9647 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9648
9649 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9650 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9651 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9652 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9653 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9654 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9655 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9656 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9657 buffer selected (or created).
9658
9659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9660
9661 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9662 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9663 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9664
9665 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9666
9667 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9668 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9669 The result might be any Lisp object.
9670 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9671 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9672 corresponding to a successful execution.
9673
9674 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9675
9676 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9677
9678 ;;;***
9679 \f
9680 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9681 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9682 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9683 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9684 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9685 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9686 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9687 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
9688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9689
9690 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9691 *File name of tags table.
9692 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9693 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9694 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9695 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9696
9697 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9698 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9699 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9700 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9701
9702 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9703
9704 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9705 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9706 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9707 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9708 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9709 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9710
9711 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9712
9713 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9714 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9715 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9716 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9717 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9718 `auto-compression-mode').")
9719
9720 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9721
9722 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9723 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9724 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9725 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9726 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9727
9728 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9729
9730 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9731 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9732 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9733 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9734
9735 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9736
9737 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9738 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9739 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9740 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9741 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9742
9743 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9744
9745 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9746 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9747
9748 \(fn)" t nil)
9749
9750 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9751 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9752 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9753 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9754
9755 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9756 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9757 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9758 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9759 file the tag was in.
9760
9761 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9762
9763 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9764 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9765 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9766 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9767 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9768 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9769 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9770 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9771 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9772
9773 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9774
9775 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9776 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9777 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9778 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9779 without directory names.
9780
9781 \(fn)" nil nil)
9782
9783 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9784 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9785 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9786 but does not select the buffer.
9787 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9788
9789 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9790 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9791 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9792 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9793 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9794
9795 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9796
9797 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9798 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9799 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9800
9801 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9802
9803 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9804
9805 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9806 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9807 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9808 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9809
9810 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9811 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9812 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9813 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9814 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9815
9816 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9817
9818 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9819 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9820 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9821
9822 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9823
9824 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9825 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9826
9827 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9828 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9829 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9830 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9831 around or before point.
9832
9833 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9834 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9835 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9836 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9837 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9838
9839 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9840
9841 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9842 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9843 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9844
9845 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9846
9847 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9848 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9849
9850 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9851 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9852 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9853 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9854 around or before point.
9855
9856 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9857 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9858 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9859 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9860 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9861
9862 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9863
9864 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9865 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9866 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9867
9868 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9869
9870 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9871 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9872
9873 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9874 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9875 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9876
9877 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9878 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9879 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9880 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9881 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9882
9883 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9884
9885 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9886 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9887 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9888
9889 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9890
9891 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9892 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9893 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9894
9895 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9896 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9897
9898 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9899 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9900 where they were found.
9901
9902 \(fn)" t nil)
9903
9904 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9905 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9906
9907 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9908 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9909 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9910
9911 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9912 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9913
9914 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9915 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9916
9917 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9918
9919 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9920 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9921 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9922 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9923
9924 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9925 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9926 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9927 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9928 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9929
9930 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9931 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9932
9933 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9934 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9935 Stops when a match is found.
9936 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9937
9938 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9939
9940 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9941
9942 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9943 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9944 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9945 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9946 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9947
9948 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9949
9950 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9951
9952 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9953 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9954 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9955 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9956 directory specification.
9957
9958 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9959
9960 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9961 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9962
9963 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9964
9965 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9966 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9967 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9968 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9969
9970 \(fn)" t nil)
9971
9972 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9973 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9974 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9975 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9976 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9977
9978 \(fn)" t nil)
9979
9980 ;;;***
9981 \f
9982 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9983 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9984 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9985 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9986 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9987 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9988 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9989 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
9990 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9991
9992 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9993 Not documented
9994
9995 \(fn)" nil nil)
9996
9997 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9998 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9999
10000 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10001 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10002
10003 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
10004 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10005 primary language.
10006
10007 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
10008 even if the buffer is read-only.
10009
10010 See also the descriptions of the variables
10011 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10012
10013 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10014
10015 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
10016 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10017
10018 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10019 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10020
10021 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
10022 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10023 primary language.
10024
10025 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
10026 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
10027
10028 See also the descriptions of the variables
10029 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10030
10031 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10032
10033 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
10034 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10035 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10036 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10037
10038 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10039
10040 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10041 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10042 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10043 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10044
10045 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10046 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10047 primary language.
10048
10049 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10050 buffer is read-only.
10051
10052 See also the descriptions of the variables
10053 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10054 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10055
10056 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10057
10058 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
10059 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10060
10061 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10062 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10063
10064 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
10065 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
10066 the primary language.
10067
10068 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10069 buffer is read-only.
10070
10071 See also the descriptions of the variables
10072 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10073 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10074
10075 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10076
10077 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
10078 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10079 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10080
10081 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10082
10083 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
10084 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10085
10086 \(fn)" t nil)
10087
10088 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
10089 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10090
10091 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10092 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
10093 be 1, 2, or 3.
10094
10095 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10096 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10097 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10098
10099 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
10100
10101 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10102
10103 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
10104 This function is deprecated.
10105
10106 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10107
10108 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10109 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10110
10111 \(fn)" t nil)
10112
10113 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10114 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10115
10116 \(fn)" t nil)
10117
10118 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10119 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10120
10121 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10122 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10123
10124 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10125 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10126
10127 \(fn)" nil nil)
10128
10129 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10130 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10131
10132 \(fn)" nil nil)
10133
10134 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10135 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10136
10137 \(fn)" nil nil)
10138
10139 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10140 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10141
10142 \(fn)" nil nil)
10143
10144 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10145 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10146 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10147
10148 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10149
10150 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10151 Not documented
10152
10153 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
10154
10155 ;;;***
10156 \f
10157 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10158 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10159 ;;;;;; (18213 1258))
10160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10161
10162 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10163 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10164 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10165 server for future sessions.
10166
10167 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10168
10169 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10170 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10171 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10172
10173 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10174
10175 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10176 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10177 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10178
10179 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10180
10181 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10182 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10183 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10184 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10185 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10186 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10187 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10188 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10189 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10190 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10191 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10192 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10193
10194 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10195
10196 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10197 Display a form to query the directory server.
10198 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10199 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10200
10201 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10202
10203 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10204 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10205 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10206
10207 \(fn)" t nil)
10208
10209 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] '("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] '("Get Email" . eudc-get-email)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] '("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] '("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] '("New Server" . eudc-set-server)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] '("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10210
10211 ;;;***
10212 \f
10213 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10214 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10215 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18213 1258))
10216 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10217
10218 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10219 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10220
10221 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10222
10223 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10224 Display URL and make it clickable.
10225
10226 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10227
10228 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10229 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10230
10231 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10232
10233 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10234 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10235
10236 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10237
10238 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10239 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10240
10241 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10242
10243 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10244 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10245
10246 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10247
10248 ;;;***
10249 \f
10250 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10251 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18177 869))
10252 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10253
10254 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10255 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10256 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10257
10258 \(fn)" t nil)
10259
10260 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10261 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10262
10263 \(fn)" t nil)
10264
10265 ;;;***
10266 \f
10267 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10268 ;;;;;; (18213 1258))
10269 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10270
10271 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10272 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10273
10274 \(fn)" t nil)
10275
10276 ;;;***
10277 \f
10278 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18177
10279 ;;;;;; 857))
10280 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10281
10282 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10283 Create an empty ewoc.
10284
10285 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10286
10287 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10288 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10289 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10290 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10291 `insert-before-markers'.
10292
10293 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10294 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10295 respectively, of the ewoc.
10296
10297 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10298 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10299 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10300
10301 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10302
10303 ;;;***
10304 \f
10305 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10306 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10307 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10308 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
10309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10310
10311 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10312 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10313 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10314
10315 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10316
10317 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10318 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10319 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10320 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10321 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10322
10323 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10324
10325 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10326 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10327 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10328 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10329 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10330 executable.
10331
10332 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10333
10334 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10335 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10336 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10337
10338 \(fn)" t nil)
10339
10340 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10341 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10342 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10343 file modes.
10344
10345 \(fn)" nil nil)
10346
10347 ;;;***
10348 \f
10349 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10350 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10351 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
10352 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10353
10354 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10355 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10356 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10357 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10358
10359 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10360
10361 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10362 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10363 to generate such functions.
10364
10365 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10366 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10367 beginning of the expanded text.
10368
10369 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10370 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10371 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10372 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10373
10374 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10375
10376 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10377
10378 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10379 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10380 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10381
10382 \(fn)" nil nil)
10383
10384 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10385 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10386 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10387
10388 \(fn)" t nil)
10389
10390 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10391 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10392 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10393
10394 \(fn)" t nil)
10395 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10396 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10397
10398 ;;;***
10399 \f
10400 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18231 31069))
10401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10402
10403 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10404 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10405 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10406
10407 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10408 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10409 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10410
10411 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10412
10413 Key definitions:
10414 \\{f90-mode-map}
10415
10416 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10417
10418 `f90-do-indent'
10419 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10420 `f90-if-indent'
10421 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10422 `f90-type-indent'
10423 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10424 `f90-program-indent'
10425 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10426 (default 2).
10427 `f90-continuation-indent'
10428 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10429 `f90-comment-region'
10430 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10431 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10432 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10433 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10434 (default \"!\").
10435 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10436 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10437 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10438 `f90-break-delimiters'
10439 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10440 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10441 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10442 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10443 (default t).
10444 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10445 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10446 `f90-smart-end'
10447 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10448 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10449 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10450 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10451 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10452 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10453 `f90-leave-line-no'
10454 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10455
10456 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10457 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10458
10459 \(fn)" t nil)
10460
10461 ;;;***
10462 \f
10463 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10464 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10465 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10466 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10467 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18231 31060))
10468 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10469 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10470 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10471
10472 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-face)) map) "\
10473 Menu keymap for faces.")
10474
10475 (defalias 'facemenu-face-menu facemenu-face-menu)
10476
10477 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-foreground)) map) "\
10478 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10479
10480 (defalias 'facemenu-foreground-menu facemenu-foreground-menu)
10481
10482 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-background)) map) "\
10483 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10484
10485 (defalias 'facemenu-background-menu facemenu-background-menu)
10486
10487 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") 'facemenu-remove-special)) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") 'facemenu-set-intangible)) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") 'facemenu-set-invisible)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") 'facemenu-set-read-only)) map) "\
10488 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10489
10490 (defalias 'facemenu-special-menu facemenu-special-menu)
10491
10492 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") 'set-justification-center)) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") 'set-justification-full)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") 'set-justification-right)) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") 'set-justification-left)) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") 'set-justification-none)) map) "\
10493 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10494
10495 (defalias 'facemenu-justification-menu facemenu-justification-menu)
10496
10497 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") 'decrease-right-margin)) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") 'increase-right-margin)) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") 'decrease-left-margin)) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") 'increase-left-margin)) map) "\
10498 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10499
10500 (defalias 'facemenu-indentation-menu facemenu-indentation-menu)
10501
10502 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10503 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10504
10505 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10506
10507 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") 'list-colors-display)) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") 'list-faces-display)) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") 'describe-text-properties)) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") 'facemenu-remove-all)) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") 'facemenu-remove-face-props)) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10508
10509 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") 'facemenu-indentation-menu)) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") 'facemenu-justification-menu)) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") 'facemenu-special-menu)) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") 'facemenu-background-menu)) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") 'facemenu-foreground-menu)) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") 'facemenu-face-menu)))
10510
10511 (defalias 'facemenu-menu facemenu-menu)
10512
10513 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
10514 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10515
10516 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10517 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10518 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10519 to the faces to use for the next character
10520 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10521 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10522
10523 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10524 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10525 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10526 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10527 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10528 preceding faces (including FACE).
10529
10530 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10531 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10532
10533 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10534
10535 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
10536 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10537 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10538
10539 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10540 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10541 requested face.
10542
10543 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10544 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10545 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10546
10547 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10548
10549 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
10550 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10551 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10552
10553 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10554 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10555 requested face.
10556
10557 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10558 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10559 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10560
10561 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10562
10563 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
10564 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10565 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10566 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10567 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10568 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10569 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10570
10571 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10572 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10573 requested face.
10574
10575 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10576 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10577 to insert cancels the specification.
10578
10579 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10580
10581 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
10582 Make the region invisible.
10583 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10584 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10585
10586 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10587
10588 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
10589 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10590 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10591 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10592
10593 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10594
10595 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
10596 Make the region unmodifiable.
10597 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10598 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10599
10600 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10601
10602 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-face-props "facemenu" "\
10603 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10604
10605 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10606
10607 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-all "facemenu" "\
10608 Remove all text properties from the region.
10609
10610 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10611
10612 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
10613 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10614 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10615
10616 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10617
10618 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
10619 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10620
10621 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10622
10623 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
10624 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10625 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10626 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10627 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10628 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10629
10630 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10631
10632 ;;;***
10633 \f
10634 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10635 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (18213 1259))
10636 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10637
10638 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
10639 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10640 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10641 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10642
10643 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10644
10645 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10646 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10647 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10648
10649 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10650 - When you save the file's buffer.
10651 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10652 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10653 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10654 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10655
10656 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10657
10658 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10659 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10660 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10661 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10662
10663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10664
10665 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
10666 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10667
10668 \(fn)" nil nil)
10669
10670 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
10671
10672 ;;;***
10673 \f
10674 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10675 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10676 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18194 36639))
10677 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10678
10679 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10680 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10681 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10682 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10683
10684 \(fn)" nil nil)
10685
10686 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10687 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10688
10689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10690
10691 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10692 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10693 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10694 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10695
10696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10697
10698 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10699 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10700 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10701 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10702 backup file names and the like).
10703
10704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10705
10706 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10707 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10708 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10709 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10710 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10711 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10712 internally by feedmail):
10713
10714 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10715 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10716 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10717 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10718
10719 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10720 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10721 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10722 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10723 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10724
10725 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10726
10727 ;;;***
10728 \f
10729 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10730 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18190 39674))
10731 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10732
10733 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10734 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10735 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10736 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10737 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10738 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10739 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10740
10741 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10742
10743 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10744 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10745 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10746 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10747 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10748 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10749 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10750
10751 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10752
10753 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10754
10755 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10756 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10757 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10758 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10759 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10760 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10761
10762 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10763
10764 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10765 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10766 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10767 Return value:
10768 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10769 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10770 * otherwise, nil
10771
10772 \(fn E)" t nil)
10773
10774 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10775 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10776
10777 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10778
10779 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10780 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10781
10782 \(fn)" t nil)
10783
10784 ;;;***
10785 \f
10786 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10787 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10788 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10789 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18190 39674))
10790 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10791
10792 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10793 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10794 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10795 be added to the cache.
10796
10797 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10798
10799 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10800 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10801 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10802 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10803 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10804
10805 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10806
10807 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10808 Add FILE to the file cache.
10809
10810 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10811
10812 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10813 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10814 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10815
10816 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10817
10818 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10819 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10820 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10821
10822 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10823
10824 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10825 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10826 This function does not use any external programs
10827 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10828 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10829 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10830
10831 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10832
10833 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10834 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10835 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10836 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10837 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10838 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10839 \(directories) is done.
10840
10841 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10842
10843 ;;;***
10844 \f
10845 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18203
10846 ;;;;;; 51788))
10847 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10848
10849 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10850 Filesets initialization.
10851 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10852
10853 \(fn)" nil nil)
10854
10855 ;;;***
10856 \f
10857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18213 1260))
10858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10859 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10860
10861 ;;;***
10862 \f
10863 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10864 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10865 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
10866 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10867
10868 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10869 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10870 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10871 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10872 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10873
10874 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10875
10876 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10877 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10878 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10879 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10880 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10881
10882 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10883
10884 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10885 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10886 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10887 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10888
10889 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10890
10891 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10892 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10893 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10894 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10895
10896 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10897
10898 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10899 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10900 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10901
10902 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10903
10904 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10905 as the final argument.
10906
10907 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10908
10909 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10910 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10911 and run dired on those files.
10912 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10913 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10914
10915 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10916
10917 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10918
10919 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10920 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10921 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10922
10923 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10924
10925 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10926
10927 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10928
10929 ;;;***
10930 \f
10931 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10932 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10933 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
10934 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10935
10936 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10937 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10938 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10939 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10940 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10941 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10942 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10943
10944 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10945 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10946 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10947
10948 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10949
10950 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10951
10952 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10953
10954 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10955 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10956 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10957
10958 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10959 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10960
10961 Variables of interest include:
10962
10963 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10964 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10965 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10966
10967 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10968 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10969 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10970
10971 - `ff-ignore-include'
10972 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10973
10974 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10975 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10976
10977 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10978 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10979
10980 - `ff-special-constructs'
10981 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10982 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10983 extracting the filename from that construct.
10984
10985 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10986 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10987
10988 - `ff-search-directories'
10989 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10990 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10991
10992 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10993 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10994
10995 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10996 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10997
10998 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10999 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11000
11001 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11002 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11003
11004 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11005 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11006
11007 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11008
11009 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
11010 Visit the file you click on.
11011
11012 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11013
11014 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
11015 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11016
11017 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11018
11019 ;;;***
11020 \f
11021 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11022 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11023 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11024 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11025 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11026 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11027 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18231 31065))
11028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11029
11030 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
11031 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11032
11033 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11034
11035 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
11036 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11037 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11038 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11039
11040 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11041 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11042 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11043 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11044
11045 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11046
11047 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
11048 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11049
11050 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11051 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11052 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11053 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11054
11055 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11056 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11057 in `load-path'.
11058
11059 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11060
11061 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
11062 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11063
11064 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11065 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11066 places point before the definition.
11067 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11068
11069 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11070 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11071 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11072
11073 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11074
11075 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
11076 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11077
11078 See `find-function' for more details.
11079
11080 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11081
11082 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
11083 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11084
11085 See `find-function' for more details.
11086
11087 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11088
11089 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
11090 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11091
11092 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11093 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11094 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11095
11096 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11097 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11098
11099 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11100
11101 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
11102 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11103
11104 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11105 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11106 places point before the definition.
11107
11108 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11109
11110 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11111 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11112 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11113
11114 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11115
11116 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
11117 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11118
11119 See `find-variable' for more details.
11120
11121 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11122
11123 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11124 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11125
11126 See `find-variable' for more details.
11127
11128 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11129
11130 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11131 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11132 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11133 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11134 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11135 buffer nor display it.
11136
11137 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11138 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11139
11140 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11141
11142 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11143 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11144
11145 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11146 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11147 places point before the definition.
11148
11149 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11150
11151 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11152 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11153 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11154
11155 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11156
11157 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11158 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11159 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11160
11161 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11162
11163 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11164 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11165
11166 \(fn)" t nil)
11167
11168 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11169 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11170
11171 \(fn)" t nil)
11172
11173 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11174 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11175
11176 \(fn)" nil nil)
11177
11178 ;;;***
11179 \f
11180 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11181 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18190 39675))
11182 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11183
11184 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11185 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11186
11187 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11188
11189 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11190 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11191
11192 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11193
11194 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11195 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11196
11197 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11198
11199 ;;;***
11200 \f
11201 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11202 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18190 39675))
11203 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11204
11205 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11206 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11207
11208 \(fn)" t nil)
11209
11210 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11211 Display FILE's commentary section.
11212 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11213
11214 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11215
11216 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11217 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11218
11219 \(fn)" t nil)
11220
11221 ;;;***
11222 \f
11223 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11224 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18177 860))
11225 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11226
11227 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11228 Toggle flow control handling.
11229 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11230 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11231
11232 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11233
11234 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11235 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11236 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11237 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11238 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11239 to get the effect of a C-q.
11240
11241 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11242
11243 ;;;***
11244 \f
11245 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11246 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11248
11249 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11250 Not documented
11251
11252 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11253
11254 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11255 Not documented
11256
11257 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11258
11259 ;;;***
11260 \f
11261 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11262 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18177 872))
11263 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11264
11265 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11266 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11267 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11268 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11269
11270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11271
11272 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11273 Turn flymake mode on.
11274
11275 \(fn)" nil nil)
11276
11277 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11278 Turn flymake mode off.
11279
11280 \(fn)" nil nil)
11281
11282 ;;;***
11283 \f
11284 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11285 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11286 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18231 31070))
11287 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11288
11289 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11290 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11291
11292 \(fn)" t nil)
11293 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11294
11295 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11296 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11297 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11298 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11299 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11300 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11301 otherwise turn it off.
11302
11303 Bindings:
11304 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11305 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11306 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11307 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11308
11309 Hooks:
11310 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11311
11312 Remark:
11313 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11314 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11315 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11316
11317 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11318 consider adding:
11319 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11320 in your .emacs file.
11321
11322 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11323 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11324
11325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11326
11327 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11328 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11329
11330 \(fn)" nil nil)
11331
11332 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11333 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11334
11335 \(fn)" nil nil)
11336
11337 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11338 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11339
11340 \(fn)" nil nil)
11341
11342 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11343 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11344
11345 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11346
11347 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11348 Flyspell whole buffer.
11349
11350 \(fn)" t nil)
11351
11352 ;;;***
11353 \f
11354 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11355 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11356 ;;;;;; (18231 31061))
11357 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11358
11359 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11360 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11361
11362 \(fn)" nil nil)
11363
11364 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11365 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11366
11367 \(fn)" nil nil)
11368
11369 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11370 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11371
11372 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11373 of two major techniques:
11374
11375 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11376 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11377 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11378
11379 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11380 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11381 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11382 movement commands.
11383
11384 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11385 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11386 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11387 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11388 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11389 mileage may vary).
11390
11391 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11392 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11393
11394 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11395
11396 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11397 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11398 \(This is the default.)
11399
11400 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11401
11402 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11403 \\{follow-mode-map}
11404
11405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11406
11407 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11408 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11409
11410 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11411 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11412 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11413 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11414 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11415 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11416
11417 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11418 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11419 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11420
11421 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11422 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11423 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11424
11425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11426
11427 ;;;***
11428 \f
11429 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18231
11430 ;;;;;; 31069))
11431 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11432
11433 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11434 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11435 \\<message-mode-map>
11436 key binding
11437 --- -------
11438
11439 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11440 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11441 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11442 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11443 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11444 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11445
11446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11447
11448 ;;;***
11449 \f
11450 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11451 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18177 860))
11452 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11453
11454 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11455 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11456
11457 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11458 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11459 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11460 C-c < forms-first-record <
11461 C-c > forms-last-record >
11462 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11463 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11464 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11465 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11466 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11467 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11468 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11469 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11470 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11471 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11472
11473 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11474
11475 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11476 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11477
11478 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11479
11480 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11481 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11482
11483 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11484
11485 ;;;***
11486 \f
11487 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11488 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
11489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11490
11491 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11492 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11493 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11494
11495 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11496 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11497
11498 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11499
11500 Key definitions:
11501 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11502
11503 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11504
11505 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11506 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11507 `fortran-do-indent'
11508 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11509 `fortran-if-indent'
11510 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11511 `fortran-structure-indent'
11512 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11513 (default 3)
11514 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11515 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11516 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11517 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11518 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11519 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11520 nil don't change the indentation
11521 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11522 value of either
11523 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11524 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11525 depending on the continuation format in use.
11526 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11527 indentation for a line of code.
11528 (default 'fixed)
11529 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11530 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11531 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11532 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11533 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11534 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11535 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11536 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11537 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11538 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11539 column 5.
11540 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11541 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11542 statements (default nil).
11543 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11544 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11545 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11546 `fortran-continuation-string'
11547 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11548 line (default \"$\").
11549 `fortran-comment-region'
11550 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11551 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11552 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11553 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11554 as typed (default t).
11555 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11556 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11557
11558 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11559 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11560
11561 \(fn)" t nil)
11562
11563 ;;;***
11564 \f
11565 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11566 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18177 871))
11567 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11568
11569 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11570 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11571
11572 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11573 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11574
11575 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11576
11577 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11578 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11579
11580 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11581 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11582
11583 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11584
11585 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11586 Compile fortune file.
11587
11588 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11589 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11590
11591 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11592
11593 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11594 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11595
11596 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11597 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11598 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11599 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11600
11601 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11602
11603 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11604 Display a fortune cookie.
11605
11606 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11607 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11608 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11609 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11610
11611 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11612
11613 ;;;***
11614 \f
11615 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11616 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
11617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11618
11619 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11620 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11621 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11622 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11623
11624 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11625 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11626 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11627 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11628
11629 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11630 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11631 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11632 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11633 some of the buffers.
11634
11635 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11636
11637 The following commands help control operation :
11638
11639 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11640 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11641
11642 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11643 detailed description of this mode.
11644
11645
11646 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11647 | GDB Toolbar |
11648 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11649 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11650 | | |
11651 | | |
11652 | | |
11653 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11654 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11655 | | (comint-mode) |
11656 | | |
11657 | | |
11658 | | |
11659 | | |
11660 | | |
11661 | | |
11662 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11663 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11664 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11665 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11666 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11667 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11668
11669 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11670 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11671 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11672 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11673 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11674 session.
11675
11676 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11677
11678 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11679 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11680
11681 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11682
11683 ;;;***
11684 \f
11685 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11686 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18190
11687 ;;;;;; 39682))
11688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11689
11690 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11691 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11692 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11693 instead (which see).")
11694
11695 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11696 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11697
11698 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11699 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11700 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11701 documentation string instead.
11702
11703 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11704 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11705 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11706 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11707 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11708 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11709 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11710 enders are actually possible.
11711
11712 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11713 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11714
11715 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11716 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11717 `font-lock-keywords'.
11718
11719 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11720 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11721 runs the macro expansion.
11722
11723 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11724 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11725 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11726
11727 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11728
11729 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11730
11731 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11732 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11733
11734 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11735
11736 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11737 Enter generic mode MODE.
11738
11739 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11740 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11741 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11742
11743 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11744 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11745
11746 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11747
11748 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11749 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11750 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11751 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11752 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11753 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11754 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11755 `font-lock-keywords'.
11756
11757 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11758
11759 ;;;***
11760 \f
11761 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11762 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
11763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11764
11765 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11766 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11767 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11768 at places they belong to.
11769
11770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11771
11772 ;;;***
11773 \f
11774 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11775 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11776 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11778
11779 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11780 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11781 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11782
11783 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11784
11785 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11786 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11787
11788 Guideline for numbers:
11789 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11790 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11791 inside loops.
11792
11793 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11794
11795 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11796 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11797 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11798
11799 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11800
11801 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11802 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11803
11804 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11805
11806 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11807 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11808
11809 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11810 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11811 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11812 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11813 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11814 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11815
11816 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11817 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11818 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11819 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11820 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11821
11822 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11823
11824 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11825
11826 ;;;***
11827 \f
11828 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11829 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18231 31066))
11830 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11831 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11832 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11833
11834 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11835 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11836
11837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11838
11839 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11840 Read network news.
11841 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11842 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11843 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11844 name of an NNTP server to use.
11845 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11846 server.
11847
11848 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11849
11850 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11851 Read news as a slave.
11852
11853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11854
11855 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11856 Pop up a frame to read news.
11857 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11858 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11859 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11860 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11861 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11862 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11863 current display is used.
11864
11865 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11866
11867 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11868 Read network news.
11869 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11870 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11871 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11872
11873 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11874
11875 ;;;***
11876 \f
11877 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11878 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11879 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11880 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11881 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11882 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18231 31065))
11883 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11884
11885 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11886 Start Gnus unplugged.
11887
11888 \(fn)" t nil)
11889
11890 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11891 Start Gnus plugged.
11892
11893 \(fn)" t nil)
11894
11895 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11896 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11897
11898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11899
11900 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11901 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11902
11903 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11904 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11905 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11906
11907 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11908 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11909 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11910
11911 \(fn)" t nil)
11912
11913 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11914 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11915
11916 \(fn)" nil nil)
11917
11918 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11919 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11920 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11921 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11922 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11923 supported.
11924
11925 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11926
11927 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11928 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11929 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11930 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11931 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11932 supported.
11933
11934 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11935
11936 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11937 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11938
11939 \(fn)" nil nil)
11940
11941 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11942 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11943 downloaded into the agent.
11944
11945 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11946
11947 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11948 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11949 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11950 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11951
11952 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11953
11954 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11955 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11956
11957 \(fn)" t nil)
11958
11959 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11960 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11961
11962 \(fn)" t nil)
11963
11964 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11965 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11966 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11967
11968 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11969
11970 ;;;***
11971 \f
11972 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11973 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
11974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11975
11976 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11977 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11978
11979 \(fn)" nil nil)
11980
11981 ;;;***
11982 \f
11983 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11984 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
11985 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11986
11987 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11988 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11989
11990 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11991
11992 ;;;***
11993 \f
11994 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11995 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18230 21278))
11996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11997
11998 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11999 Set a bookmark for this article.
12000
12001 \(fn)" t nil)
12002
12003 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12004 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12005
12006 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12007
12008 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12009 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12010 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12011 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12012 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12013
12014 \(fn)" t nil)
12015
12016 ;;;***
12017 \f
12018 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12019 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12020 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18231
12021 ;;;;;; 31065))
12022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12023
12024 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12025 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12026
12027 Usage:
12028 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12029
12030 \(fn)" t nil)
12031
12032 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12033 Generate the cache active file.
12034
12035 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12036
12037 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12038 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12039
12040 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12041
12042 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12043 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12044 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12045 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12046 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12047 supported.
12048
12049 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12050
12051 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12052 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12053 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12054 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12055 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12056 supported.
12057
12058 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12059
12060 ;;;***
12061 \f
12062 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12063 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18231 31065))
12064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12065
12066 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12067 Delay this article by some time.
12068 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12069
12070 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12071 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12072
12073 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12074 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12075
12076 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12077 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12078
12079 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12080
12081 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12082 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12083
12084 \(fn)" t nil)
12085
12086 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12087 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12088 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12089 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12090
12091 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12092 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12093
12094 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12095
12096 ;;;***
12097 \f
12098 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12099 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18231 31065))
12100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12101
12102 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12103 Not documented
12104
12105 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12106
12107 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12108 Not documented
12109
12110 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12111
12112 ;;;***
12113 \f
12114 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12115 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12117
12118 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12119 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12120
12121 \(fn)" t nil)
12122
12123 ;;;***
12124 \f
12125 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12126 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12128
12129 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12130 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12131
12132 \(fn)" t nil)
12133
12134 ;;;***
12135 \f
12136 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12137 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12138 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18231
12139 ;;;;;; 31065))
12140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12141
12142 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12143 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12144
12145 \(fn)" t nil)
12146
12147 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12148 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12149
12150 \(fn)" t nil)
12151
12152 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12153 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12154
12155 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12156 different input formats.
12157
12158 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12159
12160 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12161 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12162
12163 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12164 different input formats.
12165
12166 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12167
12168 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12169 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12170 The PNG is returned as a string.
12171
12172 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12173
12174 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12175 Convert FILE to a Face.
12176 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12177 726 bytes.
12178
12179 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12180
12181 ;;;***
12182 \f
12183 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12184 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18231 31065))
12185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12186
12187 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12188 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12189 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12190 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12191
12192 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12193
12194 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12195 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12196
12197 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12198
12199 ;;;***
12200 \f
12201 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12202 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12204
12205 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12206
12207 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12208 Run batched scoring.
12209 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12210
12211 \(fn)" t nil)
12212
12213 ;;;***
12214 \f
12215 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12216 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12217 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12219
12220 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12221 Not documented
12222
12223 \(fn)" nil nil)
12224
12225 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12226 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12227 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12228
12229 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12230
12231 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12232 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12233
12234 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12235
12236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12237
12238 ;;;***
12239 \f
12240 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12241 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12242 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12244
12245 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12246 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12247 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12248 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12249 group parameters.
12250
12251 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12252 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12253 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12254 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12255
12256 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12257 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12258 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12259 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12260 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12261 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12262 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12263 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12264 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12265 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12266
12267 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12268
12269 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12270 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12271 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12272 nil CATCH-ALL).
12273
12274 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12275 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12276
12277 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12278
12279 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12280 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12281 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12282
12283 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12284
12285 \(fn)" nil nil)
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12288 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12289 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12290
12291 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12292
12293 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12294 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12295 existing groups are considered.
12296
12297 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12298 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12299 returned.
12300
12301 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12302 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12303 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12304 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12305 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12306 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12307 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12308 clauses will be generated.
12309
12310 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12311 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12312 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12313 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12314 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12315 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12316
12317 For example, given the following group parameters:
12318
12319 nnml:mail.bar:
12320 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12321 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12322 nnml:mail.foo:
12323 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12324 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12325 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12326 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12327 nnml:mail.others:
12328 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12329
12330 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12331
12332 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12333 \"mail.bar\")
12334 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12335 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12336 \"mail.others\")
12337
12338 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12339
12340 ;;;***
12341 \f
12342 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12343 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12345
12346 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12347 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12348 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12349
12350 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12351
12352 ;;;***
12353 \f
12354 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12355 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18231 31065))
12356 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12357
12358 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12359 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12360 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12361 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12362
12363 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12364
12365 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12366 Mail to ADDRESS.
12367
12368 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12369
12370 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12371 Like `message-reply'.
12372
12373 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12374
12375 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12376
12377 ;;;***
12378 \f
12379 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12380 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18231 31065))
12381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12382
12383 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12384 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12385
12386 \(fn)" t nil)
12387
12388 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12389 Load the NoCeM cache.
12390
12391 \(fn)" t nil)
12392
12393 ;;;***
12394 \f
12395 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12396 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12397 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12399
12400 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12401 Display picons in the From header.
12402 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12403
12404 \(fn)" t nil)
12405
12406 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12407 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12408 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12409
12410 \(fn)" t nil)
12411
12412 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12413 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12414 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12415
12416 \(fn)" t nil)
12417
12418 ;;;***
12419 \f
12420 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12421 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12422 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12423 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12424 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18231 31066))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12426
12427 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12428 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12429 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12430 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12431
12432 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12433
12434 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12435 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12436 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12437 LIST1 is modified.
12438
12439 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12440
12441 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12442 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12443 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12444
12445 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12446
12447 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12448 Not documented
12449
12450 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12451
12452 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12453 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12454 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12455
12456 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12457
12458 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12459 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12460 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12461
12462 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12463
12464 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12465
12466 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12467 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12468 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12469
12470 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12471
12472 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12473 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12474 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12475
12476 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12477
12478 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12479 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12480 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12481
12482 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12483
12484 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12485 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12486
12487 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12488
12489 ;;;***
12490 \f
12491 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12492 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18231 31066))
12493 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12494
12495 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12496 Not documented
12497
12498 \(fn)" t nil)
12499
12500 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12501 Install the registry hooks.
12502
12503 \(fn)" t nil)
12504
12505 ;;;***
12506 \f
12507 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12508 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18177
12509 ;;;;;; 861))
12510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12511
12512 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12513 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12514 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12515 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12516 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12517 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12518
12519 \(fn)" t nil)
12520
12521 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12522 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12523 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12524 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12525 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12526
12527 \(fn)" t nil)
12528
12529 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12530 Not documented
12531
12532 \(fn)" t nil)
12533
12534 ;;;***
12535 \f
12536 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12537 ;;;;;; (18231 31066))
12538 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12539
12540 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12541 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12542 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12543 for matching on group names.
12544
12545 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12546 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12547
12548 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12549
12550 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12551
12552 \(fn)" t nil)
12553
12554 ;;;***
12555 \f
12556 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12557 ;;;;;; (18231 31066))
12558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12559
12560 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12561 Update the format specification near point.
12562
12563 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12564
12565 ;;;***
12566 \f
12567 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12568 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18231
12569 ;;;;;; 31066))
12570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12571
12572 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12573 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12574
12575 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12576
12577 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12578 Not documented
12579
12580 \(fn)" nil nil)
12581
12582 ;;;***
12583 \f
12584 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12585 ;;;;;; (18231 31066))
12586 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12587
12588 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12589 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12590
12591 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12592
12593 ;;;***
12594 \f
12595 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18177 871))
12596 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12597
12598 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12599 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12600
12601 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12602 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12603 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12604
12605 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12606 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12607 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12608
12609 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12610 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12611
12612 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12613 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12614
12615 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12616
12617 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12618
12619 ;;;***
12620 \f
12621 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12622 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18177 869))
12623 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12624
12625 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12626
12627 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12628 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12629 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12630 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12631 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12632
12633 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12634
12635 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12636 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12637 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12638 or to send e-mail.
12639 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12640 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12641
12642 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12643 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12644
12645 \(fn)" t nil)
12646 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12647
12648 ;;;***
12649 \f
12650 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12651 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12652 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18190 39684))
12653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12654
12655 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12656 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12657
12658 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12659
12660 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12661 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12662 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12663 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12664 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12665
12666 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12667 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12668
12669 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12670
12671 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12672 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12673 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12674 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12675
12676 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12677
12678 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12679 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12680
12681 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12682
12683 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12684 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12685
12686 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12687 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12688 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12689
12690 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12691 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12692 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12693
12694 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12695 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12696 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12697 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12698
12699 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12700 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12701 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12702 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12703 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12704
12705 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12706
12707 (defvar grep-history nil)
12708
12709 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12710
12711 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12712 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12713 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12714
12715 \(fn)" nil nil)
12716
12717 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12718 Not documented
12719
12720 \(fn)" nil nil)
12721
12722 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12723 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12724
12725 \(fn)" nil nil)
12726
12727 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12728 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12729 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12730 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12731 found matches.
12732
12733 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12734 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12735
12736 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12737 can easily repeat a grep command.
12738
12739 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12740 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12741 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12742 list is empty).
12743
12744 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12745
12746 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12747 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12748 Collect output in a buffer.
12749 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12750 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12751
12752 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12753 easily repeat a find command.
12754
12755 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12756
12757 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12758
12759 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12760 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12761 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12762 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12763 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12764
12765 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12766 before it is executed.
12767 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12768
12769 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12770 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12771 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12772
12773 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12774
12775 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12776
12777 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12778 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12779 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12780 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12781 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12782
12783 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12784 before it is executed.
12785 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12786
12787 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12788 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12789 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12790
12791 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12792
12793 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12794
12795 ;;;***
12796 \f
12797 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18177 863))
12798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12799
12800 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12801 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12802 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12803 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12804 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12805
12806 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12807
12808 ;;;***
12809 \f
12810 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12811 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18231 31070))
12812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12813
12814 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12815 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12816 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12817 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12818
12819 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12820
12821 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12822 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12823 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12824 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12825
12826 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12827
12828 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12829 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12830 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12831 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12832
12833 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12834
12835 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12836 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12837 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12838 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12839
12840 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12841 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12842
12843 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12844
12845 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12846 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12847 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12848 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12849
12850 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12851
12852 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12853 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12854 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12855 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12856
12857 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12858
12859 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12860 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12861 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12862 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12863 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12864
12865 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12866 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12867 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12868 original source file access method.
12869
12870 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12871 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12872
12873 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12874 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12875
12876 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12877
12878 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12879 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12880
12881 \(fn)" t nil)
12882
12883 ;;;***
12884 \f
12885 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18213
12886 ;;;;;; 1259))
12887 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12888
12889 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12890 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12891 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12892 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12893
12894 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12895 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12896 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12897 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12898
12899 \(fn)" t nil)
12900
12901 ;;;***
12902 \f
12903 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12904 ;;;;;; (17928 6535))
12905 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12906
12907 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12908 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12909
12910 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12911
12912 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12913 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12914 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12915 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12916
12917 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12918
12919 \(fn)" t nil)
12920
12921 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12922 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12923 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12924 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12925 to be updated.
12926
12927 \(fn)" t nil)
12928
12929 ;;;***
12930 \f
12931 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12932 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12933 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "gnus/hashcash.el" (18230 21282))
12934 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/hashcash.el
12935
12936 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12937 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12938
12939 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12940
12941 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12942 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12943 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12944
12945 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12946
12947 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12948 Verify a hashcash payment
12949
12950 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12951
12952 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12953 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12954 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12955 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12956 `mail-add-payment-async').
12957
12958 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12959
12960 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12961 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12962 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12963 Calculation is asynchronous.
12964
12965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12966
12967 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12968 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12969 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12970
12971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12972
12973 ;;;***
12974 \f
12975 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12976 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12977 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12978 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18231 31061))
12979 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12980
12981 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12982 Return the help-echo string at point.
12983 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12984 property, or nil, is returned.
12985 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12986 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12987 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12988
12989 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12990
12991 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12992 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12993 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12994 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12995 this produces no string either, return nil.
12996
12997 \(fn)" nil nil)
12998
12999 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13000 Display local help in the echo area.
13001 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13002 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13003 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13004 printed instead.
13005
13006 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13007 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13008 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13009
13010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13011
13012 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13013 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13014 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13015
13016 \(fn)" t nil)
13017
13018 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13019 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13020 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13021
13022 \(fn)" t nil)
13023
13024 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13025 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13026 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13027 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13028 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13029 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13030 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13031 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13032 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13033 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13034 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13035
13036 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13037 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13038 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13039 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13040 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13041
13042 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13043 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13044 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13045 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13046 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13047 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13048 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13049 The default is `never'.")
13050
13051 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13052
13053 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13054 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13055 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13056 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13057 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13058 considered different regions.
13059
13060 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13061 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13062 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13063 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13064 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13065 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13066 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13067 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13068 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13069
13070 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13071
13072 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13073 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13074 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13075 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13076 different regions.
13077
13078 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13079 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13080 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13081 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13082 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13083 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13084 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13085 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13086
13087 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13088 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13089 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13090 rarely happens in practice.
13091
13092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13093
13094 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13095 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13096 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13097 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13098 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13099 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13100
13101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13102
13103 ;;;***
13104 \f
13105 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13106 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13107 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13108 ;;;;;; (18231 31061))
13109 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13110
13111 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13112 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13113
13114 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13115
13116 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13117 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13118 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13119
13120 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13121
13122 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
13123 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13124
13125 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13126
13127 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13128 Not documented
13129
13130 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13131
13132 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13133 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13134 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13135 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13136
13137 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13138
13139 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13140 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13141 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13142 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13143 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13144 it is displayed along with the global value.
13145
13146 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13147
13148 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13149 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13150 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13151 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13152
13153 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13154
13155 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13156 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13157 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13158 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13159 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13160
13161 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13162
13163 ;;;***
13164 \f
13165 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13166 ;;;;;; (18177 863))
13167 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13168
13169 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13170 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13171 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13172 and window listing and describing the options.
13173 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13174 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13175
13176 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13177
13178 ;;;***
13179 \f
13180 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13181 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
13182 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18231
13183 ;;;;;; 31061))
13184 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13185
13186 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13187 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13188 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13189 Commands:
13190 \\{help-mode-map}
13191
13192 \(fn)" t nil)
13193
13194 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13195 Not documented
13196
13197 \(fn)" nil nil)
13198
13199 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13200 Not documented
13201
13202 \(fn)" nil nil)
13203
13204 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13205 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13206
13207 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13208 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13209 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13210 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13211
13212 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13213 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13214 restore it properly when going back.
13215
13216 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13217
13218 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13219 Not documented
13220
13221 \(fn)" nil nil)
13222
13223 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13224 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13225
13226 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13227 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13228 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13229 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13230 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13231 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13232 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13233 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13234
13235 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13236 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13237 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13238 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13239
13240 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13241 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13242 that.
13243
13244 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13245
13246 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13247 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13248 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13249 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13250 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13251 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13252
13253 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13254
13255 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13256 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13257 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13258 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13259 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13260
13261 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13262
13263 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13264 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13265
13266 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13267
13268 ;;;***
13269 \f
13270 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13271 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18177 858))
13272 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13273
13274 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13275 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13276
13277 \(fn)" t nil)
13278
13279 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13280 Provide help for current mode.
13281
13282 \(fn)" t nil)
13283
13284 ;;;***
13285 \f
13286 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13287 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18213 1254))
13288 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13289
13290 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13291 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13292 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13293 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13294 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13295
13296 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13297 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13298
13299 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13300 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13301 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13302 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13303
13304 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13305 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13306 periods.
13307
13308 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13309 in hexl format.
13310
13311 A sample format:
13312
13313 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13314 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13315 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13316 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13317 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13318 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13319 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13320 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13321 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13322 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13323 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13324 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13325 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13326 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13327 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13328
13329 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13330 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13331 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13332
13333 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13334 also supported.
13335
13336 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13337
13338 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13339 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13340 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13341
13342 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13343 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13344 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13345
13346 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13347 into the buffer at the current point.
13348
13349 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13350 into the buffer at the current point.
13351
13352 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13353 into the buffer at the current point.
13354
13355 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13356
13357 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13358 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13359
13360 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13361
13362 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13363
13364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13365
13366 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13367 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13368 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13369 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13370
13371 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13372
13373 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13374 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13375 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13376
13377 \(fn)" t nil)
13378
13379 ;;;***
13380 \f
13381 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13382 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13383 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13384 ;;;;;; (18190 39676))
13385 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13386
13387 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13388 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13389
13390 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13391 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13392 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13393 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13394 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13395 called interactively, are:
13396
13397 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13398 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13399
13400 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13401 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13402 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13403 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13404
13405 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13406 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13407
13408 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13409 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13410
13411 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13412 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13413 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13414 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13415 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13416 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13417 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13418 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13419 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13420 function returns t.
13421
13422 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13423 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13424
13425 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13426 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13427 form:
13428 Hi-lock: FOO
13429 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13430 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13431 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13432 Patterns will be read until
13433 Hi-lock: end
13434 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13435
13436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13437
13438 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13439 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13440 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13442 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13443 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13444
13445 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13446
13447 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13448 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13449 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13450 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13451 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13452
13453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13454
13455 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13456
13457 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13458 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13459
13460 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13461 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13462 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13463 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13464
13465 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13466
13467 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13468
13469 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13470 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13471
13472 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13473 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13474 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13475 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13476
13477 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13478
13479 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13480
13481 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13482 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13483
13484 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13485 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13486
13487 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13488
13489 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13490
13491 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13492 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13493
13494 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13495 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13496 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13497 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13498 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13499
13500 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13501
13502 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13503 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13504
13505 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13506 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13507 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13508
13509 \(fn)" t nil)
13510
13511 ;;;***
13512 \f
13513 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13514 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (18177 872))
13515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13516
13517 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13518 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13519 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13520 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13521 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13522 how the hiding is done:
13523
13524 `hide-ifdef-env'
13525 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13526 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13527 is used.
13528
13529 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13530 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13531 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13532 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13533 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13534
13535 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13536 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13537 #endif lines when hiding.
13538
13539 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13540 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13541 is activated.
13542
13543 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13544 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13545 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13546
13547 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13548
13549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13550
13551 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13552 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13553
13554 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-initially "hideif" t)
13555
13556 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13557 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13558
13559 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-read-only "hideif" t)
13560
13561 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13562 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13563
13564 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-lines "hideif" t)
13565
13566 ;;;***
13567 \f
13568 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13569 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
13570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13571
13572 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13573 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13574 Each element has the form
13575 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13576
13577 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13578 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13579
13580 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13581 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13582
13583 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13584 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13585 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13586 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13587 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13588 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13589
13590 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13591 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13592
13593 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13594 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13595
13596 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13597 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13598 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13599
13600 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13601 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13602 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13603 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13604 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13605 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13606
13607 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13608 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13609 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13610
13611 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13612 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13613
13614 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13615
13616 Key bindings:
13617 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13618
13619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13620
13621 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13622 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13623
13624 \(fn)" nil nil)
13625
13626 ;;;***
13627 \f
13628 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13629 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13630 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13631 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13632 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18177 863))
13633 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13634
13635 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13636 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13637 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13638
13639 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13640
13641 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13642 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13643
13644 Without an argument:
13645 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13646 or passive state as determined by the variable
13647 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13648 and passive state.
13649
13650 With an argument ARG:
13651 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13652 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13653 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13654
13655 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13656 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13657 not displayed in a different face.
13658
13659 Functions:
13660 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13661 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13662 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13663 buffer with the contents of a file
13664 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13665 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13666 various faces
13667
13668 Hook variables:
13669 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13670 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13671 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13672
13673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13674
13675 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13676 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13677
13678 \(fn)" t nil)
13679
13680 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13681 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13682
13683 \(fn)" t nil)
13684
13685 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13686 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13687
13688 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13689 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13690 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13691 shown in the last face in the list.
13692
13693 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13694 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13695 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13696
13697 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13698
13699 \(fn)" t nil)
13700
13701 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13702 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13703
13704 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13705
13706 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13707 to save the file.
13708
13709 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13710 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13711
13712 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13713 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13714 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13715
13716 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13717
13718 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13719 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13720
13721 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13722 this function is called interactively.
13723
13724 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13725 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13726 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13727
13728 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13729 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13730 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13731
13732 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13733
13734 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes "hilit-chg" "\
13735 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13736
13737 When called interactively:
13738 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13739 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13740 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13741 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13742
13743 When called from a program:
13744 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13745 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13746 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13747 - otherwise just turn it on
13748
13749 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13750 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13751 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13752 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13753
13754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13755
13756 ;;;***
13757 \f
13758 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13759 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13760 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13761 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13762 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18177 863))
13763 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13764
13765 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13766 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13767 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13768 or insert functions in this list.")
13769
13770 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13771
13772 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13773 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13774
13775 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13776
13777 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13778 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13779
13780 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13781
13782 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13783 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13784
13785 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13786
13787 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13788 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13789
13790 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13791
13792 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13793 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13794 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13795
13796 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13797
13798 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13799 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13800 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13801 \(as atoms)")
13802
13803 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13804
13805 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13806 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13807 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13808 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13809 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13810
13811 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13812
13813 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13814 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13815 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13816 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13817 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13818 expansions.
13819 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13820 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13821 undoes the expansion.
13822
13823 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13824
13825 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13826 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13827 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13828 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13829
13830 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13831
13832 ;;;***
13833 \f
13834 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13835 ;;;;;; (18177 863))
13836 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13837
13838 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13839 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13840 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13841
13842 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13843 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13844 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13845 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13846 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13847
13848 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13849 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13850 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13851 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13852
13853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13854
13855 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13856 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13857 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13858 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13859 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13860 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13861
13862 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13863
13864 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13865 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13866 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13867
13868 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13869 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13870
13871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13872
13873 ;;;***
13874 \f
13875 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13876 ;;;;;; (18190 39681))
13877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13878
13879 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13880 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13881 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13882
13883 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13884
13885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13886
13887 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13888 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13889
13890 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13891 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13892 different list. For example,
13893
13894 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13895 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13896
13897 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13898 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13899
13900 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13901 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13902 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13903 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13904 of a holiday list.
13905
13906 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13907
13908 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13909
13910 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13911
13912 ;;;***
13913 \f
13914 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18231
13915 ;;;;;; 31066))
13916 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13917
13918 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13919 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13920
13921 \(fn)" t nil)
13922
13923 ;;;***
13924 \f
13925 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13926 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13927 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13928 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13929 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13930 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13931 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13932 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13933 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13934 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13935 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13936 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13937 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13938 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13939 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13940 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13941 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13942 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13943 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13944 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13945 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13946 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13947 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18213 1254))
13948 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13949
13950 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13951 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13952 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13953
13954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13955
13956 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13957 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13958
13959 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13960
13961 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13962 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13963
13964 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13965
13966 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13967 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13968
13969 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13970
13971 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13972 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13973
13974 \(fn)" t nil)
13975
13976 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13977 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13978
13979 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13980
13981 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13982 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13983
13984 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13985 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13986 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13987 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13988 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13989 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13990 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13991 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13992 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13993 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13994 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13995 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13996
13997 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
13998 Not documented
13999
14000 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14001
14002 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14003 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14004
14005 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14006
14007 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14008 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14009
14010 \(fn)" t nil)
14011
14012 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14013 Remove the first filter group.
14014
14015 \(fn)" t nil)
14016
14017 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14018 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14019
14020 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14021
14022 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14023 Remove all filter groups.
14024
14025 \(fn)" t nil)
14026
14027 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14028 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14029
14030 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14031
14032 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14033 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14034 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14035
14036 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14037
14038 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
14039 Kill the filter group at point.
14040 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14041
14042 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14043
14044 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
14045 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14046
14047 \(fn)" t nil)
14048
14049 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14050 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14051
14052 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14053
14054 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14055 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14056 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14057 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14058
14059 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14060
14061 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14062 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14063 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14064
14065 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14066
14067 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14068 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14069 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14070
14071 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14072
14073 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
14074 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14075
14076 \(fn)" t nil)
14077
14078 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14080
14081 \(fn)" t nil)
14082
14083 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14084 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14085
14086 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14087 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14088 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14089
14090 \(fn)" t nil)
14091
14092 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14093 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14094
14095 \(fn)" t nil)
14096
14097 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14098 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14099
14100 \(fn)" t nil)
14101
14102 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14103 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14104 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14105 filter into parts.
14106
14107 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14108
14109 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14110 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14111 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14112
14113 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14114
14115 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14116 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14117
14118 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14119
14120 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14121 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14122
14123 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14124
14125 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14126 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14127
14128 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14129 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14130 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14131 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14132 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14133 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14134 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14135 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14136 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14137
14138 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14139 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14140 Default sorting modes are:
14141 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14142 Name - the name of the buffer
14143 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14144 Size - the size of the buffer
14145
14146 \(fn)" t nil)
14147
14148 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14149 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14150
14151 \(fn)" t nil)
14152 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14153 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14154 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14155 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14156
14157 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14158 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14159
14160 \(fn)" t nil)
14161
14162 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14163 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14164 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14165 for this Ibuffer session.
14166
14167 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14168
14169 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14170 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14171 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14172 for this Ibuffer session.
14173
14174 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14175
14176 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14177 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14178
14179 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14180 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14181
14182 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14183 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14184
14185 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14186
14187 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14188 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14189
14190 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14191 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14192
14193 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14194
14195 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14196 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14197
14198 \(fn)" t nil)
14199
14200 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14201 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14202
14203 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14204 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14205 hidden group filter, open it.
14206
14207 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14208 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14209 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14210
14211 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14212
14213 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14214 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14215 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14216
14217 \(fn)" t nil)
14218
14219 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14220 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14221
14222 The names are separated by a space.
14223 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14224
14225 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14226 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14227 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14228 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14229
14230 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14231
14232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14233
14234 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14235 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14236
14237 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14238
14239 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14240 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14241
14242 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14243
14244 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14245 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14246
14247 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14248
14249 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14250 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14251
14252 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14253
14254 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14255 Mark all modified buffers.
14256
14257 \(fn)" t nil)
14258
14259 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14260 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14261
14262 \(fn)" t nil)
14263
14264 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14265 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14266
14267 \(fn)" t nil)
14268
14269 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14270 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14271
14272 \(fn)" t nil)
14273
14274 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14275 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14276
14277 \(fn)" t nil)
14278
14279 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14280 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14281
14282 \(fn)" t nil)
14283
14284 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14285 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14286
14287 \(fn)" t nil)
14288
14289 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14290 Mark all read-only buffers.
14291
14292 \(fn)" t nil)
14293
14294 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14295 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14296
14297 \(fn)" t nil)
14298
14299 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14300 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14301 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14302 defaults to one.
14303
14304 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14305
14306 ;;;***
14307 \f
14308 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14309 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18177
14310 ;;;;;; 863))
14311 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14312
14313 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14314 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14315
14316 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14317 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14318 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14319
14320 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14321 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14322 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14323 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14324 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14325 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14326
14327 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14328 title of the column.
14329
14330 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14331 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14332 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14333 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14334 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14335
14336 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14337
14338 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14339 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14340 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14341 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14342 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14343
14344 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14345 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14346 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14347
14348 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14349
14350 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14351 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14352 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14353 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14354 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14355 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14356
14357 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14358 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14359 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14360 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14361 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14362 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14363 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14364 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14365 values are:
14366 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14367 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14368 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14369 buffer's modification flag.
14370 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14371 prompted before performing this operation.
14372 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14373 operation is complete, in the form:
14374 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14375 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14376 confirmation message, in the form:
14377 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14378 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14379 macro for exactly what it does.
14380
14381 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14382
14383 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14384 Define a filter named NAME.
14385 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14386 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14387 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14388
14389 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14390 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14391 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14392 bound to the current value of the filter.
14393
14394 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14395
14396 ;;;***
14397 \f
14398 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14399 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18177 864))
14400 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14401
14402 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14403 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14404 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14405 buffers which are visiting a file.
14406
14407 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14408
14409 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14410 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14411 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14412 buffers which are visiting a file.
14413
14414 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14415
14416 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14417 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14418 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14419
14420 All arguments are optional.
14421 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14422 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14423 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14424 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14425 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14426 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14427 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14428 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14429 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14430 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14431 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14432 that value locally in this buffer.
14433
14434 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14435
14436 ;;;***
14437 \f
14438 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14439 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14440 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18190 39681))
14441 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14442
14443 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14444 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14445 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14446 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14447
14448 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14449
14450 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14451 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14452 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14453 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14454 ICAL-FILENAME.
14455 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14456 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14457 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14458
14459 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14460
14461 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14462 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14463 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14464 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14465 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14466 non-marking or not.
14467
14468 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14469
14470 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14471 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14472
14473 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14474 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14475 DIARY-FILE.
14476
14477 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14478 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14479 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14480
14481 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14482 non-marking.
14483
14484 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14485 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14486 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14487
14488 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14489
14490 ;;;***
14491 \f
14492 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18177
14493 ;;;;;; 864))
14494 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14495
14496 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14497 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14498 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14500 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14501 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14502
14503 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14504
14505 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14506 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14507 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14508 otherwise turn it off.
14509
14510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14511
14512 ;;;***
14513 \f
14514 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18177 873))
14515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14516
14517 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14518 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14519 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14520 Tab indents for Icon code.
14521 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14522 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14523 \\{icon-mode-map}
14524 Variables controlling indentation style:
14525 icon-tab-always-indent
14526 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14527 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14528 icon-auto-newline
14529 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14530 inserted in Icon code.
14531 icon-indent-level
14532 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14533 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14534 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14535 icon-continued-statement-offset
14536 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14537 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14538 icon-continued-brace-offset
14539 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14540 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14541 icon-brace-offset
14542 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14543 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14544 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14545 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14546
14547 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14548 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14549
14550 \(fn)" t nil)
14551
14552 ;;;***
14553 \f
14554 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14555 ;;;;;; (18203 51791))
14556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14557
14558 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14559 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14560 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14561 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14562
14563 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14564 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14565 separate frames.
14566
14567 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14568 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14569
14570 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14571 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14572 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14573
14574 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14575
14576 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14577
14578 ;;;***
14579 \f
14580 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14581 ;;;;;; (18195 4247))
14582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14583
14584 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14585 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14586
14587 The main features of this mode are
14588
14589 1. Indentation and Formatting
14590 --------------------------
14591 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14592 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14593
14594 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14595 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14596 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14597 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14598
14599 Comments are indented as follows:
14600
14601 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14602 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14603 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14604
14605 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14606
14607 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14608 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14609 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14610 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14611 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14612 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14613
14614 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14615 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14616 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14617 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14618
14619 2. Routine Info
14620 ------------
14621 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14622 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14623 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14624 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14625 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14626 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14627 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14628 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14629 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14630 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14631
14632 3. Online IDL Help
14633 ---------------
14634
14635 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14636 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14637 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14638 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14639
14640 4. Completion
14641 ----------
14642 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14643 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14644 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14645 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14646 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14647 upper case.
14648
14649 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14650 --------------------------------
14651 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14652 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14653
14654 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14655 \\fu FUNCTION template
14656 \\c CASE statement template
14657 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14658 \\f FOR loop template
14659 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14660 \\w WHILE loop template
14661 \\i IF statement template
14662 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14663 \\b BEGIN
14664
14665 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14666 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14667
14668 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14669 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14670 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14671 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14672
14673 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14674 -------------------------
14675 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14676 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14677
14678 7. Automatic END completion
14679 ------------------------
14680 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14681 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14682
14683 8. Hooks
14684 -----
14685 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14686 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14687
14688 9. Documentation and Customization
14689 -------------------------------
14690 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14691 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14692 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14693 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14694 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14695
14696 10.Keybindings
14697 -----------
14698 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14699 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14700 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14701
14702 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14703
14704 \(fn)" t nil)
14705 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14706
14707 ;;;***
14708 \f
14709 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14710 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14711 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14712 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14713 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14714 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14715 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14716 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18231
14717 ;;;;;; 31061))
14718 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14719
14720 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14721 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14722 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14723 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14724 displaying...)
14725 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14726 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14727 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14728
14729 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14730 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14731
14732 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14733
14734 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14735 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14736 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14737 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14738 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14739 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14740 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14741 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14742 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14743
14744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14745
14746 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14747 Switch to another buffer.
14748 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14749 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14750 in another frame.
14751
14752 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14753 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14754 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14755 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14756 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14757
14758 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14759 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14760
14761 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14762 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14763
14764 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14765 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14766 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14767 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14768 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14769 in a separate window.
14770 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14771 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14772 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14773 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14774 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14775 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14776 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14777 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14778 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14779
14780 \(fn)" t nil)
14781
14782 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14783 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14784 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14785 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14786
14787 \(fn)" t nil)
14788
14789 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14790 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14791 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14792 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14793
14794 \(fn)" t nil)
14795
14796 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14797 Kill a buffer.
14798 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14799 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14800
14801 \(fn)" t nil)
14802
14803 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14804 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14805 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14806 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14807
14808 \(fn)" t nil)
14809
14810 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14811 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14812 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14813 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14814
14815 \(fn)" t nil)
14816
14817 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14818 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14819
14820 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14821
14822 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14823 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14824 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14825 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14826 visible in another frame.
14827
14828 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14829 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14830 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14831 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14832 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14833 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14834
14835 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14836 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14837
14838 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14839 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14840
14841 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14842 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14843 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14844 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14845 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14846 in a separate window.
14847 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14848 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14849 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14850 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14851 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14852 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14853 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14854 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14855 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14856 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14857 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14858 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14859 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14860 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14861 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14862
14863 \(fn)" t nil)
14864
14865 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14866 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14867 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14868 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14869
14870 \(fn)" t nil)
14871
14872 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14873 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14874 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14875 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14876
14877 \(fn)" t nil)
14878
14879 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14880 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14881 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14882 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14883
14884 \(fn)" t nil)
14885
14886 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14887 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14888 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14889 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14890
14891 \(fn)" t nil)
14892
14893 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14894 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14895 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14896 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14897
14898 \(fn)" t nil)
14899
14900 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14901 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14902 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14903 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14904
14905 \(fn)" t nil)
14906
14907 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14908 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14909 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14910 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14911
14912 \(fn)" t nil)
14913
14914 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14915 Write current buffer to a file.
14916 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14917 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14918
14919 \(fn)" t nil)
14920
14921 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14922 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14923 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14924 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14925
14926 \(fn)" t nil)
14927
14928 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14929 Call `dired' the ido way.
14930 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14931 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14932
14933 \(fn)" t nil)
14934
14935 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14936 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14937 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14938 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14939 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14940 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14941
14942 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14943
14944 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14945 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14946 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14947 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14948
14949 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14950
14951 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14952 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14953 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14954 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14955
14956 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14957
14958 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14959 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14960 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14961 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14962 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14963 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14964 with `completing-read'.
14965 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14966 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14967 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14968 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14969 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14970 with point positioned at the end.
14971 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14972 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14973
14974 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14975
14976 ;;;***
14977 \f
14978 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18231 31061))
14979 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14980 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14981
14982 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14983 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14984 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14985
14986 \(fn)" t nil)
14987
14988 ;;;***
14989 \f
14990 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14991 ;;;;;; (18231 31061))
14992 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14993
14994 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14995 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14996
14997 \(fn)" t nil)
14998
14999 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15000 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15001
15002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15003
15004 ;;;***
15005 \f
15006 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15007 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15008 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15009 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15010 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18190 39676))
15011 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15012
15013 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15014 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15015 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15016 be determined.
15017
15018 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15019
15020 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15021 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15022 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15023 be determined.
15024
15025 \(fn)" nil nil)
15026
15027 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15028 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15029 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15030 be determined.
15031
15032 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15033
15034 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15035 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15036 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15037 be determined.
15038
15039 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15040
15041 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15042 Determine and return image type.
15043 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15044 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15045 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15046 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15047 use its file extension as image type.
15048 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15049
15050 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15051
15052 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15053 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15054 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15055
15056 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15057
15058 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15059 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15060 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15061
15062 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15063 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15064 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15065 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15066 must be available.
15067
15068 \(fn)" nil nil)
15069
15070 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15071 Create an image.
15072 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15073 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15074 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15075 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15076 use its file extension as image type.
15077 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15078 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15079 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15080 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15081
15082 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15083
15084 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15085 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15086 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15087
15088 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15089
15090 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15091 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15092 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15093 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15094 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15095 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15096 POS may be an integer or marker.
15097 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15098 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15099 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15100 means display it in the right marginal area.
15101
15102 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15103
15104 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15105 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15106 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15107 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15108 defaulted if you omit it.
15109 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15110 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15111 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15112 means display it in the right marginal area.
15113 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15114 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15115 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15116 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15117 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15118
15119 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15120
15121 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15122 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15123 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15124 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15125 defaulted if you omit it.
15126 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15127 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15128 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15129 means display it in the right marginal area.
15130 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15131
15132 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15133
15134 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15135 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15136 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15137 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15138
15139 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15140
15141 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15142 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15143
15144 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15145
15146 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15147 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15148 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15149 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15150 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15151 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15152 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15153 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15154 satisfied.
15155
15156 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15157
15158 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15159
15160 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15161
15162 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15163 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15164
15165 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15166 documentation string.
15167
15168 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15169 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15170 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15171 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15172 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15173 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15174 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15175 define SYMBOL.
15176
15177 Example:
15178
15179 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15180 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15181
15182 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15183
15184 ;;;***
15185 \f
15186 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15187 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15188 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15189 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15190 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15191 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15192 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15193 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18213 1254))
15194 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15195
15196 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15197 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15198
15199 \(fn)" t nil)
15200
15201 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15202 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15203
15204 Convenience command that:
15205
15206 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15207 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15208 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15209
15210 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15211 image files in dired and type
15212 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15213
15214 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15215
15216 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15217 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15218
15219 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15220
15221 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15222 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15223 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15224 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15225 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15226 another one).
15227
15228 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15229 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15230 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15231
15232 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15233 instead of erasing it first.
15234
15235 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15236 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15237 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15238 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15239 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15240 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15241
15242 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15243
15244 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15245 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15246 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15247 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15248 displayed.
15249
15250 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15251
15252 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15253
15254 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15255
15256 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15257 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15258
15259 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15260
15261 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15262 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15263 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15264
15265 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15266
15267 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15268 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15269
15270 \(fn)" t nil)
15271
15272 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15273 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15274 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15275 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15276
15277 \(fn)" t nil)
15278
15279 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15280 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15281
15282 \(fn)" t nil)
15283
15284 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15285 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15286
15287 \(fn)" t nil)
15288
15289 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15290 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15291
15292 \(fn)" t nil)
15293
15294 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15295 Display current image file.
15296 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15297 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15298
15299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15300
15301 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15302 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15303
15304 \(fn)" t nil)
15305
15306 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15307 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15308 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15309 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15310 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15311 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15312 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15313
15314 \(fn)" t nil)
15315
15316 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15317 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15318 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15319 easy-to-use form.
15320
15321 \(fn)" t nil)
15322
15323 ;;;***
15324 \f
15325 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15326 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15327 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18177 864))
15328 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15329
15330 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15331 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15332 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15333 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15334
15335 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15336 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15337 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15338 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15339
15340 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15341
15342 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15343 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15344 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15345 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15346
15347 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15348 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15349 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15350 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15351
15352 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15353
15354 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15355 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15356
15357 \(fn)" nil nil)
15358
15359 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15360 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15361 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15362 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15363
15364 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15365
15366 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15367 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15368 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15369 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15370 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15371 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15372
15373 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15374
15375 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15376 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15377 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15378 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15379
15380 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15381 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15382 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15383
15384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15385
15386 ;;;***
15387 \f
15388 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15389 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18231 31061))
15390 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15391 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15392 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15393 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15394 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15395 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15396 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15397 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15398 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15399 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15400
15401 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15402 Major mode for image files.
15403 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15404 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15405
15406 \(fn)" t nil)
15407
15408 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15409 Toggle Image minor mode.
15410 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15411 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15412
15413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15414
15415 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15416 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15417 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15418 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15419 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15420 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15421
15422 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15423 information on these modes.
15424
15425 \(fn)" t nil)
15426
15427 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15428 Not documented
15429
15430 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15431
15432 ;;;***
15433 \f
15434 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15435 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18177 864))
15436 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15437
15438 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15439 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15440
15441 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15442
15443 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15444 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15445 in the buffer.
15446
15447 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15448
15449 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15450 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15451 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15452
15453 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15454
15455 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15456 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15457
15458 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15459 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15460 pattern's structure.
15461
15462 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15463 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15464 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15465 during matching.")
15466
15467 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15468
15469 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15470 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15471
15472 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15473 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15474 called within a `save-excursion'.
15475
15476 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15477
15478 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15479
15480 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15481 Function for finding the next index position.
15482
15483 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15484 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15485 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15486 file.
15487
15488 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15489 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15490
15491 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15492
15493 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15494 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15495
15496 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15497 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15498 It should return the name for that index item.")
15499
15500 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15501
15502 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15503 Function to compare string with index item.
15504
15505 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15506 non-nil if they match.
15507
15508 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15509 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15510 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15511 arguments match\".")
15512
15513 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15514
15515 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15516 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15517 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15518
15519 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15520
15521 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15522
15523 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15524
15525 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15526 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15527 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15528 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15529
15530 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15531
15532 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15533 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15534
15535 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15536
15537 \(fn)" t nil)
15538
15539 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15540 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15541 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15542 for more information.
15543
15544 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15545
15546 ;;;***
15547 \f
15548 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15549 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15550 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18177 866))
15551 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15552
15553 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15554 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15555
15556 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15557
15558 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15559 Not documented
15560
15561 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15562
15563 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15564 Not documented
15565
15566 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15567
15568 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15569 Not documented
15570
15571 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15572
15573 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15574 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15575
15576 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15577
15578 ;;;***
15579 \f
15580 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15581 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15582 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18177 873))
15583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15584
15585 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15586 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15587 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15588 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15589 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15590
15591 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15592
15593 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15594 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15595
15596 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15597
15598 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15599 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15600 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15601 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15602 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15603 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15604 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15605 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15606
15607 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15608
15609 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15610 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15611 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15612 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15613 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15614
15615 This variable is only used if the variable
15616 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15617
15618 More precise choices:
15619 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15620 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15621 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15622
15623 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15624
15625 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15626
15627 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15628 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15629
15630 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15631 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15632 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15633 to that buffer.
15634 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15635 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15636 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15637 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15638
15639 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15640 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15641
15642 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15643
15644 ;;;***
15645 \f
15646 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15647 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15648 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15649 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18231 31061))
15650 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15651
15652 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15653 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15654
15655 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15656 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15657 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15658
15659 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15660 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15661 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15662 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15663 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15664 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15665 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15666 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15667 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15668 with the top-level Info directory.
15669
15670 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15671 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15672 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15673 appended to the Info buffer name.
15674
15675 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15676 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15677 in all the directories in that path.
15678
15679 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15680
15681 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15682 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15683
15684 \(fn)" t nil)
15685
15686 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15687 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15688 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15689 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15690
15691 \(fn)" nil nil)
15692
15693 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15694 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15695 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15696 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15697
15698 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15699
15700 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15701 Go to the Info directory node.
15702
15703 \(fn)" t nil)
15704
15705 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15706 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15707 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15708 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15709 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15710 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15711
15712 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15713
15714 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15715 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15716 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15717
15718 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15719
15720 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15721 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15722 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15723 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15724 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15725
15726 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15727 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15728
15729 Selecting other nodes:
15730 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15731 Follow a node reference you click on.
15732 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15733 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15734 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15735 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15736 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15737 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15738 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15739 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15740 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15741 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15742 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15743 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15744 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15745 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15746 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15747 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15748 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15749 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15750 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15751 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15752
15753 Moving within a node:
15754 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15755 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15756 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15757 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15758 move up to the parent node.
15759 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15760 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15761 if there is none.
15762 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15763
15764 Advanced commands:
15765 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15766 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15767 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15768 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15769 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15770 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15771 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15772 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15773 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15774 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15775 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15776 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15777 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15778 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15779 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15780 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15781
15782 \(fn)" nil nil)
15783 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15784
15785 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15786 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15787 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15788 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15789 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15790 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15791
15792 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15793 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15794
15795 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15796 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15797 KEY is a string.
15798 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15799 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15800 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15801 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15802
15803 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15804
15805 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15806 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15807 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15808
15809 \(fn)" t nil)
15810
15811 ;;;***
15812 \f
15813 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15814 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15815 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
15816 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15817
15818 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15819 Throw away all cached data.
15820 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15821 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15822 system.
15823
15824 \(fn)" t nil)
15825 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15826
15827 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15828 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15829 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15830 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15831 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15832 one found at point.
15833
15834 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15835
15836 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15837 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15838
15839 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15840 Display the documentation of a file.
15841 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15842 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15843 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15844 The default file name is the one found at point.
15845
15846 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15847
15848 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15849
15850 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15851 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15852
15853 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15854
15855 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15856 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15857
15858 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15859
15860 ;;;***
15861 \f
15862 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15863 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18177 864))
15864 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15865
15866 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15867 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15868
15869 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15870
15871 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15872 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15873 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15874
15875 \(fn)" t nil)
15876
15877 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15878 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15879 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15880
15881 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15882 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15883 quite a while.
15884
15885 \(fn)" t nil)
15886
15887 ;;;***
15888 \f
15889 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15890 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18177 864))
15891 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15892
15893 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15894 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15895
15896 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15897
15898 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15899 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15900 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15901
15902 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15903 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15904 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15905
15906 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15907 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15908 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15909 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15910
15911 \(fn)" t nil)
15912
15913 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15914 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15915 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15916
15917 \(fn)" t nil)
15918
15919 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15920 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15921 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15922 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15923 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15924
15925 \(fn)" nil nil)
15926
15927 ;;;***
15928 \f
15929 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-buffers-minor-mode) "isearch-multi" "isearch-multi.el"
15930 ;;;;;; (18211 184))
15931 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearch-multi.el
15932
15933 (defvar isearch-buffers-current-buffer nil "\
15934 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
15935 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
15936
15937 (defvar isearch-buffers-next-buffer-function nil "\
15938 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
15939
15940 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
15941 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
15942 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
15943 next occurrence.
15944
15945 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
15946 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
15947 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
15948 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
15949 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
15950 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
15951 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
15952 buffer in the series.")
15953
15954 (autoload 'isearch-buffers-minor-mode "isearch-multi" "\
15955 Minor mode for using isearch to search through multiple buffers.
15956 With arg, turn isearch-buffers minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15957
15958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15959
15960 ;;;***
15961 \f
15962 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15963 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15964 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
15965 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15966
15967 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15968 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15969
15970 \(fn)" t nil)
15971
15972 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15973 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15974
15975 \(fn)" t nil)
15976
15977 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15978 Not documented
15979
15980 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15981
15982 ;;;***
15983 \f
15984 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18177
15985 ;;;;;; 865))
15986 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15987
15988 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15989 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15990 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15991 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15992 accessed via isearchb.
15993
15994 \(fn)" t nil)
15995
15996 ;;;***
15997 \f
15998 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15999 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
16000 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
16001
16002 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
16003 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
16004 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
16005 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
16006 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
16007 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
16008
16009 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
16010 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
16011
16012 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
16013 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
16014 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
16015 \"s gives German sharp s.
16016 /a gives a with ring.
16017 /e gives an a-e ligature.
16018 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
16019 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
16020 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
16021
16022 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
16023 and a negative argument disables it.
16024
16025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16026
16027 ;;;***
16028 \f
16029 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
16030 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
16031 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
16032 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18231 31069))
16033 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16034
16035 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16036 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16037 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
16038 the table `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16039 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16040
16041 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16042
16043 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16044 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16045 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
16046 the table `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16047 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16048
16049 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16050
16051 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16052 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16053 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
16054 the table `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16055 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16056
16057 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16058
16059 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16060 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16061 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
16062 the table `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16063 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16064
16065 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16066
16067 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16068 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16069 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
16070 the table `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16071 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16072
16073 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16074
16075 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16076 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16077 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
16078 the table `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16079 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16080
16081 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16082
16083 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16084 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16085 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
16086 the table `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16087 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16088
16089 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16090
16091 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16092 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16093 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16094 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16095
16096 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16097
16098 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16099 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16100 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16101 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16102
16103 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16104
16105 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16106 Warn that format is read-only.
16107
16108 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16109
16110 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16111 Warn that format is write-only.
16112
16113 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16114
16115 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16116 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16117
16118 \(fn)" t nil)
16119
16120 ;;;***
16121 \f
16122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16123 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
16124 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16125 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16126 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16127 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16128
16129 ;;;***
16130 \f
16131 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16132 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16133 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16134 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16135 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16136 ;;;;;; (18203 51792))
16137 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16138 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16139
16140 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16141 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16142 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16143 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16144
16145 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16146 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16147
16148 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16149 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16150 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16151
16152 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16153 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16154 re-start Emacs.")
16155
16156 (custom-autoload 'ispell-local-dictionary-alist "ispell" t)
16157
16158 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16159
16160 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))
16161
16162 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 '(("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))
16163
16164 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 '(("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))
16165
16166 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 '(("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16167
16168 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 '(("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))
16169
16170 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16171 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16172
16173 Each element of this list is also a list:
16174
16175 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16176 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16177
16178 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16179 nil means the default dictionary.
16180
16181 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16182
16183 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16184
16185 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16186 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16187 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16188 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16189 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16190 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16191 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16192 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16193 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16194
16195 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16196 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16197 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16198 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16199 for non-ASCII bytes.
16200
16201 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16202 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16203 single word.
16204
16205 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16206 subprocess.
16207
16208 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16209 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16210 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16211 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16212 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16213 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16214 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16215 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16216
16217 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16218
16219 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16220 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16221 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16222
16223 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16224 Key map for ispell menu.")
16225
16226 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16227 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16228 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16229 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16230
16231 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16232
16233 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16234
16235 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16236
16237 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16238
16239 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16240 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16241 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16242 Valid forms include:
16243 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16244 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16245 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16246 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16247
16248 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16249 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16250 First list is used raw.
16251 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16252
16253 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16254 for skipping in latex mode.")
16255
16256 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16257 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16258 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16259 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16260 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16261 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16262 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16263
16264 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16265 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16266 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16267 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16268
16269 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16270 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16271 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16272 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16273 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16274
16275 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16276 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16277
16278 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16279 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16280
16281 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16282 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16283
16284 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16285 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16286
16287 Return values:
16288 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16289 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16290 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16291 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16292 quit spell session exited.
16293
16294 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16295
16296 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16297 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16298 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16299
16300 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16301
16302 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16303 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16304
16305 Selections are:
16306
16307 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16308 SPC: Accept word this time.
16309 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16310 `a': Accept word for this session.
16311 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16312 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16313 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16314 `?': Show these commands.
16315 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16316 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16317 the aborted check to be completed later.
16318 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16319 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16320 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16321 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16322 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16323 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16324 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16325
16326 \(fn)" nil nil)
16327
16328 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16329 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16330 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16331
16332 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16333
16334 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16335 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16336 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16337 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16338
16339 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16340
16341 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16342
16343 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16344 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16345 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16346 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16347
16348 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16349
16350 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16351 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16352
16353 \(fn)" t nil)
16354
16355 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16356 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16357
16358 \(fn)" t nil)
16359
16360 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16361 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16362
16363 \(fn)" t nil)
16364
16365 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16366 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16367 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16368 sequence inside of a word.
16369
16370 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16371
16372 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16373
16374 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16375 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16376
16377 \(fn)" t nil)
16378
16379 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16380 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16381 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16382 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16383
16384 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16385 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16386 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16387 available on the net.
16388
16389 \(fn)" t nil)
16390
16391 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16392 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16393 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16394 otherwise turn it off.
16395
16396 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16397 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16398
16399 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16400 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16401
16402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16403
16404 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16405 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16406 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16407 Don't check included messages.
16408
16409 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16410 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16411 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16412
16413 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16414 in your .emacs file:
16415 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16416 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16417 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16418 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16419
16420 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16421 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16422 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16423
16424 \(fn)" t nil)
16425
16426 ;;;***
16427 \f
16428 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18177
16429 ;;;;;; 865))
16430 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16431
16432 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16433 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16434 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16435 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16436 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16437 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16438
16439 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16440
16441 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16442 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16443 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16444 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16445 `iswitchb' for details.
16446
16447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16448
16449 ;;;***
16450 \f
16451 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16452 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16453 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16454 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18177 866))
16455 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16456
16457 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16458 Not documented
16459
16460 \(fn)" nil nil)
16461
16462 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16463 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16464 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16465 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16466 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16467 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16468 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16469 necessary to represent OBJ.
16470
16471 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16472
16473 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16474 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16475 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16476 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16477
16478 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16479
16480 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16481 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16482 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16483 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16484 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16485
16486 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16487
16488 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16489 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16490 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16491 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16492
16493 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16494
16495 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16496 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16497 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16498 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16499
16500 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16501
16502 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16503 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16504
16505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16506
16507 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16508 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16509 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16510 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16511 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16512
16513 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16514
16515 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16516 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16517 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16518 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16519 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16520
16521 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16522
16523 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16524 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16525 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16526
16527 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16528
16529 ;;;***
16530 \f
16531 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16532 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18177 866))
16533 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16534
16535 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16536 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16537 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16538 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16539
16540 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16541 Not documented
16542
16543 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16544
16545 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16546 Uninstall jka-compr.
16547 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16548 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16549 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16550
16551 \(fn)" nil nil)
16552
16553 ;;;***
16554 \f
16555 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16556 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16557 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
16558 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16559
16560 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16561 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16562 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16563 decimal key must be specified.")
16564
16565 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16566
16567 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16568 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16569 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16570 decimal key must be specified.")
16571
16572 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16573
16574 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16575 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16576 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16577 decimal key must be specified.")
16578
16579 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16580
16581 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16582 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16583 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16584 decimal key must be specified.")
16585
16586 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16587
16588 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16589 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16590 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16591 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16592 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16593 keys are bound.
16594
16595 Setup Binding
16596 -------------------------------------------------------------
16597 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16598 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16599 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16600 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16601 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16602 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16603 in the global and local keymaps.
16604
16605 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16606 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16607
16608 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16609
16610 ;;;***
16611 \f
16612 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16613 ;;;;;; (18177 865))
16614 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16615
16616 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16617 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16618 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16619
16620 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16621 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16622 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16623 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16624 shorter.
16625
16626 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16627 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16628 the context of text formatting.
16629
16630 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16631
16632 ;;;***
16633 \f
16634 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18177
16635 ;;;;;; 865))
16636 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16637
16638 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16639 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16640 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16641 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16642 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16643 positions that contains the current selection.")
16644
16645 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16646 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16647 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16648 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16649 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16650 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16651 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16652
16653 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16654
16655 ;;;***
16656 \f
16657 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16658 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16659 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16660 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18177 866))
16661 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16662 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16663 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16664 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16665 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16666 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16667 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16668 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16669
16670 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16671 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16672 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16673 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16674 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16675
16676 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16677
16678 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16679 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16680 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16681
16682 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16683 defining the macro.
16684
16685 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16686 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16687 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16688
16689 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16690 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16691
16692 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16693
16694 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16695 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16696 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16697 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16698 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16699 under that name.
16700
16701 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16702 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16703 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16704
16705 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16706
16707 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16708 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16709 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16710
16711 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16712 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16713 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16714 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16715
16716 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16717 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16718
16719 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16720
16721 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16722 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16723 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16724
16725 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16726 macro.
16727
16728 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16729 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16730
16731 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16732 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16733 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16734
16735 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16736 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16737
16738 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16739
16740 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16741 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16742 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16743 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16744
16745 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16746
16747 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16748 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16749 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16750 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16751
16752 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16753 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16754
16755 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16756
16757 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16758 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16759 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16760
16761 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16762
16763 ;;;***
16764 \f
16765 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-composition-function kannada-post-read-conversion
16766 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-string kannada-compose-region) "knd-util"
16767 ;;;;;; "language/knd-util.el" (18177 866))
16768 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16769
16770 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x0c95-\x0cb9]")
16771
16772 (autoload 'kannada-compose-region "knd-util" "\
16773 Not documented
16774
16775 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16776
16777 (autoload 'kannada-compose-string "knd-util" "\
16778 Not documented
16779
16780 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16781
16782 (autoload 'kannada-post-read-conversion "knd-util" "\
16783 Not documented
16784
16785 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16786
16787 (autoload 'kannada-composition-function "knd-util" "\
16788 Compose Kannada characters after the position POS.
16789 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
16790 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
16791
16792 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16793
16794 ;;;***
16795 \f
16796 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16797 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18177 866))
16798 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16799
16800 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16801 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16802 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16803
16804 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16805 Not documented
16806
16807 \(fn)" nil nil)
16808
16809 ;;;***
16810 \f
16811 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16812 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
16813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16814
16815 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16816
16817 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16818 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16819
16820 \(fn)" t nil)
16821
16822 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16823
16824 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16825 Start or resume an Lm game.
16826 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16827 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16828
16829 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16830 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16831 none / 1 | yes | no
16832 2 | yes | yes
16833 3 | no | yes
16834 4 | no | no
16835
16836 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16837 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16838 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16839
16840 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16841
16842 ;;;***
16843 \f
16844 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16845 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16846 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18177 866))
16847 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16848
16849 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16850 Not documented
16851
16852 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16853
16854 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16855 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16856 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16857 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16858 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16859 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16860
16861 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16862 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16863
16864 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16865
16866 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16867 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16868
16869 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16870
16871 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16872 Not documented
16873
16874 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16875
16876 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16877 Not documented
16878
16879 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16880
16881 ;;;***
16882 \f
16883 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16884 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16885 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18177 865))
16886 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16887
16888 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16889 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16890 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16891 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16892
16893 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16894
16895 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16896 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16897 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16898
16899 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16900
16901 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16902 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16903 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16904
16905 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16906
16907 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16908 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16909 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16910 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16911
16912 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16913
16914 ;;;***
16915 \f
16916 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16917 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18177 865))
16918 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16919
16920 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16921 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16922 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16923 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16924 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16925 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16926 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16927 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16928
16929 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16930 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16931
16932 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16933 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16934
16935 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16936
16937 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16938 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16939 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16940 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16941 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16942 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16943 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16944 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16945
16946 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16947
16948 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16949 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16950 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16951 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16952
16953 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16954 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16955
16956 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16957
16958 ;;;***
16959 \f
16960 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16961 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (18177 870))
16962 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16963
16964 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
16965 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16966 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16967 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16968
16969 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16970
16971 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16972 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16973 JIT Lock's favor.
16974
16975 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16976
16977 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16978 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16979 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16980 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16981 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16982 for large buffers.
16983
16984 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16985 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16986 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16987 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16988 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16989
16990 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16991 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16992 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16993 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16994 slow to keep up with your typing.
16995
16996 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16997 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16998 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16999 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
17000 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
17001 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
17002
17003 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
17004 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
17005 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
17006 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
17007
17008 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
17009 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
17010 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
17011 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
17012
17013 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
17014 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
17015 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
17016 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
17017 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
17018
17019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17020
17021 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
17022 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
17023
17024 \(fn)" nil nil)
17025
17026 ;;;***
17027 \f
17028 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
17029 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
17030 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17031
17032 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
17033
17034 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
17035
17036 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17037 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17038
17039 \(fn)" t nil)
17040
17041 ;;;***
17042 \f
17043 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
17044 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17045 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
17046
17047 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
17048 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
17049
17050 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
17051 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
17052
17053 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
17054 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
17055
17056 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
17057 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
17058 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
17059 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
17060 for later transmission to Lisp job.
17061 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
17062 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
17063 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
17064 and transmit saved text.
17065
17066 \\{ledit-mode-map}
17067 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
17068 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
17069
17070 \(fn)" t nil)
17071
17072 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
17073 Not documented
17074
17075 \(fn)" nil nil)
17076
17077 ;;;***
17078 \f
17079 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18177 871))
17080 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17081
17082 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17083 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17084 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17085 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17086 generations (this defaults to 1).
17087
17088 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17089
17090 ;;;***
17091 \f
17092 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18231
17093 ;;;;;; 31063))
17094 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17095
17096 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17097 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17098 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17099 is nil, raise an error.
17100
17101 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17102 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17103 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17104 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17105 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17106 defined by the library.
17107
17108 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17109 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17110 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17111 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17112 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17113 proceeds.
17114
17115 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17116 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17117 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17118 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17119
17120 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17121
17122 ;;;***
17123 \f
17124 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
17125 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18177 867))
17126 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17127
17128 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
17129 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17130 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17131
17132 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17133
17134 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17135 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17136 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17137 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17138
17139 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17140 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17141 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17142 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17143 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17144 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17145 the version.)
17146
17147 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17148 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17149
17150 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17151 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17152
17153 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17154
17155 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17156
17157 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17158 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17159 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17160 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17161 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17162 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17163 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17164 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17165 to constrain a big search.
17166
17167 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17168
17169 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17170 except that FILTER is not optional.
17171
17172 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17173
17174 ;;;***
17175 \f
17176 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18177 867))
17177 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17178
17179 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17180 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17181 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17182 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17183 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
17184 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17185 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17186 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17187
17188 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
17189 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17190 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17191 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17192 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17193
17194 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17195 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17196 uses the current buffer.
17197
17198 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17199
17200 ;;;***
17201 \f
17202 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18213
17203 ;;;;;; 1254))
17204 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17205
17206 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17207 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17208
17209 \(fn)" t nil)
17210
17211 ;;;***
17212 \f
17213 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18231
17214 ;;;;;; 31063))
17215 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17216
17217 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17218 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17219 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17220 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17221 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17222
17223 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17224 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17225 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17226
17227 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17228 are indicated with a symbol.
17229
17230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17231
17232 ;;;***
17233 \f
17234 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17235 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18177
17236 ;;;;;; 867))
17237 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17238
17239 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17240
17241 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
17242
17243 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17244 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17245 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17246
17247 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17248 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17249
17250 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17251 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17252 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17253 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17254 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17255 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17256 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17257
17258 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17259
17260 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17261 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17262 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17263 switch on this list.
17264 See `lpr-command'.")
17265
17266 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17267
17268 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17269 *Name of program for printing a file.
17270
17271 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17272 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17273 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17274 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17275 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17276 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17277 argument.")
17278
17279 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17280
17281 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17282 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17283 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17284 for customization of the printer command.
17285
17286 \(fn)" t nil)
17287
17288 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17289 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17290
17291 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17292 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17293 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17294 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17295
17296 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17297 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17298
17299 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17300 for further customization of the printer command.
17301
17302 \(fn)" t nil)
17303
17304 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17305 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17306 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17307 for customization of the printer command.
17308
17309 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17310
17311 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17312 Paginate and print the region contents.
17313
17314 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17315 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17316 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17317 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17318
17319 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17320 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17321
17322 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17323 for further customization of the printer command.
17324
17325 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17326
17327 ;;;***
17328 \f
17329 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17330 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17331 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17332
17333 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17334 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17335 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17336
17337 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17338
17339 ;;;***
17340 \f
17341 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18177
17342 ;;;;;; 856))
17343 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17344
17345 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
17346 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17347 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17348
17349 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17350
17351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17352
17353 ;;;***
17354 \f
17355 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18177
17356 ;;;;;; 873))
17357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17358
17359 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17360 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17361 \\{m4-mode-map}
17362
17363 \(fn)" t nil)
17364
17365 ;;;***
17366 \f
17367 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17368 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
17369 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17370
17371 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17372 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17373 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17374 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17375 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17376
17377 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17378
17379 ;;;***
17380 \f
17381 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17382 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18177 867))
17383 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17384
17385 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17386 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17387 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17388 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17389 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17390
17391 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17392
17393 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17394 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17395 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17396 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17397
17398 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17399 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17400 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17401 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17402 bindings.
17403
17404 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17405 use this command, and then save the file.
17406
17407 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17408
17409 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17410 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17411 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17412 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17413 each time the macro executes.
17414 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17415 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17416 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17417 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17418 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17419 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17420 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17421
17422 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17423
17424 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17425 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17426 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17427 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17428
17429 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17430 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17431 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17432 execute.
17433
17434 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17435 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17436
17437 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17438 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17439 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17440 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17441 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17442
17443 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17444 looked like this:
17445
17446 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17447 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17448 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17449
17450 You could enter the names in this format:
17451
17452 foo
17453 bar
17454 baz
17455
17456 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17457
17458 \\C-x (
17459 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17460 \\C-x )
17461
17462 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17463 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17464
17465 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17466 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17467
17468 ;;;***
17469 \f
17470 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17471 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18177 867))
17472 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17473
17474 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17475 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17476 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17477 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17478 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17479 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17480
17481 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17482 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17483 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17484 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17485 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17486
17487 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17488 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17489 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17490 consing a string.)
17491
17492 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17493
17494 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17495 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17496
17497 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17498
17499 ;;;***
17500 \f
17501 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17502 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17503 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17504 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17505
17506 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17507 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17508
17509 \(fn)" nil nil)
17510
17511 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17512 Not documented
17513
17514 \(fn)" nil nil)
17515
17516 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17517 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17518
17519 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17520
17521 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17522 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17523 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17524 message.
17525
17526 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17527
17528 \(fn)" nil nil)
17529
17530 ;;;***
17531 \f
17532 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17533 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17534 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18177
17535 ;;;;;; 867))
17536 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17537
17538 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17539 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17540 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17541 often correct parser.")
17542
17543 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17544
17545 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17546 Not documented
17547
17548 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17549
17550 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17551 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17552 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17553 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17554
17555 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17556
17557 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17558 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17559 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17560 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17561
17562 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17563
17564 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17565 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17566 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17567 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17568 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17569 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17570 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17571 as Rmail does.
17572
17573 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17574
17575 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17576 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17577 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17578 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17579 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17580 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17581
17582 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17583
17584 ;;;***
17585 \f
17586 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17587 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18231
17588 ;;;;;; 31069))
17589 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17590
17591 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17592 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17593 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17596 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17597
17598 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17599
17600 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17601 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17602
17603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17604
17605 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17606 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17607
17608 \(fn)" nil nil)
17609
17610 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17611 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17612 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17613
17614 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17615
17616 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17617 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17618 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17619
17620 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17621
17622 ;;;***
17623 \f
17624 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17625 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18177
17626 ;;;;;; 867))
17627 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17628
17629 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17630 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17631 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17632 king@grassland.com
17633 If `parens', they look like:
17634 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17635 If `angles', they look like:
17636 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17637
17638 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17639
17640 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17641 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17642 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17643 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17644 their `Resent-' variants.
17645
17646 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17647 removed from alias expansions.
17648
17649 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17650
17651 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17652 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17653 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17654
17655 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17656 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17657 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17658 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17659
17660 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17661
17662 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17663 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17664 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17665 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17666
17667 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17668
17669 ;;;***
17670 \f
17671 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17672 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17673 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17674
17675 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17676 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17677 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17678 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17679
17680 \(fn)" nil nil)
17681
17682 ;;;***
17683 \f
17684 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17685 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17686 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18177 873))
17687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17688
17689 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17690 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17691
17692 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17693 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17694 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17695 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17696 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17697 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17698
17699 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17700 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17701 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17702 dependency, despite the colon.
17703
17704 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17705
17706 In the browser, use the following keys:
17707
17708 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17709
17710 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17711
17712 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17713 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17714
17715 `makefile-target-colon':
17716 The string that gets appended to all target names
17717 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17718 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17719
17720 `makefile-macro-assign':
17721 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17722 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17723 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17724 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17725 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17726 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17727
17728 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17729 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17730 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17731
17732 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17733 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17734
17735 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17736 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17737 up or down in the browser.
17738
17739 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17740 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17741
17742 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17743 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17744
17745 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17746 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17747 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17748 has been selected in the browser.
17749
17750 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17751 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17752 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17753 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17754 filenames are omitted.
17755
17756 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17757 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17758 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17759 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17760 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17761 the backslash itself intact.
17762 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17763 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17764
17765 `makefile-browser-hook':
17766 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17767 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17768
17769 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17770 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17771 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17772 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17773
17774 \(fn)" t nil)
17775
17776 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17777 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17778
17779 \(fn)" t nil)
17780
17781 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17782 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17783
17784 \(fn)" t nil)
17785
17786 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17787 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17788
17789 \(fn)" t nil)
17790
17791 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17792 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17793
17794 \(fn)" t nil)
17795
17796 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17797 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17798
17799 \(fn)" t nil)
17800
17801 ;;;***
17802 \f
17803 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18177
17804 ;;;;;; 867))
17805 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17806
17807 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17808 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17809 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17810
17811 \(fn)" t nil)
17812
17813 ;;;***
17814 \f
17815 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18190 39677))
17816 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17817
17818 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17819
17820 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17821 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17822 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17823 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17824 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17825 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17826 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17827
17828 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17829 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17830 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17831 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17832
17833 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17834
17835 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17836 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17837
17838 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17839
17840 ;;;***
17841 \f
17842 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18177 867))
17843 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17844
17845 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17846 Toggle Master mode.
17847 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17848 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17849 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17850
17851 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17852 following commands:
17853
17854 \\{master-mode-map}
17855
17856 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17857 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17858 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17859
17860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17861
17862 ;;;***
17863 \f
17864 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17865 ;;;;;; (18190 39677))
17866 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17867
17868 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17869 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17870 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17872 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17873 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17874
17875 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17876
17877 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
17878 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
17879 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17880 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17881 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17882
17883 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17884 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17885
17886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17887
17888 ;;;***
17889 \f
17890 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18213
17891 ;;;;;; 1254))
17892 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17893
17894 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17895
17896 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17897 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17898 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17900 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17901 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17902
17903 (custom-autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" nil)
17904
17905 (autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" "\
17906 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17907 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17908 created in the future.
17909 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17910 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17911
17912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17913
17914 ;;;***
17915 \f
17916 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17917 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17918 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17919 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17920 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17921 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17922 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18231 31067))
17923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17924
17925 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17926
17927 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17928 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17929 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17930 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17931 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17932 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17933 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17934 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17935 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17936 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17937 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17938 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17939 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17940 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17941 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17942 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17943 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17944 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17945 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17946 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17947 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17948 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17949 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17950 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17951 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17952 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17953 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17954 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17955 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17956 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17957 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17958 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17959 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17960 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17961 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17962 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17963 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17964 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17965
17966 \(fn)" t nil)
17967
17968 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17969 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17970 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17971 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17972 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17973
17974 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17975
17976 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17977 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17978
17979 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17980
17981 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17982 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17983
17984 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17985
17986 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17987 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17988
17989 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17990
17991 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17992 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17993 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17994
17995 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17996
17997 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17998 Cancel an article you posted.
17999 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18000
18001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18002
18003 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18004 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18005 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18006 header line with the old Message-ID.
18007
18008 \(fn)" t nil)
18009
18010 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18011 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18012
18013 \(fn)" t nil)
18014
18015 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18016 Forward the current message via mail.
18017 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18018 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18019
18020 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18021
18022 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18023 Not documented
18024
18025 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18026
18027 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18028 Not documented
18029
18030 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18031
18032 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18033 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18034
18035 \(fn)" t nil)
18036
18037 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18038 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18039
18040 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18041
18042 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18043 Re-mail the current message.
18044 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18045 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18046 you.
18047
18048 \(fn)" t nil)
18049
18050 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18051 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18052
18053 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18054
18055 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18056 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18057
18058 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18059
18060 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18061 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18062
18063 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18064
18065 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18066 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18067
18068 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18069
18070 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18071 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18072 Works by overstriking characters.
18073 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18074 which specify the range to operate on.
18075
18076 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18077
18078 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18079 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18080 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18081 which specify the range to operate on.
18082
18083 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18084
18085 ;;;***
18086 \f
18087 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
18088 ;;;;;; (18190 39684))
18089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18090
18091 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18092 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18093 Special commands:
18094 \\{meta-mode-map}
18095
18096 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
18097 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18098
18099 \(fn)" t nil)
18100
18101 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18102 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18103 Special commands:
18104 \\{meta-mode-map}
18105
18106 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18107 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18108
18109 \(fn)" t nil)
18110
18111 ;;;***
18112 \f
18113 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18114 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18115 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
18116 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18117
18118 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18119 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18120 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18121
18122 \(fn)" t nil)
18123
18124 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18125 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18126 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18127 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18128 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18129 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18130 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18131
18132 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18133
18134 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18135 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18136 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18137 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18138 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18139 means current).
18140 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18141 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18142
18143 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18144
18145 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18146 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18147 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18148 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18149 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18150 means current).
18151 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18152 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18153
18154 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18155
18156 ;;;***
18157 \f
18158 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18159 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18160 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18177 868))
18161 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18162
18163 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18164 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18165 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18166
18167 \(fn)" t nil)
18168
18169 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18170 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18171 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18172
18173 \(fn)" t nil)
18174
18175 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18176 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18177
18178 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18179 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18180 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18181
18182 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18183 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18184
18185 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18186 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18187
18188 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18189
18190 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18191
18192 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18193 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18194 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18195 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18196 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18197 as `compose-mail'.
18198
18199 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18200 initial Subject field, respectively.
18201
18202 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18203 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18204 are strings.
18205
18206 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18207 ignored.
18208
18209 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18210
18211 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18212 Save draft and send message.
18213
18214 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18215 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18216 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18217 Mail Delivery*\".
18218
18219 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18220 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18221 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18222
18223 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18224 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18225 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18226 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18227 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18228 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18229
18230 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18231 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18232
18233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18234
18235 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18236 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18237
18238 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18239 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18240 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18241 delete the draft message.
18242
18243 \(fn)" t nil)
18244
18245 ;;;***
18246 \f
18247 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18190 39683))
18248 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18249
18250 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18251
18252 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18253
18254 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18255
18256 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18257 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18258
18259 \(fn)" t nil)
18260
18261 ;;;***
18262 \f
18263 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18264 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18177 868))
18265 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18266
18267 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18268 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18269 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18270
18271 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18272 the MH mail system.
18273
18274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18275
18276 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18277 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18278 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18279
18280 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18281 the MH mail system.
18282
18283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18284
18285 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18286 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18287
18288 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18289 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18290 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18291 separate command.
18292
18293 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18294 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18295 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18296 format.
18297
18298 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18299
18300 Ranges
18301 ======
18302 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18303 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18304 can be used in several ways.
18305
18306 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18307 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18308 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18309 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18310 page):
18311
18312 <num1>-<num2>
18313 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18314 The range must be nonempty.
18315
18316 <num>:N
18317 <num>:+N
18318 <num>:-N
18319 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18320 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18321 last.
18322
18323 first:N
18324 prev:N
18325 next:N
18326 last:N
18327 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18328
18329 all
18330 All of the messages.
18331
18332 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18333 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18334
18335 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18336 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18337 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18338
18339 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18340
18341 \(fn)" t nil)
18342
18343 ;;;***
18344 \f
18345 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18346 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18177 868))
18347 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18348
18349 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18350 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18351 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18352 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18353 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18354 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18355 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18356 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18357 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18358 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18359 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18360
18361 \(fn)" t nil)
18362
18363 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18364 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18365 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18366 to its second argument TM.
18367
18368 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18369
18370 ;;;***
18371 \f
18372 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18373 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18177 868))
18374 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18375
18376 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18377 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18378 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18379 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18380 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18381 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18382
18383 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18384
18385 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18386 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18387 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18388 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18389 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18390 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18391 default indication.
18392
18393 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18394 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18395
18396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18397
18398 ;;;***
18399 \f
18400 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18401 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
18402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18403
18404 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18405 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18406 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18407
18408 \(fn)" t nil)
18409
18410 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18411
18412 ;;;***
18413 \f
18414 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18415 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18416 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
18417 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18418
18419 (autoload 'malayalam-compose-region "mlm-util" "\
18420 Not documented
18421
18422 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18423
18424 (autoload 'malayalam-post-read-conversion "mlm-util" "\
18425 Not documented
18426
18427 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18428
18429 (autoload 'malayalam-composition-function "mlm-util" "\
18430 Compose Malayalam characters after the position POS.
18431 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
18432 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
18433
18434 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18435
18436 ;;;***
18437 \f
18438 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18439 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18177 861))
18440 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18441
18442 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18443 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18444
18445 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18446
18447 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18448 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18449 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18450 the entire message.
18451 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18452
18453 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18454
18455 ;;;***
18456 \f
18457 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18458 ;;;;;; (18231 31067))
18459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18460
18461 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18462 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18463 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18464 the entire message.
18465 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18466
18467 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18468
18469 ;;;***
18470 \f
18471 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18472 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18231 31067))
18473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18474
18475 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18476 Insert file contents of URL.
18477 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18478
18479 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18480
18481 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18482 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18483
18484 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18485
18486 ;;;***
18487 \f
18488 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18489 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18231 31067))
18490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18491
18492 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18493 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18494 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18495 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18496 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18497
18498 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18499
18500 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18501 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18502 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18503
18504 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18505
18506 ;;;***
18507 \f
18508 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18509 ;;;;;; (18231 31067))
18510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18511
18512 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18513 Not documented
18514
18515 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18516
18517 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18518 Not documented
18519
18520 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18521
18522 ;;;***
18523 \f
18524 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18525 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18526 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18231 31067))
18527 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18528
18529 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18530 Not documented
18531
18532 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18533
18534 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18535 Not documented
18536
18537 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18538
18539 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18540 Not documented
18541
18542 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18543
18544 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18545 Not documented
18546
18547 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18548
18549 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18550 Not documented
18551
18552 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18553
18554 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18555 Not documented
18556
18557 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18558
18559 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18560 Not documented
18561
18562 \(fn)" nil nil)
18563
18564 ;;;***
18565 \f
18566 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18567 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
18568 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18569
18570 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18571 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18572 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18573 followed by the first character of the construct.
18574 \\<m2-mode-map>
18575 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18576 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18577 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18578 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18579 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18580 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18581 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18582 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18583 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18584 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18585 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18586 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18587 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18588 \\[m2-link] link
18589
18590 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18591 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18592 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18593
18594 \(fn)" t nil)
18595
18596 ;;;***
18597 \f
18598 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18599 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
18600 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18601
18602 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18603 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18604
18605 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18606
18607 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18608 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18609
18610 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18611
18612 ;;;***
18613 \f
18614 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18177
18615 ;;;;;; 868))
18616 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18617
18618 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18619 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18620 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18622 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18623 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18624
18625 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18626
18627 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18628 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18629 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18630 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18631
18632 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18633
18634 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18635
18636 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18637
18638 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18639 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18640 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18641 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18642 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18643 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18644
18645 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18646 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18647 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18648 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18649 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18650
18651 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18652 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18653
18654 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18655 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18656
18657 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18658
18659 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18660 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18661 primary selection and region.
18662
18663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18664
18665 ;;;***
18666 \f
18667 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18177 871))
18668 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18669
18670 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18671 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18672
18673 \(fn)" t nil)
18674
18675 ;;;***
18676 \f
18677 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18231 31063))
18678 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18679
18680 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18681 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18682 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18685 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18686
18687 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18688
18689 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18690 Toggle Msb mode.
18691 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18692 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18693 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18694
18695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18696
18697 ;;;***
18698 \f
18699 ;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods
18700 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
18701 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18702 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18703 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18704 ;;;;;; (18206 27859))
18705 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18706
18707 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18708 Display a list of all character sets.
18709
18710 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18711 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18712 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18713 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18714
18715 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18716 but still shows the full information.
18717
18718 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18719
18720 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18721 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18722 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18723
18724 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18725 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18726 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18727 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18728 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18729
18730 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18731
18732 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18733 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18734
18735 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18736
18737 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18738 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18739
18740 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18741
18742 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18743 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18744
18745 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18746
18747 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18748 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18749
18750 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18751 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18752 in place of `..':
18753 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18754 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18755 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18756 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18757 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18758 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18759 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18760 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18761 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18762 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18763 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18764 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18765 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18766 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18767 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18768 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18769
18770 \(fn)" t nil)
18771
18772 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18773 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18774
18775 \(fn)" t nil)
18776
18777 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18778 Display a list of all coding systems.
18779 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18780
18781 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18782 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18783
18784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18785
18786 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18787 Display a list of all coding categories.
18788
18789 \(fn)" nil nil)
18790
18791 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18792 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18793 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18794
18795 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18796
18797 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18798 Display information about FONTSET.
18799 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18800
18801 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18802
18803 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18804 Display a list of all fontsets.
18805 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18806 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18807 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18808
18809 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18810
18811 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18812 Display information about all input methods.
18813
18814 \(fn)" t nil)
18815
18816 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18817 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18818
18819 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18820 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18821 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18822 system which uses fontsets).
18823
18824 \(fn)" t nil)
18825
18826 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
18827 Location of UnicodeData file.
18828 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
18829 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
18830 looked up from it.")
18831
18832 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
18833
18834 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
18835 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
18836 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
18837 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
18838
18839 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18840
18841 ;;;***
18842 \f
18843 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18844 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18845 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18846 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18847 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18848 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18177 865))
18849 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18850
18851 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18852 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18853 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18854
18855 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18856
18857 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18858
18859 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18860 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18861
18862 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18863 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18864
18865 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18866 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18867
18868 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18869
18870 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18871 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18872 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18873 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18874 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18875 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18876 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18877
18878 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18879 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18880 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18881 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18882 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18883 middle of a character in STR.
18884
18885 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18886 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18887
18888 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18889 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18890 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18891 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18892 defaults to \"...\".
18893
18894 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18895
18896 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18897 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18898
18899 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18900 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18901 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18902
18903 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18904 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18905 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18906
18907 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18908 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18909 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18910 is considered.
18911 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18912 longer than KEYSEQ.
18913 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18914
18915 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18916
18917 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18918 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18919 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18920 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18921 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18922 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18923 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18924 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18925 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18926 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18927 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18928
18929 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18930
18931 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18932 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18933
18934 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18935
18936 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18937 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18938
18939 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18940
18941 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18942 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18943
18944 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18945
18946 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18947 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18948
18949 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18950
18951 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18952 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18953 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
18954 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
18955 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18956
18957 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18958
18959 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18960 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18961 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18962 coding systems ordered by priority.
18963
18964 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18965
18966 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18967 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18968 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18969 language environment LANG-ENV.
18970
18971 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18972
18973 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18974 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18975 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18976 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18977 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18978 basis, this may not be accurate.
18979
18980 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18981
18982 ;;;***
18983 \f
18984 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18985 ;;;;;; (18177 869))
18986 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18987
18988 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18989 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18990 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18991 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18992 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18993 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18994
18995 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18996
18997 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18998 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18999 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
19000 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
19001
19002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19003
19004 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
19005 Enable mouse wheel support.
19006
19007 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
19008
19009 ;;;***
19010 \f
19011 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
19012 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
19013 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
19014 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18177 869))
19015 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19016
19017 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19018 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19019
19020 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19021
19022 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19023 Ping HOST.
19024 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19025 `ping-program-options'.
19026
19027 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19028
19029 (autoload 'ipconfig "net-utils" "\
19030 Run ipconfig program.
19031
19032 \(fn)" t nil)
19033
19034 (defalias 'ifconfig 'ipconfig)
19035
19036 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19037 Run netstat program.
19038
19039 \(fn)" t nil)
19040
19041 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19042 Run the arp program.
19043
19044 \(fn)" t nil)
19045
19046 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19047 Run the route program.
19048
19049 \(fn)" t nil)
19050
19051 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19052 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19053
19054 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19055
19056 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19057 Run nslookup program.
19058
19059 \(fn)" t nil)
19060
19061 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19062 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19063
19064 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19065
19066 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19067 Run dig program.
19068
19069 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19070
19071 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19072 Run ftp program.
19073
19074 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19075
19076 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19077 Finger USER on HOST.
19078
19079 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19080
19081 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19082 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19083 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19084 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19085
19086 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19087
19088 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19089 Not documented
19090
19091 \(fn)" t nil)
19092
19093 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19094 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19095
19096 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19097
19098 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19099 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19100
19101 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19102
19103 ;;;***
19104 \f
19105 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19106 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19107 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19108 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19109 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19110 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18231 31063))
19111 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19112
19113 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19114
19115 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19116
19117 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19118
19119 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19120
19121 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19122 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19123 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19124 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19125 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19126 Major modes should set this variable.")
19127
19128 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19129 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19130 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19131 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19132 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19133 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19134
19135 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19136 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19137
19138 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19139 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19140 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19141
19142 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19143 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19144 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19145 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19146 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19147
19148 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19149 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19150 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19151
19152 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19153 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19154 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19155 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19156
19157 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19158 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19159 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19160 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19161 column indentation or nil.
19162 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19163
19164 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19165 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19166 The function has no args.
19167
19168 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19169 comments always start in column zero.")
19170
19171 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
19172 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19173 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19174
19175 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19176
19177 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19178 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19179 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19180 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19181
19182 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19183 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19184
19185 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19186
19187 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19188 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19189 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19190 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19191 customize this variable.
19192
19193 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19194 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19195
19196 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19197
19198 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19199 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19200 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19201 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19202 the variables are properly set.
19203
19204 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19205
19206 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19207 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19208
19209 \(fn)" nil nil)
19210
19211 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19212 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19213 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19214
19215 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19216
19217 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19218 Set the comment column based on point.
19219 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19220 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19221 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19222 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19223
19224 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19225
19226 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19227 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19228 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19229
19230 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19231
19232 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19233 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19234 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19235 comment markers.
19236
19237 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19238
19239 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19240 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19241 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19242 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19243 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19244 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19245 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19246 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19247
19248 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19249 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19250
19251 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19252
19253 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19254 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19255 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19256 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19257
19258 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19259
19260 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19261 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19262 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19263 is passed on to the respective function.
19264
19265 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19266
19267 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19268 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19269 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19270 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19271 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19272 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19273 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19274 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19275 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19276 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19277
19278 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19279
19280 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19281 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19282 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19283
19284 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19285
19286 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19287 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19288 This indents the body of the continued comment
19289 under the previous comment line.
19290
19291 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19292 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19293 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19294
19295 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19296 or comment indentation.
19297
19298 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19299 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19300
19301 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19302
19303 ;;;***
19304 \f
19305 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19306 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19307 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18231 31069))
19308 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19309
19310 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19311 Check whether newsticker is running.
19312 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19313 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19314
19315 \(fn)" nil nil)
19316
19317 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19318 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19319 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19320 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19321 empty.
19322
19323 \(fn)" nil nil)
19324
19325 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newsticker" "\
19326 Start the newsticker.
19327 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19328 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19329 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19330 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19331
19332 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19333
19334 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newsticker" "\
19335 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19336 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19337 running already.
19338
19339 \(fn)" t nil)
19340
19341 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newsticker" "\
19342 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19343
19344 \(fn)" t nil)
19345
19346 ;;;***
19347 \f
19348 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19349 ;;;;;; (18231 31067))
19350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19351
19352 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19353 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19354
19355 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19356
19357 ;;;***
19358 \f
19359 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18231
19360 ;;;;;; 31067))
19361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19362
19363 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19364 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19365 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19366 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19367 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19368 symbol in the alist.
19369
19370 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19371
19372 ;;;***
19373 \f
19374 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19375 ;;;;;; (18231 31068))
19376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19377
19378 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19379 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19380 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19381
19382 \(fn)" t nil)
19383
19384 ;;;***
19385 \f
19386 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19387 ;;;;;; (18231 31068))
19388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19389
19390 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19391 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19392 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19393
19394 \(fn)" t nil)
19395
19396 ;;;***
19397 \f
19398 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19399 ;;;;;; (18231 31068))
19400 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19401
19402 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19403 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19404
19405 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19406
19407 ;;;***
19408 \f
19409 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19410 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18231 31068))
19411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19412
19413 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19414 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19415
19416 \(fn)" t nil)
19417
19418 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19419 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19420
19421 \(fn)" t nil)
19422
19423 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19424 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19425
19426 \(fn)" t nil)
19427
19428 ;;;***
19429 \f
19430 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19431 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18177 870))
19432 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19433
19434 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19435 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19436 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19437
19438 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19439
19440 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19441 Not documented
19442
19443 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19444
19445 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19446 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19447 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19448 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19449 to future sessions.
19450
19451 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19452
19453 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19454 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19455 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19456 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19457 to future sessions.
19458
19459 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19460
19461 ;;;***
19462 \f
19463 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19464 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
19465 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19466
19467 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19468 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19469 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19470 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19471 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19472 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19473
19474 \(fn)" t nil)
19475
19476 ;;;***
19477 \f
19478 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19479 ;;;;;; (18308 19808))
19480 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19481
19482 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19483 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19484 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19485 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19486
19487 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19488
19489 ;;;***
19490 \f
19491 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18313
19492 ;;;;;; 19474))
19493 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19494
19495 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19496 Major mode for editing XML.
19497
19498 Syntax highlighting is performed unless the variable
19499 `nxml-syntax-highlight-flag' is nil.
19500
19501 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19502 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19503 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19504 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19505 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19506 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19507 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19508
19509 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19510
19511 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19512 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19513
19514 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19515 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19516 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19517 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19518 instead of C-c.
19519
19520 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19521 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19522 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19523 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled. You
19524 can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19525 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19526
19527 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19528 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19529 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19530
19531 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19532 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name). \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char]
19533 inserts the character directly.
19534
19535 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19536 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19537 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19538 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19539 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19540 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19541 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19542 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19543 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19544
19545 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19546
19547 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19548 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19549
19550 \(fn)" t nil)
19551
19552 ;;;***
19553 \f
19554 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19555 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18312 40673))
19556 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19557
19558 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19559 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19560 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19561 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19562
19563 \(fn)" t nil)
19564
19565 ;;;***
19566 \f
19567 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19568 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
19569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19570
19571 (autoload 'octave-help "octave-hlp" "\
19572 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19573 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19574 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19575 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19576
19577 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19578
19579 ;;;***
19580 \f
19581 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19582 ;;;;;; (18190 39684))
19583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19584
19585 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19586 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19587 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19588
19589 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19590
19591 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19592 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19593
19594 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19595 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19596 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19597
19598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19599
19600 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19601
19602 ;;;***
19603 \f
19604 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19605 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
19606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19607
19608 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19609 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19610
19611 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19612 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19613 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19614 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19615
19616 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19617 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19618 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19619 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19620 is why you need this mode!).
19621
19622 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19623 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19624 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19625
19626 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19627
19628 Keybindings
19629 ===========
19630
19631 \\{octave-mode-map}
19632
19633 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19634 ==============================================
19635
19636 `octave-auto-indent'
19637 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19638 Default is nil.
19639
19640 `octave-auto-newline'
19641 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19642 Default is nil.
19643
19644 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19645 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19646 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19647
19648 `octave-block-offset'
19649 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19650 Default is 2.
19651
19652 `octave-continuation-offset'
19653 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19654 Default is 4.
19655
19656 `octave-continuation-string'
19657 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19658 Default is a backslash.
19659
19660 `octave-send-echo-input'
19661 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19662 command to the inferior Octave process.
19663
19664 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19665 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19666 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19667
19668 `octave-send-echo-input'
19669 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19670
19671 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19672
19673 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19674 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19675
19676 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19677
19678 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19679 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19680
19681 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19682 (lambda ()
19683 (abbrev-mode 1)
19684 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19685
19686 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19687 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19688 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19689 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19690
19691 \(fn)" t nil)
19692
19693 ;;;***
19694 \f
19695 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19696 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
19697 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19698
19699 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
19700 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19701 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19702
19703 \(fn)" t nil)
19704
19705 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
19706 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19707 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19708 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19709 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19710
19711 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19712
19713 \(fn)" t nil)
19714
19715 ;;;***
19716 \f
19717 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19718 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19719 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-store-agenda-views
19720 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19721 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-agenda-to-appt org-remember-handler org-remember
19722 ;;;;;; org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation org-open-at-point-global
19723 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19724 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19725 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19726 ;;;;;; "textmodes/org.el" (18231 31070))
19727 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19728
19729 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19730 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19731 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19732
19733 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19734 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19735 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19736 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19737 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19738 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19739 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19740 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19741 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19742 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19743
19744 The following commands are available:
19745
19746 \\{org-mode-map}
19747
19748 \(fn)" t nil)
19749
19750 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19751 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19752
19753 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19754 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19755 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19756 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19757 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19758
19759 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19760 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19761 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19762 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19763 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19764 and zoom in further.
19765 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19766
19767 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19768 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19769 is negative, go up that many levels.
19770
19771 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19772 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19773 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19774
19775 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19776 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19777 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19778
19779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19780
19781 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19782 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19783
19784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19785
19786 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19787 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19788 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19789 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19790 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19791 of Org-mode).
19792
19793 M-up Move entry/item up
19794 M-down Move entry/item down
19795 M-left Promote
19796 M-right Demote
19797 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19798 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19799 M-S-left Promote subtree
19800 M-S-right Demote subtree
19801 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19802 C-c ^ Sort entries
19803 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19804 TAB Cycle item visibility
19805 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19806 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19807 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19808
19809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19810
19811 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19812 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19813
19814 \(fn)" nil nil)
19815
19816 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19817 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19818 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19819 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19820 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additonal settings.
19821
19822 \(fn)" nil nil)
19823
19824 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19825 Not documented
19826
19827 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19828
19829 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19830 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19831
19832 \(fn)" nil nil)
19833
19834 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org" "\
19835 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19836
19837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19838
19839 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19840 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19841 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19842 \\[org-insert-link].
19843 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19844 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19845 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19846
19847 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19848
19849 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19850 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19851 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19852
19853 \(fn)" t nil)
19854
19855 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19856 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19857 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19858 Org-mode syntax.
19859
19860 \(fn)" t nil)
19861
19862 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org" "\
19863 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19864 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19865 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19866 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19867
19868 \(fn)" nil nil)
19869
19870 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org" "\
19871 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19872 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19873 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19874
19875 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19876
19877 (autoload 'org-remember "org" "\
19878 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19879 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19880 of the remember buffer.
19881
19882 \(fn &optional ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19883
19884 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org" "\
19885 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19886 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19887 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19888 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19889 file the text at a specific location.
19890 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19891 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19892 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19893
19894 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19895 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19896 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
19897 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19898 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19899 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19900 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19901 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19902
19903 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19904 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19905 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
19906 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
19907 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
19908 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
19909
19910 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19911 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19912 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19913
19914 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19915 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19916 \(i.e. after the stars).
19917
19918 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19919
19920 \(fn)" nil nil)
19921
19922 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org" "\
19923 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19924 When prefixed, prompt for a regular expression and use it as a
19925 filter: only add entries if they match this regular expression.
19926
19927 FILTER can be a string. In this case, use this string as a
19928 regular expression to filter results.
19929
19930 FILTER can also be an alist, with the car of each cell being
19931 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19932
19933 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19934 (category \"Work\"))
19935
19936 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19937 belonging to the category \"Work\".
19938
19939 \(fn &optional FILTER)" t nil)
19940
19941 (autoload 'org-agenda "org" "\
19942 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19943 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19944 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19945
19946 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19947 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19948 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19949 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19950 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19951 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19952 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19953 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19954 e Export views to associated files.
19955
19956 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19957 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19958 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19959
19960 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19961 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19962 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19963 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19964 \(if active).
19965
19966 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19967
19968 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org" "\
19969 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19970 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19971 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19972 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19973 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19974 before running the agenda command.
19975
19976 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19977
19978 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org" "\
19979 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19980 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19981 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19982 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19983 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19984 before running the agenda command.
19985
19986 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19987 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19988
19989 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19990
19991 category The category of the item
19992 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19993 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19994 todo selected in TODO match
19995 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19996 diary imported from diary
19997 deadline a deadline on given date
19998 scheduled scheduled on given date
19999 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20000 closed entry was closed on given date
20001 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20002 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20003 block entry has date block including g. date
20004 todo The todo keyword, if any
20005 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20006 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20007 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20008 extra Sting with extra planning info
20009 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20010 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20011 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20012
20013 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20014
20015 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org" "\
20016 Not documented
20017
20018 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20019
20020 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org" "\
20021 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20022
20023 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20024
20025 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
20026 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
20027 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
20028 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
20029
20030 \(fn)" t nil)
20031
20032 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org" "\
20033 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20034 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20035 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20036
20037 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
20038 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
20039 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
20040 agenda instead.
20041
20042 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20043 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
20044 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
20045
20046 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20047 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20048
20049 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
20050
20051 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org" "\
20052 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20053 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20054 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20055 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20056 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20057
20058 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20059
20060 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org" "\
20061 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20062 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20063
20064 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20065
20066 (autoload 'org-diary "org" "\
20067 Return diary information from org-files.
20068 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20069 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20070 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20071 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
20072
20073 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
20074 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
20075 also be listed, on the expiration day.
20076
20077 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
20078
20079 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
20080 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
20081 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
20082 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
20083
20084 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
20085 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
20086 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
20087
20088 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
20089 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
20090 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
20091 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
20092
20093 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20094
20095 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20096
20097 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20098 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20099
20100 &%%(org-diary)
20101
20102 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20103 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20104 So the example above may also be written as
20105
20106 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20107
20108 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20109 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20110 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20111
20112 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20113
20114 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org" "\
20115 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20116 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20117 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20118
20119 \(fn)" t nil)
20120
20121 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org" "\
20122 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20123 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20124 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20125
20126 \(fn)" t nil)
20127
20128 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org" "\
20129 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20130 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20131
20132 \(fn)" t nil)
20133
20134 ;;;***
20135 \f
20136 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
20137 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20138 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "textmodes/org-export-latex.el"
20139 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
20140 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-export-latex.el
20141
20142 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20143 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
20144 emacs --batch
20145 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20146 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20147 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20148
20149 \(fn)" nil nil)
20150
20151 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20152 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20153 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20154
20155 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20156
20157 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20158 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20159 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20160 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20161 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20162 then use this command to convert it.
20163
20164 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20165
20166 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20167 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20168 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20169 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20170 cut-and-paste operations.
20171 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20172 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20173 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20174 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20175
20176 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20177
20178 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20179 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20180
20181 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20182
20183 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20184 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20185
20186 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY)" t nil)
20187
20188 ;;;***
20189 \f
20190 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-all org-publish-current-file org-publish-current-project
20191 ;;;;;; org-publish) "org-publish" "textmodes/org-publish.el" (18231
20192 ;;;;;; 31070))
20193 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-publish.el
20194
20195 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20196 Publish the project PROJECT-NAME.
20197
20198 \(fn PROJECT-NAME &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20199
20200 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20201 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20202 With prefix argument, force publishing all files in project.
20203
20204 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20205
20206 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20207 Publish the current file.
20208 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20209
20210 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20211
20212 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20213 Publish all projects.
20214 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20215
20216 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20217
20218 ;;;***
20219 \f
20220 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20221 ;;;;;; (18190 39678))
20222 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20223 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20224
20225 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20226 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20227 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20228 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20229
20230 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20231 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20232 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20233 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20234
20235 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20236 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20237 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20238 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20239 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20240 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20241
20242 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20243 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20244 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20245
20246 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20247 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20248 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20249 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20250 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20251 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20252 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20253 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20254 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20255 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20256 The subheadings remain visible.
20257 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20258
20259 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20260 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20261 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20262
20263 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20264 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20265
20266 \(fn)" t nil)
20267
20268 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20269 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20270 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20271 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20272
20273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20274
20275 ;;;***
20276 \f
20277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18177
20278 ;;;;;; 875))
20279 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20280 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20281 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20282 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20283 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20284 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20285 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20286 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20287 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20288 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20289
20290 ;;;***
20291 \f
20292 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18177 870))
20293 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20294
20295 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20296 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20297 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20298 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20299 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20300 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20301
20302 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20303
20304 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20305 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20306 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20307 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20308
20309 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20310 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20311
20312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20313
20314 ;;;***
20315 \f
20316 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20317 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
20318 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20319
20320 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20321 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20322 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20323 unknown are returned as nil.
20324
20325 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20326
20327 ;;;***
20328 \f
20329 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18177
20330 ;;;;;; 873))
20331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20332
20333 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20334 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20335 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20336
20337 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20338 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20339
20340 Other useful functions are:
20341
20342 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20343 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20344 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20345 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20346 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20347 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20348 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20349 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20350 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20351
20352 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20353
20354 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20355 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20356 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20357 Indentation for case statements.
20358 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20359 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20360 mark after an end.
20361 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20362 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20363 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20364 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20365 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20366 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20367 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20368 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20369 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20370 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20371
20372 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20373 pascal-separator-keywords.
20374
20375 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20376 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20377
20378 \(fn)" t nil)
20379
20380 ;;;***
20381 \f
20382 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20383 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
20384 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20385
20386 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20387 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20388 The keys affected are:
20389 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20390 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20391 M-Backspace does undo.
20392 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20393 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20394 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20395
20396 \(fn)" t nil)
20397
20398 ;;;***
20399 \f
20400 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
20401 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (18213 1258))
20402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20403
20404 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20405 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20406 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20408 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20409 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20410
20411 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20412
20413 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20414 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20415
20416 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20417
20418 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20419 which modify the status of the mark.
20420
20421 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20422 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20423
20424 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20425 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20426
20427 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20428 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20429 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20430 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20431 turning PC Selection mode on.
20432
20433 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20434 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20435
20436 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20437 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20438 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20439
20440 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20441 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20442 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20443
20444 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20445 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20446
20447 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20448 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20449 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20450
20451 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20452 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20453 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20454
20455 F6 other-window
20456 DELETE delete-char
20457 C-DELETE kill-line
20458 M-DELETE kill-word
20459 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20460 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20461 M-BACKSPACE undo
20462
20463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20464
20465 ;;;***
20466 \f
20467 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18177
20468 ;;;;;; 870))
20469 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20470
20471 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20472 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20473
20474 \(fn)" nil nil)
20475
20476 ;;;***
20477 \f
20478 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20479 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18177 870))
20480 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20481
20482 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20483 Completion for `gzip'.
20484
20485 \(fn)" nil nil)
20486
20487 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20488 Completion for `bzip2'.
20489
20490 \(fn)" nil nil)
20491
20492 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20493 Completion for GNU `make'.
20494
20495 \(fn)" nil nil)
20496
20497 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20498 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20499
20500 \(fn)" nil nil)
20501
20502 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20503
20504 ;;;***
20505 \f
20506 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20507 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18177 870))
20508 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20509
20510 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20511 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20512
20513 \(fn)" nil nil)
20514
20515 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20516 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20517
20518 \(fn)" nil nil)
20519
20520 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20521 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20522
20523 \(fn)" nil nil)
20524
20525 ;;;***
20526 \f
20527 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18177
20528 ;;;;;; 870))
20529 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20530
20531 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20532 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20533 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20534 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20535 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20536 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20537
20538 \(fn)" nil nil)
20539
20540 ;;;***
20541 \f
20542 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20543 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20544 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18177 870))
20545 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20546
20547 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20548 Completion for `cd'.
20549
20550 \(fn)" nil nil)
20551
20552 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20553
20554 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20555 Completion for `rmdir'.
20556
20557 \(fn)" nil nil)
20558
20559 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20560 Completion for `rm'.
20561
20562 \(fn)" nil nil)
20563
20564 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20565 Completion for `xargs'.
20566
20567 \(fn)" nil nil)
20568
20569 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20570
20571 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20572 Completion for `which'.
20573
20574 \(fn)" nil nil)
20575
20576 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20577 Completion for the `chown' command.
20578
20579 \(fn)" nil nil)
20580
20581 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20582 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20583
20584 \(fn)" nil nil)
20585
20586 ;;;***
20587 \f
20588 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20589 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20590 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18177
20591 ;;;;;; 870))
20592 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20593
20594 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20595 Support extensible programmable completion.
20596 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20597 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20598
20599 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20600
20601 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20602 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20603
20604 \(fn)" t nil)
20605
20606 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20607 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20608 This will modify the current buffer.
20609
20610 \(fn)" t nil)
20611
20612 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20613 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20614
20615 \(fn)" t nil)
20616
20617 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20618 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20619 This will modify the current buffer.
20620
20621 \(fn)" t nil)
20622
20623 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20624 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20625
20626 \(fn)" t nil)
20627
20628 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20629 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20630
20631 \(fn)" t nil)
20632
20633 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20634 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20635 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20636 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20637 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20638
20639 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20640
20641 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20642 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20643
20644 \(fn)" nil nil)
20645
20646 ;;;***
20647 \f
20648 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20649 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20650 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18194 36639))
20651 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20652
20653 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20654 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20655 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20656 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20657
20658 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20659
20660 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20661
20662 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20663 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20664 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20665 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20666 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20667 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20668 FLAGS is ignored.
20669
20670 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20671
20672 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20673 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20674 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20675 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20676 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20677 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20678 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20679 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20680
20681 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20682
20683 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20684 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20685 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20686 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20687 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20688 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20689 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20690 passed to cvs.
20691
20692 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20693
20694 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20695 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20696 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20697 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20698 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20699 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20700 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20701
20702 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20703
20704 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
20705
20706 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20707 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20708 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20709
20710 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20711
20712 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20713 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20714 A value of nil means never do it.
20715 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20716 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20717 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20718
20719 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20720
20721 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20722 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20723 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20724
20725 ;;;***
20726 \f
20727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18190 39678))
20728 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20729
20730 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20731
20732 ;;;***
20733 \f
20734 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20735 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
20736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20737 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20738 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20739 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20740 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20741 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20742 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20743
20744 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20745 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20746 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20747 Tab indents for Perl code.
20748 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20749 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20750 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20751 \\{perl-mode-map}
20752 Variables controlling indentation style:
20753 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20754 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20755 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20756 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20757 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20758 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20759 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20760 `perl-nochange'
20761 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20762 `perl-indent-level'
20763 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20764 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20765 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20766 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20767 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20768 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20769 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20770 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20771 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20772 `perl-brace-offset'
20773 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20774 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20775 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20776 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20777 `perl-label-offset'
20778 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20779 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20780 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20781
20782 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20783 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20784 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20785 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20786 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20787 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20788 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20789
20790 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20791
20792 \(fn)" t nil)
20793
20794 ;;;***
20795 \f
20796 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20797 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20798 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20799 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18177 871))
20800 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20801
20802 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20803 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20804
20805 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20806
20807 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20808 passphrase cache or user.
20809
20810 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20811
20812 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20813 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20814
20815 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20816 cache or user.
20817
20818 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20819
20820 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20821 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20822
20823 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20824 the region.
20825
20826 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20827 passphrase cache or user.
20828
20829 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20830
20831 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20832 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20833
20834 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20835
20836 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20837 the region.
20838
20839 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20840 passphrase cache or user.
20841
20842 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20843
20844 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20845 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20846
20847 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20848 passphrase cache or user.
20849
20850 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20851
20852 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20853 Decrypt the current buffer.
20854
20855 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20856 the region.
20857
20858 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20859 passphrase cache or user.
20860
20861 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20862
20863 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20864 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20865
20866 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20867 a detached signature.
20868
20869 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20870 and the output is displayed.
20871
20872 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20873 passphrase cache or user.
20874
20875 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20876
20877 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20878 Sign the current buffer.
20879
20880 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20881 detached signature.
20882
20883 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20884 within the region.
20885
20886 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20887 and the output is displayed.
20888
20889 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20890 passphrase cache or user.
20891
20892 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20893
20894 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20895 Verify the current region between START and END.
20896 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20897 the detached signature of the current region.
20898
20899 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20900 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20901
20902 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20903
20904 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20905 Verify the current buffer.
20906 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20907 the detached signature of the current region.
20908 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20909 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20910 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20911 within the region.
20912
20913 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20914
20915 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20916 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20917
20918 \(fn)" t nil)
20919
20920 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20921 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20922
20923 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20924
20925 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20926 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20927
20928 \(fn)" t nil)
20929
20930 ;;;***
20931 \f
20932 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20933 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
20934 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20935
20936 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20937 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20938
20939 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20940
20941 ;;;***
20942 \f
20943 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20944 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
20945 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20946
20947 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20948 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20949 \\<picture-mode-map>
20950 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20951 afterwards settable by these commands:
20952
20953 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20954 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20955 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20956 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20957
20958 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20959 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20960 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20961 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20962
20963 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20964 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20965 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20966 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20967
20968 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20969 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20970 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20971 with these commands:
20972
20973 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20974 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20975 Move to column following last
20976 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20977 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20978 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20979 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20980 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20981 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20982
20983 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20984
20985 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20986 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20987 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20988 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20989 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20990 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20991
20992 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20993 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20994 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20995 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20996 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20997 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20998 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20999
21000 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21001 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21002 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21003 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21004 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21005 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21006 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21007 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21008
21009 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21010 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21011 by supplying an argument.
21012
21013 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21014
21015 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21016 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21017
21018 \(fn)" t nil)
21019
21020 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21021
21022 ;;;***
21023 \f
21024 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21025 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
21026 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21027
21028 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21029 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21030 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21031
21032 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21033
21034 ;;;***
21035 \f
21036 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18177 871))
21037 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21038
21039 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21040 Play pong and waste time.
21041 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21042 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21043
21044 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21045
21046 \\{pong-mode-map}
21047
21048 \(fn)" t nil)
21049
21050 ;;;***
21051 \f
21052 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
21053 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18177 858))
21054 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21055
21056 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21057 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21058 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21059 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21060
21061 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21062
21063 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21064 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21065
21066 \(fn)" nil nil)
21067
21068 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21069 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21070 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21071 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21072 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21073
21074 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21075
21076 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21077 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21078 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21079
21080 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21081
21082 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21083 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
21084 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21085 Ignores leading comment characters.
21086
21087 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21088
21089 ;;;***
21090 \f
21091 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21092 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21093 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21094 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21095 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21096 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21097 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21098 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21099 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21100 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21101 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21102 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21103 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21104 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21105 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21106 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21107 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21108 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21109 ;;;;;; (18231 31063))
21110 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21111
21112 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21113 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21114
21115 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21116
21117 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21118
21119 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21120
21121 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21122 Preview directory using ghostview.
21123
21124 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21125 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21126 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21127 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21128
21129 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21130 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21131 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21132 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21133 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21134 file name.
21135
21136 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21137
21138 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21139
21140 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21141 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21142
21143 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21144 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21145 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21146 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21147
21148 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21149 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21150 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21151 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21152 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21153 file name.
21154
21155 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21156
21157 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21158
21159 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21160 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21161
21162 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21163 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21164 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21165 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21166
21167 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21168 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21169 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21170 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21171 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21172 file name.
21173
21174 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21175
21176 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21177
21178 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21179 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21180
21181 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21182
21183 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21184 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21185 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21186 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21187
21188 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21189 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21190 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21191 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21192 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21193 file name.
21194
21195 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21196
21197 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21198
21199 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21200 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21201
21202 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21203 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21204 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21205
21206 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21207 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21208 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21209 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21210
21211 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21212
21213 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21214 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21215
21216 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21217 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21218 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21219
21220 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21221 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21222 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21223 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21224
21225 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21226
21227 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21228 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21229
21230 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21231 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21232 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21233
21234 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21235 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21236 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21237 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21238
21239 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21240
21241 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21242 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21243
21244 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21245
21246 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21247 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21248 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21249
21250 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21251 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21252 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21253 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21254
21255 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21256
21257 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21258 Preview region using ghostview.
21259
21260 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21261
21262 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21263
21264 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21265 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21266
21267 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21268
21269 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21270
21271 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21272 Print region using PostScript printer.
21273
21274 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21275
21276 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21277
21278 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21279 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21280
21281 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21282
21283 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21284
21285 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21286 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21287
21288 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21289
21290 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21291
21292 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21293 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21294
21295 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21296
21297 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21298
21299 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21300 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21301
21302 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21303
21304 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21305
21306 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21307 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21308
21309 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21310
21311 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21312
21313 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21314 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21315 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21316 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21317
21318 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21319 matching.
21320
21321 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21322 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21323
21324 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21325
21326 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21327
21328 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21329 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21330 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21331 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21332
21333 \(fn)" t nil)
21334
21335 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21336 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21337 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21338 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21339
21340 \(fn)" t nil)
21341
21342 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21343 Print directory using text printer.
21344
21345 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21346 matching.
21347
21348 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21349 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21350
21351 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21352
21353 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21354
21355 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21356 Print buffer using text printer.
21357
21358 \(fn)" t nil)
21359
21360 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21361 Print region using text printer.
21362
21363 \(fn)" t nil)
21364
21365 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21366 Print major mode using text printer.
21367
21368 \(fn)" t nil)
21369
21370 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21371 Preview spooled PostScript.
21372
21373 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21374 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21375 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21376
21377 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21378 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21379 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21380
21381 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21382
21383 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21384 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21385
21386 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21387 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21388 instead of sending it to the printer.
21389
21390 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21391 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21392 image in a file with that name.
21393
21394 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21395
21396 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21397 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21398
21399 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21400 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21401 instead of sending it to the printer.
21402
21403 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21404 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21405 image in a file with that name.
21406
21407 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21408
21409 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21410 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21411
21412 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21413 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21414 instead of sending it to the printer.
21415
21416 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21417 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21418 image in a file with that name.
21419
21420 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21421
21422 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21423 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21424
21425 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21426
21427 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21428 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21429
21430 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21431
21432 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21433 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21434
21435 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21436
21437 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21438 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21439
21440 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21441
21442 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21443 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21444
21445 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21446
21447 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21448 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21449
21450 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21451 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21452 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21453 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21454
21455 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21456 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21457 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21458 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21459 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21460 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21461 file name.
21462
21463 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21464
21465 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21466 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21467
21468 \(fn)" t nil)
21469
21470 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21471 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21472
21473 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21474 right.
21475 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21476 bottom.
21477
21478 \(fn)" t nil)
21479
21480 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21481 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21482
21483 \(fn)" t nil)
21484
21485 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21486 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21487
21488 \(fn)" t nil)
21489
21490 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21491 Toggle printing with faces.
21492
21493 \(fn)" t nil)
21494
21495 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21496 Toggle spooling.
21497
21498 \(fn)" t nil)
21499
21500 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21501 Toggle duplex.
21502
21503 \(fn)" t nil)
21504
21505 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21506 Toggle tumble.
21507
21508 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21509 right.
21510 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21511 bottom.
21512
21513 \(fn)" t nil)
21514
21515 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21516 Toggle landscape.
21517
21518 \(fn)" t nil)
21519
21520 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21521 Toggle upside-down.
21522
21523 \(fn)" t nil)
21524
21525 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21526 Toggle line number.
21527
21528 \(fn)" t nil)
21529
21530 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21531 Toggle zebra stripes.
21532
21533 \(fn)" t nil)
21534
21535 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21536 Toggle printing header.
21537
21538 \(fn)" t nil)
21539
21540 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21541 Toggle printing header frame.
21542
21543 \(fn)" t nil)
21544
21545 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21546 Toggle menu lock.
21547
21548 \(fn)" t nil)
21549
21550 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21551 Toggle auto region.
21552
21553 \(fn)" t nil)
21554
21555 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21556 Toggle auto mode.
21557
21558 \(fn)" t nil)
21559
21560 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21561 Customization of the `printing' group.
21562
21563 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21564
21565 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21566 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21567
21568 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21569
21570 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21571 Help for the printing package.
21572
21573 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21574
21575 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21576 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21577
21578 \(fn)" t nil)
21579
21580 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21581 Interactively select a text printer.
21582
21583 \(fn)" t nil)
21584
21585 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21586 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21587
21588 \(fn)" t nil)
21589
21590 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21591 Show current ps-print settings.
21592
21593 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21594
21595 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21596 Show current printing settings.
21597
21598 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21599
21600 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21601 Show current lpr settings.
21602
21603 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21604
21605 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21606 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21607
21608 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21609 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21610 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21611 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21612
21613
21614 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21615
21616 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21617 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21618 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21619
21620 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21621 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21622 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21623 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21624 current active printer.
21625
21626 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21627 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21628 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21629 printer.
21630
21631 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21632 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21633 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21634 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21635 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21636
21637
21638 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21639 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21640
21641 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21642
21643 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21644 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21645 be done using the new current active printer.
21646
21647 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21648 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21649 printer.
21650
21651 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21652 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21653 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21654 instead of sending it to the printer.
21655
21656 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21657 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21658 printer.
21659
21660 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21661
21662
21663 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21664 are both set to t.
21665
21666 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21667
21668 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21669 Fast fire function for text printing.
21670
21671 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21672 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21673 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21674 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21675
21676 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21677 user for a new active text printer.
21678
21679 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21680
21681 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21682
21683 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21684 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21685 printer.
21686
21687 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21688
21689 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21690 are both set to t.
21691
21692 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21693
21694 ;;;***
21695 \f
21696 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21697 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
21698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21699
21700 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21701 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21702 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21703 Commands:
21704 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21705 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21706 if that value is non-nil.
21707
21708 \(fn)" t nil)
21709
21710 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21711
21712 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21713 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21714 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21715
21716 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21717
21718 ;;;***
21719 \f
21720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18177 874))
21721 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21722
21723 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21724 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21725 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21726
21727 ;;;***
21728 \f
21729 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18231
21730 ;;;;;; 31070))
21731 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21732
21733 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21734 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21735
21736 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21737
21738 The following variables hold user options, and can
21739 be set through the `customize' command:
21740
21741 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21742 `ps-mode-tab'
21743 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21744 `ps-mode-print-function'
21745 `ps-run-prompt'
21746 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21747 `ps-run-x'
21748 `ps-run-dumb'
21749 `ps-run-init'
21750 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21751 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21752
21753 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21754
21755
21756 \\{ps-mode-map}
21757
21758
21759 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21760 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21761 The keymap for this second window is:
21762
21763 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21764
21765
21766 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21767 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21768 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21769 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21770 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21771
21772 \(fn)" t nil)
21773
21774 ;;;***
21775 \f
21776 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21777 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21778 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21779 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21780 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21781 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18231
21782 ;;;;;; 31064))
21783 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21784
21785 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21786 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21787 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21788
21789 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21790
21791 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21792 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21793 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21794 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21795
21796 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21797
21798 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21799 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21800
21801 Valid values are:
21802
21803 nil Do not print colors.
21804
21805 t Print colors.
21806
21807 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21808 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21809
21810 Any other value is treated as t.")
21811
21812 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21813
21814 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21815 Customization of ps-print group.
21816
21817 \(fn)" t nil)
21818
21819 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21820 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21821
21822 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21823 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21824 sending it to the printer.
21825
21826 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21827 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21828 image in a file with that name.
21829
21830 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21831
21832 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21833 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21834 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21835 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21836 so it has a way to determine color values.
21837
21838 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21839
21840 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21841 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21842 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21843
21844 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21845
21846 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21847 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21848 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21849 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21850 so it has a way to determine color values.
21851
21852 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21853
21854 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21855 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21856 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21857 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21858
21859 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21860
21861 \(fn)" t nil)
21862
21863 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21864 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21865 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21866 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21867 so it has a way to determine color values.
21868
21869 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21870
21871 \(fn)" t nil)
21872
21873 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21874 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21875 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21876
21877 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21878
21879 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21880
21881 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21882 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21883 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21884 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21885 so it has a way to determine color values.
21886
21887 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21888
21889 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21890
21891 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21892 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21893
21894 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21895 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21896 instead of sending it to the printer.
21897
21898 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21899 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21900 image in a file with that name.
21901
21902 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21903
21904 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21905 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21906 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21907 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21908 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21909
21910 \(fn)" t nil)
21911
21912 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21913 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21914 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21915
21916 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21917
21918 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21919 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21920 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21921
21922 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21923
21924 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21925 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21926
21927 \(fn)" nil nil)
21928
21929 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21930 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21931
21932 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21933 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21934
21935 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21936 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21937
21938 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21939
21940 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21941
21942 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21943
21944 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21945 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21946
21947 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21948 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21949
21950 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21951 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21952
21953 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21954
21955 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21956
21957 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21958
21959 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21960 foreground and background colors respectively.
21961
21962 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21963 bold - use bold font.
21964 italic - use italic font.
21965 underline - put a line under text.
21966 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21967 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21968 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21969 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21970 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21971
21972 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21973
21974 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21975
21976 ;;;***
21977 \f
21978 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21979 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
21980 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21981
21982 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
21983
21984 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
21985
21986 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
21987
21988 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21989 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21990 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21991 buffer automatically.
21992
21993 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21994 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21995 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21996 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21997 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21998 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21999 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22000
22001 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22002 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22003 buffer for a list of commands.)
22004
22005 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22006
22007 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22008 Major mode for editing Python files.
22009 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
22010 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22011 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22012 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22013
22014 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22015 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22016 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22017 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22018 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22019 \\<python-mode-map>
22020 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22021 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22022 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22023 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22024 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22025 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22026
22027 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22028 effect outside them.
22029
22030 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22031 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22032 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22033 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22034 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22035 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22036 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22037 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22038 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22039
22040 \\{python-mode-map}
22041
22042 \(fn)" t nil)
22043
22044 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22045 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22046 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22047 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22048
22049 \(fn)" t nil)
22050
22051 ;;;***
22052 \f
22053 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22054 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
22055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22056
22057 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22058 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22059 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22060 coding-system.
22061
22062 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22063 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22064
22065 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22066 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22067 them into characters should be done separately.
22068
22069 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22070
22071 ;;;***
22072 \f
22073 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22074 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22075 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22076 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22077 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18177 865))
22078 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22079
22080 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22081 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22082
22083 \(fn)" nil nil)
22084
22085 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22086 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22087 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
22088
22089 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22090 `quail-activate', which see.
22091
22092 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22093
22094 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22095 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22096 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22097 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22098 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22099 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22100 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22101
22102 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22103 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22104 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22105 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22106 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22107 shown.
22108 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22109
22110 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22111 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22112 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22113 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22114 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22115 list of candidates.
22116
22117 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22118 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22119 command to be called.
22120
22121 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22122 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22123 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22124 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22125
22126 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22127 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22128 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22129 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22130 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22131 to t.
22132
22133 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22134 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22135 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22136 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22137
22138 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22139 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22140 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22141 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22142
22143 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22144 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22145 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22146 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22147 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22148 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22149
22150 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22151 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22152 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22153 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22154 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22155 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22156
22157 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22158 covers Quail translation region.
22159
22160 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22161 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22162 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22163 for it) is inserted.
22164
22165 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22166 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22167 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22168
22169 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22170 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22171 non-Quail commands.
22172
22173 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22174
22175 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22176 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22177
22178 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22179 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22180 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22181 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22182 you type is correctly handled.
22183
22184 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22185
22186 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22187 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22188
22189 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22190 keyboard type.
22191
22192 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22193
22194 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22195 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22196 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22197 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22198 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22199 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22200 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22201 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22202 for the translation.
22203 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22204
22205 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22206 it is used to handle KEY.
22207
22208 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22209 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22210 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22211 the following annotation types are supported.
22212
22213 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22214 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22215
22216 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22217 candidate list.
22218
22219 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22220 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22221 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22222 inserted.
22223
22224 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22225 generated for the following translations.
22226
22227 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22228
22229 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22230 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22231
22232 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22233 which to install MAP.
22234
22235 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22236
22237 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22238
22239 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22240 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22241
22242 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22243 which to install MAP.
22244
22245 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22246
22247 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22248
22249 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22250 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22251 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22252 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22253 a function, or a cons.
22254 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22255 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22256 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22257 for the translation.
22258 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22259 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22260 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22261 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22262 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22263
22264 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22265 it is used to handle KEY.
22266
22267 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22268 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22269 current Quail package.
22270
22271 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22272 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22273
22274 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22275
22276 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22277 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22278
22279 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22280 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22281
22282 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22283
22284 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22285 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22286
22287 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22288
22289 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22290 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22291 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22292 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22293 of the Emacs source tree.
22294
22295 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22296 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22297
22298 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22299 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22300 of each directory.
22301
22302 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22303
22304 ;;;***
22305 \f
22306 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22307 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22308 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18177
22309 ;;;;;; 869))
22310 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22311
22312 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22313 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22314 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22315 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22316
22317 To make use of this do something like:
22318
22319 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22320
22321 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22322
22323 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22324 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22325
22326 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22327 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22328 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22329
22330 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22331
22332 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22333 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22334
22335 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22336
22337 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22338 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22339
22340 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22341 is decided.
22342
22343 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22344
22345 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22346 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22347
22348 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22349 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22350 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22351
22352 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22353
22354 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22355 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22356
22357 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22358
22359 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22360 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22361
22362 \(fn)" t nil)
22363
22364 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22365 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22366
22367 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22368
22369 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22370
22371 \(fn)" t nil)
22372
22373 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22374 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22375
22376 \(fn)" t nil)
22377
22378 ;;;***
22379 \f
22380 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22381 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18231 31069))
22382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22383
22384 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22385 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22386
22387 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22388
22389 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22390
22391 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22392
22393 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22394
22395 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22396 Not documented
22397
22398 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22399
22400 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22401 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22402 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22403 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22404 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22405 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22406
22407 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22408
22409 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22410 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22411
22412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22413
22414 ;;;***
22415 \f
22416 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18177
22417 ;;;;;; 869))
22418 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22419
22420 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22421 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22422 See \\[compile].
22423
22424 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22425
22426 ;;;***
22427 \f
22428 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22429 ;;;;;; (18190 39682))
22430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22431
22432 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22433
22434 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22435 Construct a regexp interactively.
22436
22437 \(fn)" t nil)
22438
22439 ;;;***
22440 \f
22441 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18190 39678))
22442 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22443
22444 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22445 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22446 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22447 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22448 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22449 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22450
22451 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22452
22453 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22454 Toggle recentf mode.
22455 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22456 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22457
22458 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22459 that were operated on recently.
22460
22461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22462
22463 ;;;***
22464 \f
22465 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22466 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22467 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22468 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18177
22469 ;;;;;; 874))
22470 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22471
22472 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22473 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22474 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22475 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22476
22477 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22478
22479 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22480
22481 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22482 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22483 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22484 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22485 ends.
22486
22487 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22488 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22489 to be deleted.
22490
22491 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22492
22493 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22494 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22495 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22496
22497 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22498 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22499 deleted.
22500
22501 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22502
22503 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22504 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22505 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22506
22507 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22508
22509 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22510 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22511
22512 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22513 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22514
22515 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22516 deleted.
22517
22518 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22519 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22520 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22521 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22522 even beep.)
22523
22524 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22525
22526 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22527 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22528
22529 \(fn)" t nil)
22530
22531 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22532 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22533 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22534 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22535 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22536 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22537 and point is at the lower right corner.
22538
22539 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22540
22541 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22542 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22543
22544 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22545 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22546
22547 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22548 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22549 on the right side of the rectangle.
22550
22551 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22552
22553 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22554
22555 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22556 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22557 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22558 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22559 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22560
22561 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22562 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22563
22564 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22565
22566 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22567 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22568 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22569
22570 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22571
22572 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22573
22574 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22575
22576 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22577 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22578
22579 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22580 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22581 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22582
22583 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22584
22585 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22586 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22587 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22588
22589 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22590 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22591 rectangle which were empty.
22592
22593 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22594
22595 ;;;***
22596 \f
22597 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18177
22598 ;;;;;; 876))
22599 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22600
22601 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22602 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22603 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22604
22605 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22606 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22607 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22608
22609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22610
22611 ;;;***
22612 \f
22613 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22614 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18231 31070))
22615 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22616
22617 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22618 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22619
22620 \(fn)" nil nil)
22621
22622 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22623 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22624
22625 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22626 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22627
22628 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22629 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22630 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22631 \\ref macro.
22632
22633 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22634 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22635 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22636
22637 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22638 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22639 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22640
22641 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22642 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22643
22644 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22645 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22646
22647 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22648 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22649 on the menu bar.
22650
22651 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22652
22653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22654
22655 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22656 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22657 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22658
22659 \(fn)" nil nil)
22660
22661 ;;;***
22662 \f
22663 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22664 ;;;;;; (18194 36640))
22665 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22666
22667 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22668 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22669 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22670 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22671 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22672 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22673
22674 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22675
22676 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22677
22678 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22679 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22680 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22681 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22682 `reftex-cite-format'.
22683
22684 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22685 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22686 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22687 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22688
22689 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22690
22691 ;;;***
22692 \f
22693 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22694 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22695 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22696
22697 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22698 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22699 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22700 the current TeX document.
22701
22702 With no argument, this command toggles
22703 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22704 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22705
22706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22707
22708 ;;;***
22709 \f
22710 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22711 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
22712 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22713
22714 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22715 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22716 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22717
22718 To insert new phrases, use
22719 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22720 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22721
22722 To index phrases use one of:
22723
22724 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22725 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22726 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22727 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22728 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22729
22730 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22731 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22732
22733 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22734
22735 Here are all local bindings.
22736
22737 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22738
22739 \(fn)" t nil)
22740
22741 ;;;***
22742 \f
22743 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22744 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22745 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22746
22747 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22748 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22749 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22750 of master file.
22751
22752 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22753
22754 ;;;***
22755 \f
22756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18177
22757 ;;;;;; 876))
22758 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22759 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22760 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22761 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22762 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22763
22764 ;;;***
22765 \f
22766 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22767 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
22768 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22769
22770 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22771 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22772 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22773 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22774 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22775 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22776
22777 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22778 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22779
22780 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22781 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22782
22783 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22784
22785 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22786 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22787 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22788 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22789
22790 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22791
22792 ;;;***
22793 \f
22794 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-clipboard remember-other-frame remember)
22795 ;;;;;; "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (18230 21316))
22796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22797
22798 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22799 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22800 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22801 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22802
22803 With a prefix, use the region as INITIAL.
22804
22805 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22806
22807 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22808 Call `remember' in another frame.
22809
22810 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22811
22812 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22813 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22814 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22815 application.
22816
22817 \(fn)" t nil)
22818
22819 ;;;***
22820 \f
22821 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries) "remember-diary"
22822 ;;;;;; "textmodes/remember-diary.el" (18230 21313))
22823 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember-diary.el
22824
22825 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember-diary" "\
22826 Extract diary entries from the region.
22827
22828 \(fn)" nil nil)
22829
22830 ;;;***
22831 \f
22832 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18190 39678))
22833 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22834
22835 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22836 Repeat most recently executed command.
22837 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22838 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22839 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22840
22841 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22842 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22843 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22844 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22845
22846 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22847 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22848 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22849
22850 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22851
22852 ;;;***
22853 \f
22854 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22855 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
22856 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22857
22858 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22859 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22860
22861 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22862 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22863 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22864 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22865 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22866 and point is left after the salutation.
22867
22868 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22869 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22870 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22871 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22872 left after that text.
22873
22874 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22875 is non-nil.
22876
22877 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22878 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22879 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22880 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22881
22882 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22883
22884 ;;;***
22885 \f
22886 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22887 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
22888 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22889
22890 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22891 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22892 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22893 visibility of comments that precede it.
22894 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22895 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22896 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22897 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22898 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22899 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22900 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22901 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22902 the comment lines.
22903 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22904 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22905 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22906 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22907 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22908
22909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22910
22911 ;;;***
22912 \f
22913 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18177
22914 ;;;;;; 874))
22915 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22916
22917 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
22918 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22919
22920 \(fn)" nil nil)
22921
22922 ;;;***
22923 \f
22924 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22925 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
22926 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22927
22928 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22929 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22930 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22931
22932 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22933 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22934 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22935
22936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22937
22938 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22939 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22940 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22942 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22943 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22944
22945 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22946
22947 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22948 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22949 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22950
22951 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22952 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22953 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22954
22955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22956
22957 ;;;***
22958 \f
22959 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22960 ;;;;;; (18195 4247))
22961 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22962
22963 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22964 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22965
22966 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22967
22968 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22969 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22970
22971 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22972
22973 ;;;***
22974 \f
22975 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18177 869))
22976 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22977 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22978
22979 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22980 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22981 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22982 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22983
22984 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22985
22986 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22987 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22988 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22989 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22990
22991 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22992 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22993
22994 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22995 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22996
22997 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22998 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22999 INPUT-ARGS.
23000
23001 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23002 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23003 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23004 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23005 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23006
23007 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23008 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23009 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23010 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23011
23012 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23013 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23014 variable.
23015
23016 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23017
23018 ;;;***
23019 \f
23020 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23021 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
23022 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
23023 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
23024 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
23025 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
23026 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18194
23027 ;;;;;; 36639))
23028 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23029
23030 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23031 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23032 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23033
23034 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23035
23036 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23037 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23038 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23039 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23040
23041 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23042
23043 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23044 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23045 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23046 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23047 value is the user's email address and name.)
23048 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23049
23050 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23051 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23052 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23053 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23054 which normally happens once for each message,
23055 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23056 To make a change in this variable take effect
23057 for a message that you have already viewed,
23058 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23059
23060 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23061
23062 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23063 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23064 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23065 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23066
23067 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23068
23069 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
23070 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23071
23072 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23073
23074 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23075 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23076 A value of nil means don't highlight.
23077 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
23078
23079 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23080
23081 (defvar rmail-highlight-face 'rmail-highlight "\
23082 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
23083
23084 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlight-face "rmail" t)
23085
23086 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
23087 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
23088
23089 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
23090
23091 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23092 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23093 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23094 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23095 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23096
23097 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23098
23099 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
23100 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
23101 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
23102 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
23103
23104 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
23105
23106 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23107 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23108
23109 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23110
23111 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23112 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23113
23114 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23115
23116 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
23117 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
23118
23119 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
23120
23121 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23122 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23123
23124 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
23125 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
23126
23127 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23128 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23129
23130 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23131
23132 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
23133 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
23134
23135 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
23136 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
23137 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
23138 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
23139
23140 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23141 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23142
23143 This is set to nil by default.")
23144
23145 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
23146 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
23147 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
23148 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
23149 until a user explicitly requires it.
23150
23151 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
23152 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
23153 in your session.")
23154
23155 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
23156
23157 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
23158 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
23159 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23160 It is called with no argument.")
23161
23162 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23163 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23164 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23165 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23166 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23167 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23168 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23169
23170 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23171 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23172 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23173 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23174 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23175 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23176
23177 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23178 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23179 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23180 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23181 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23182
23183 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23184 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23185 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23186 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23187 MSG is the message number,
23188 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23189 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23190
23191 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
23192 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23193 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23194 this feature is required with `require'.
23195
23196 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23197 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23198
23199 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23200 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23201 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23202 the message is decoded as normal way.
23203
23204 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23205 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23206 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23207
23208 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23209 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23210 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23211
23212 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23213 Read and edit incoming mail.
23214 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23215 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23216 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23217
23218 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23219 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23220 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23221 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23222
23223 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23224
23225 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23226
23227 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23228 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23229 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23230 Instead, these commands are available:
23231
23232 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23233 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23234 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23235 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23236 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23237 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23238 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23239 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23240 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23241 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23242 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23243 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23244 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23245 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23246 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23247 till a deleted message is found.
23248 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23249 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23250 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23251 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23252 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23253 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23254 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23255 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23256 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23257 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23258 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23259 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23260 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23261 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23262 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23263 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23264 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23265 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23266 (label defaults to last one specified).
23267 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23268 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23269 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23270 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23271 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23272 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23273 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23274 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23275 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23276
23277 \(fn)" t nil)
23278
23279 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23280 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23281
23282 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23283
23284 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23285 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23286
23287 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23288
23289 ;;;***
23290 \f
23291 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23292 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
23293 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23294
23295 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23296 Edit the contents of this message.
23297
23298 \(fn)" t nil)
23299
23300 ;;;***
23301 \f
23302 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23303 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23304 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18177 867))
23305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23306
23307 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23308 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23309 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23310
23311 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23312
23313 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23314 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23315 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23316
23317 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23318
23319 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23320 Not documented
23321
23322 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23323
23324 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23325 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23326 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23327 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23328 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23329
23330 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23331
23332 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23333 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23334 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23335 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23336 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23337
23338 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23339
23340 ;;;***
23341 \f
23342 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23343 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
23344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23345
23346 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23347 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23348 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23349 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23350
23351 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23352
23353 ;;;***
23354 \f
23355 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23356 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23357 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18177 867))
23358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23359
23360 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23361 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23362 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23363 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23364 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23365 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23366 a file name as a string.")
23367
23368 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23369
23370 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23371 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23372 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23373 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23374 buffer visiting that file.
23375 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23376 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23377
23378 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23379 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23380
23381 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23382 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23383
23384 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23385 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23386
23387 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23388
23389 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23390 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23391
23392 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23393
23394 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23395 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23396 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23397 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23398 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23399
23400 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23401 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23402 will be appended with their original headers.
23403
23404 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23405 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23406
23407 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23408 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23409
23410 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23411
23412 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23413
23414 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23415 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23416 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23417
23418 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23419
23420 ;;;***
23421 \f
23422 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23423 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23424 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18177
23425 ;;;;;; 867))
23426 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23427
23428 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23429 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23430 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23431
23432 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23433
23434 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23435 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23436 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23437
23438 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23439
23440 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23441 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23442 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23443
23444 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23445
23446 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23447 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23448 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23449
23450 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23451
23452 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23453 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23454 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23455
23456 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23457
23458 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23459 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23460 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23461
23462 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23463
23464 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23465 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23466 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23467 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23468
23469 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23470
23471 ;;;***
23472 \f
23473 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23474 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23475 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23476 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23477 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18177 867))
23478 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23479
23480 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23481 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23482
23483 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23484
23485 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23486 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23487
23488 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23489
23490 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23491 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23492
23493 \(fn)" t nil)
23494
23495 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23496 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23497 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23498
23499 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23500
23501 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23502 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23503 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23504 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23505 only look in the To and From fields.
23506 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23507
23508 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23509
23510 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23511 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23512 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23513 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23514 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23515
23516 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23517
23518 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23519 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23520 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23521 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23522 look in the whole message.
23523 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23524
23525 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23526
23527 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23528 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23529 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23530
23531 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23532
23533 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23534 *Function to decode summary-line.
23535
23536 By default, `identity' is set.")
23537
23538 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23539
23540 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23541 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23542 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23543 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23544 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23545 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23546 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23547
23548 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23549 sent by you under different user names.
23550 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23551
23552 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23553
23554 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23555
23556 ;;;***
23557 \f
23558 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23559 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
23560 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23561
23562 (autoload 'news-post-news "rnewspost" "\
23563 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23564 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23565 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23566
23567 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23568
23569 ;;;***
23570 \f
23571 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23572 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (17928 6535))
23573 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23574
23575 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23576 Define a robin package.
23577
23578 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23579 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23580 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23581 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23582
23583 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23584 one replaces the old one.
23585
23586 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23587
23588 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23589 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23590
23591 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23592 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23593 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23594
23595 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23596
23597 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23598 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23599
23600 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23601
23602 ;;;***
23603 \f
23604 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23605 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18177 874))
23606 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23607
23608 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23609 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23610
23611 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23612
23613 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23614 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23615
23616 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23617
23618 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23619 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23620
23621 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23622
23623 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23624 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23625 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23626
23627 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23628 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23629 in ROT13.
23630
23631 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23632
23633 \(fn)" t nil)
23634
23635 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23636 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23637
23638 \(fn)" t nil)
23639
23640 ;;;***
23641 \f
23642 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18177
23643 ;;;;;; 874))
23644 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23645
23646 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23647 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23648
23649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23650
23651 ;;;***
23652 \f
23653 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18190
23654 ;;;;;; 39682))
23655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23656
23657 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23658 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23659 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23660 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23661
23662 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23663
23664 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23665 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23666 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23667 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23668
23669 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23670 notation.
23671
23672 STRING
23673 matches string STRING literally.
23674
23675 CHAR
23676 matches character CHAR literally.
23677
23678 `not-newline', `nonl'
23679 matches any character except a newline.
23680
23681 `anything'
23682 matches any character
23683
23684 `(any SET ...)'
23685 `(in SET ...)'
23686 `(char SET ...)'
23687 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23688 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23689 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23690
23691 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23692 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23693 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23694 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23695
23696 `(not (any SET ...))'
23697 matches any character not in SET ...
23698
23699 `line-start', `bol'
23700 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23701 in the text being matched
23702
23703 `line-end', `eol'
23704 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23705
23706 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23707 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23708 string being matched against.
23709
23710 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23711 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23712 string being matched against.
23713
23714 `buffer-start'
23715 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23716 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23717
23718 `buffer-end'
23719 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23720 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23721
23722 `point'
23723 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23724
23725 `word-start', `bow'
23726 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23727
23728 `word-end', `eow'
23729 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23730
23731 `word-boundary'
23732 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23733 word.
23734
23735 `(not word-boundary)'
23736 `not-word-boundary'
23737 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23738 word.
23739
23740 `symbol-start'
23741 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23742
23743 `symbol-end'
23744 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23745
23746 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23747 matches 0 through 9.
23748
23749 `control', `cntrl'
23750 matches ASCII control characters.
23751
23752 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23753 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23754
23755 `blank'
23756 matches space and tab only.
23757
23758 `graphic', `graph'
23759 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23760 space, and DEL.
23761
23762 `printing', `print'
23763 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23764 and DEL.
23765
23766 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23767 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23768 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23769
23770 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23771 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23772 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23773
23774 `ascii'
23775 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23776
23777 `nonascii'
23778 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23779
23780 `lower', `lower-case'
23781 matches anything lower-case.
23782
23783 `upper', `upper-case'
23784 matches anything upper-case.
23785
23786 `punctuation', `punct'
23787 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23788 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23789
23790 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23791 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23792
23793 `word', `wordchar'
23794 matches anything that has word syntax.
23795
23796 `not-wordchar'
23797 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23798
23799 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23800 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23801 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23802 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23803
23804 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23805 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23806 `word' (\\sw)
23807 `symbol' (\\s_)
23808 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23809 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23810 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23811 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23812 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23813 `escape' (\\s\\)
23814 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23815 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23816 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23817 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23818 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23819
23820 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23821 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23822
23823 `(category CATEGORY)'
23824 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23825 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23826
23827 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23828 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23829 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23830 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23831 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23832 `symbol' (\\c5)
23833 `digit' (\\c6)
23834 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23835 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23836 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23837 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23838 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23839 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23840 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23841 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23842 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23843 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23844 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23845 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23846 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23847 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23848 `ascii' (\\ca)
23849 `arabic' (\\cb)
23850 `chinese' (\\cc)
23851 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23852 `greek' (\\cg)
23853 `korean' (\\ch)
23854 `indian' (\\ci)
23855 `japanese' (\\cj)
23856 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23857 `latin' (\\cl)
23858 `lao' (\\co)
23859 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23860 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23861 `thai' (\\ct)
23862 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23863 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23864 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23865 `can-break' (\\c|)
23866
23867 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23868 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23869
23870 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23871 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23872 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23873 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23874 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23875
23876 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23877 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23878 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23879 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23880
23881 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23882 another name for `submatch'.
23883
23884 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23885 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23886 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23887 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23888 regular expression.
23889
23890 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23891 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23892 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23893 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23894 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23895
23896 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23897 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23898
23899 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23900 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23901
23902 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23903 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23904 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23905
23906 `(* SEXP ...)'
23907 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23908 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23909
23910 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23911 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23912 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23913
23914 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23915 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23916 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23917
23918 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23919 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23920
23921 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23922 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23923
23924 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23925 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23926 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23927 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23928
23929 `(? SEXP ...)'
23930 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23931
23932 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23933 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23934
23935 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23936 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23937 matches N occurrences.
23938
23939 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23940 matches N or more occurrences.
23941
23942 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23943 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23944 matches N to M occurrences.
23945
23946 `(backref N)'
23947 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23948
23949 `(backref N)'
23950 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23951
23952 `(backref N)'
23953 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23954
23955 `(eval FORM)'
23956 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23957 `regexp-quote' it.
23958
23959 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23960 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23961
23962 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23963
23964 ;;;***
23965 \f
23966 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23967 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
23968 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23969
23970 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23971 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23972 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23973 interface.")
23974
23975 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23976
23977 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23978 Toggle savehist-mode.
23979 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23980 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23981 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23982 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23983
23984 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23985 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23986 which is probably undesirable.
23987
23988 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23989
23990 ;;;***
23991 \f
23992 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23993 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
23994 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23995
23996 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23997 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23998 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23999
24000 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24001 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24002 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24003 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24004 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24005 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24006 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24007 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24008
24009 Commands:
24010 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24011 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24012 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24013 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24014 if that value is non-nil.
24015
24016 \(fn)" t nil)
24017
24018 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24019 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24020 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24021
24022 Commands:
24023 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24024 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24025 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24026 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24027 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24028 that variable's value is a string.
24029
24030 \(fn)" t nil)
24031
24032 ;;;***
24033 \f
24034 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24035 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
24036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24037
24038 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24039 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24040 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24041
24042 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24043
24044 \(fn)" t nil)
24045
24046 ;;;***
24047 \f
24048 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (18177
24049 ;;;;;; 870))
24050 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
24051
24052 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
24053 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
24054 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
24055 \\{scribe-mode-map}
24056
24057 Interesting variables:
24058
24059 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
24060 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
24061
24062 `scribe-electric-quote'
24063 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
24064
24065 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
24066 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
24067 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
24068
24069 \(fn)" t nil)
24070
24071 ;;;***
24072 \f
24073 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24074 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
24075 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24076
24077 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24078 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24079 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24080 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24081 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24082 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24083
24084 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24085
24086 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24087 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24088 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24089 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24090 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24091
24092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24093
24094 ;;;***
24095 \f
24096 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24097 ;;;;;; (18213 1255))
24098 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24099
24100 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24101 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24102 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24103 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24104 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24105 during scrolling.
24106
24107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24108
24109 ;;;***
24110 \f
24111 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24112 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24113 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24114 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24115 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24116 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24117 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24118 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24119 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18203 51789))
24120 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24121
24122 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24123 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24124
24125 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24126 king@grassland.com
24127 If `parens', they look like:
24128 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24129 If `angles', they look like:
24130 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24131 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24132 derived from the envelope-from address.
24133
24134 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24135 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24136 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24137 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24138
24139 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24140
24141 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24142 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24143 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24144 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24145
24146 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24147 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24148 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24149 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24150
24151 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24152
24153 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24154 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24155 This is done when the message is initialized,
24156 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24157
24158 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24159
24160 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
24161 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24162 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24163
24164 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24165
24166 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24167
24168 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24169 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24170 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24171 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24172 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24173 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24174 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24175
24176 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24177
24178 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24179 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24180
24181 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24182
24183 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24184 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24185 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24186
24187 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24188
24189 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24190 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24191 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24192 when you first send mail.")
24193
24194 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24195
24196 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24197 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24198 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24199 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24200 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24201
24202 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24203
24204 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24205 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24206 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24207 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24208 This file need not actually exist.")
24209
24210 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24211
24212 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24213 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24214 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24215
24216 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24217
24218 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24219 Alist of mail address aliases,
24220 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24221 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24222 can specify a different file name.)
24223 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24224 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24225
24226 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24227 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24228 nil means use indentation.")
24229
24230 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24231
24232 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24233 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24234 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24235
24236 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24237
24238 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24239 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24240 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24241 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24242 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24243 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24244 in the cited portion of the message.
24245
24246 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24247 instead of no action.")
24248
24249 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24250
24251 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24252 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24253 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24254 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24255 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24256
24257 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24258
24259 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24260 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24261 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24262 If a string, that string is inserted.
24263 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24264 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24265 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24266 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24267
24268 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24269
24270 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24271 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24272
24273 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24274
24275 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24276 Directory for mail buffers.
24277 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24278 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24279
24280 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24281
24282 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24283 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24284 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24285 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24286
24287 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24288
24289 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24290 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24291 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24292 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24293 is non-nil.")
24294
24295 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24296
24297 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24298 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24299 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24300 `query' means ask the user each time.
24301 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24302 The default is `mime'.
24303 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24304 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24305
24306 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24307
24308 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24309 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24310 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24311
24312 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24313 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24314
24315 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24316 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24317 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24318 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24319 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24320 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24321 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24322 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24323 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24324 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24325 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24326 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24327 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24328
24329 \(fn)" t nil)
24330
24331 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24332 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24333
24334 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24335 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24336
24337 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24338
24339 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24340 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24341 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24342 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24343 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24344 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24345
24346 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24347 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24348 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24349
24350 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24351 User should not set this variable manually,
24352 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24353 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24354 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24355 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24356
24357 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24358 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24359 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24360 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24361
24362 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24363 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24364
24365 \\<mail-mode-map>
24366 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24367
24368 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24369 to move to message header fields:
24370 \\{mail-mode-map}
24371
24372 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24373 when the message is initialized.
24374
24375 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24376 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24377
24378 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24379 is inserted.
24380
24381 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24382 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24383
24384 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24385 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24386 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24387 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24388 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24389 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24390 buffer without erasing the contents.
24391
24392 The second through fifth arguments,
24393 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24394 the initial contents of those header fields.
24395 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24396 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24397 original message being replied to, or else an action
24398 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24399 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24400 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24401 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24402 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24403 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24404
24405 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24406
24407 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24408 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24409
24410 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24411
24412 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24413 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24414
24415 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24416
24417 ;;;***
24418 \f
24419 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24420 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18231 31064))
24421 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24422
24423 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24424 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24425 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24426 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24427 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24428 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24429
24430 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24431 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24432
24433 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24434
24435 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24436 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24437 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24438 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24439 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24440 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24441
24442 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24443
24444 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24445 Toggle Server mode.
24446 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24447 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24448 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24449
24450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24451
24452 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24453 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24454
24455 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24456
24457 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24458 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24459
24460 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24461
24462 ;;;***
24463 \f
24464 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18231 31064))
24465 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24466
24467 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24468 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24469 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24470
24471 Key definitions:
24472 \\{ses-mode-map}
24473 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24474 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24475 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24476 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24477
24478 \(fn)" t nil)
24479
24480 ;;;***
24481 \f
24482 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24483 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
24484 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24485
24486 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24487 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24488 Makes > match <.
24489 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24490 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24491
24492 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24493 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24494 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24495
24496 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24497 in your `.emacs' file.
24498
24499 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24500
24501 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24502 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24503 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24504
24505 \(fn)" t nil)
24506
24507 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24508
24509 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24510 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24511 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24512 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24513 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24514 which this is based.
24515
24516 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24517
24518 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24519 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24520 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24521 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24522
24523 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24524 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24525 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24526
24527 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24528 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24529 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24530 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24531
24532 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24533 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24534 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24535 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24536
24537 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24538
24539 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24540 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24541 To work around that, do:
24542 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24543
24544 \\{html-mode-map}
24545
24546 \(fn)" t nil)
24547
24548 ;;;***
24549 \f
24550 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24551 ;;;;;; (18190 39684))
24552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24553 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24554
24555 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24556 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24557 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24558 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24559 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24560 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24561
24562 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24563 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24564 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24565 shell-specific features.
24566
24567 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24568 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24569 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24570 \\<sh-mode-map>
24571 \\[sh-case] case statement
24572 \\[sh-for] for loop
24573 \\[sh-function] function definition
24574 \\[sh-if] if statement
24575 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24576 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24577 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24578 \\[sh-select] select loop
24579 \\[sh-until] until loop
24580 \\[sh-while] while loop
24581
24582 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24583 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24584 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24585 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24586 would indent to the way it currently is.
24587 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24588 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24589
24590
24591 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24592 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24593 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24594 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24595 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24596 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24597
24598 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24599 {, (, [, ', \", `
24600 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24601
24602 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24603 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24604 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24605
24606 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24607 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24608
24609 \(fn)" t nil)
24610
24611 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24612
24613 ;;;***
24614 \f
24615 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (18177 862))
24616 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24617
24618 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24619 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24620 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24621 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24622 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24623 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24624
24625 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24626
24627 ;;;***
24628 \f
24629 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24630 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
24631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24632
24633 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24634 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24635
24636 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24637 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24638 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24639 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24640 the earlier.
24641
24642 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24643
24644 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24645
24646 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24647 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24648 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24649
24650 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24651 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24652
24653 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24654 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24655 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24656 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24657 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24658 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24659 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24660 Emacs version).
24661
24662 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24663 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24664 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24665 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24666 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24667
24668 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24669 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24670 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24671
24672 \(fn)" t nil)
24673
24674 ;;;***
24675 \f
24676 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24677 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18231
24678 ;;;;;; 31064))
24679 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24680
24681 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24682 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24683 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24684 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24685 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24686 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24687 sites in the cluster.
24688
24689 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24690
24691 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24692 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24693 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24694 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24695 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24696
24697 \(fn)" t nil)
24698
24699 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24700 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24701 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24702 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24703 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24704 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24705 `shadow-define-cluster').
24706
24707 \(fn)" t nil)
24708
24709 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24710 Set up file shadowing.
24711
24712 \(fn)" t nil)
24713
24714 ;;;***
24715 \f
24716 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24717 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
24718 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24719
24720 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24721 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24722 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24723 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24724 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24725 arguments.")
24726
24727 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24728
24729 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24730 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24731 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24732 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24733 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24734
24735 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24736 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24737 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24738 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24739 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24740 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24741 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24742 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24743 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24744 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24745 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24746
24747 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24748 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24749 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24750 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24751 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24752 `default-process-coding-system'.
24753
24754 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24755 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24756 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24757 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24758
24759 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24760
24761 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24762 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24763
24764 ;;;***
24765 \f
24766 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24767 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18231 31069))
24768 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24769
24770 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24771 Not documented
24772
24773 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24774
24775 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24776 Not documented
24777
24778 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24779
24780 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24781 Not documented
24782
24783 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24784
24785 ;;;***
24786 \f
24787 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24788 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
24789 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24790
24791 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24792 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24793 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24794 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24795 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24796
24797 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24798
24799 \(fn)" t nil)
24800
24801 ;;;***
24802 \f
24803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18231 31064))
24804 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24805 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24806
24807 ;;;***
24808 \f
24809 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18231
24810 ;;;;;; 31070))
24811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24812
24813 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24814 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24815 \\{simula-mode-map}
24816 Variables controlling indentation style:
24817 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24818 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24819 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24820 `simula-indent-level'
24821 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24822 `simula-substatement-offset'
24823 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24824 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24825 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24826 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24827 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24828 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24829 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24830 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24831 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24832 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24833 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24834 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24835 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24836 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24837 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24838 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24839 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24840 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24841 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24842 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24843 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24844 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24845 or nil if they should not be changed.
24846 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24847 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24848 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24849 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24850
24851 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24852 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24853
24854 \(fn)" t nil)
24855
24856 ;;;***
24857 \f
24858 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24859 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18177 874))
24860 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24861
24862 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24863 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24864
24865 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24866 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24867 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24868 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24869
24870 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24871
24872 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24873 Insert SKELETON.
24874 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24875 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24876 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24877 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24878 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24879
24880 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24881 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24882
24883 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24884
24885 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24886 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24887
24888 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24889 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24890 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24891 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24892
24893 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24894 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24895 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24896 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24897
24898 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24899 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24900 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24901
24902 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24903 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24904
24905 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24906 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24907
24908 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24909 _ interesting point, interregion here
24910 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24911 interesting point set by _
24912 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24913 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24914 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24915 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24916 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24917 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24918 nil skipped
24919
24920 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24921 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24922
24923 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24924 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24925 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24926 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24927 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24928 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24929 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24930 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24931
24932 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24933 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24934 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24935 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24936 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24937 available:
24938
24939 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24940 then: insert previously read string once more
24941 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24942 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24943 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24944
24945 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24946 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24947
24948 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24949
24950 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24951 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24952
24953 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24954 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24955 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24956 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24957 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24958 such as backslash.
24959
24960 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24961 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24962 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24963
24964 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24965
24966 ;;;***
24967 \f
24968 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24969 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
24970 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24971
24972 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24973 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24974 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24975 buffer names.
24976
24977 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24978
24979 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24980 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24981 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24982
24983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24984
24985 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24986 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24987 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24988
24989 \(fn)" nil nil)
24990
24991 ;;;***
24992 \f
24993 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24994 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
24995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24996
24997 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24998 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24999 A list of images is returned.
25000
25001 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25002
25003 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25004 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25005 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25006
25007 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25008
25009 ;;;***
25010 \f
25011 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25012 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18177 867))
25013 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25014
25015 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25016 Not documented
25017
25018 \(fn)" nil nil)
25019
25020 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25021 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25022
25023 \(fn)" t nil)
25024
25025 ;;;***
25026 \f
25027 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18177 871))
25028 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25029
25030 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25031 Play the Snake game.
25032 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25033
25034 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25035
25036 Snake mode keybindings:
25037 \\<snake-mode-map>
25038 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25039 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25040 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25041 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25042 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25043 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25044 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25045
25046 \(fn)" t nil)
25047
25048 ;;;***
25049 \f
25050 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25051 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
25052 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25053
25054 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25055 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25056 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25057 Tab indents for C code.
25058 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25059 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25060 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25061 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25062 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25063
25064 \(fn)" t nil)
25065
25066 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25067 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25068 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25069 Tab indents for C code.
25070 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25071 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25072 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25073 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25074 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25075
25076 \(fn)" t nil)
25077
25078 ;;;***
25079 \f
25080 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
25081 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
25082 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18177 856))
25083 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25084
25085 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
25086 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
25087
25088 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
25089 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
25090 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
25091
25092 For example, the form
25093
25094 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
25095 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
25096
25097 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
25098
25099 (custom-autoload 'calendar-time-display-form "solar" t)
25100
25101 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
25102 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
25103
25104 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
25105 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
25106 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
25107 York City.
25108
25109 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25110
25111 (custom-autoload 'calendar-latitude "solar" t)
25112
25113 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
25114 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
25115
25116 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
25117 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
25118 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
25119 York City.
25120
25121 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25122
25123 (custom-autoload 'calendar-longitude "solar" t)
25124
25125 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
25126 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
25127 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
25128 pair.
25129
25130 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25131
25132 (custom-autoload 'calendar-location-name "solar" t)
25133
25134 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25135 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25136 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
25137
25138 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
25139 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25140
25141 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25142
25143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25144
25145 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
25146 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
25147 Requires floating point.
25148
25149 \(fn)" nil nil)
25150
25151 ;;;***
25152 \f
25153 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18190
25154 ;;;;;; 39683))
25155 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25156
25157 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25158 Play Solitaire.
25159
25160 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25161 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25162 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25163 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25164 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25165 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25166 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25167 check after each move or undo)
25168
25169 What is Solitaire?
25170
25171 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25172 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25173 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25174
25175 Le Solitaire
25176 ============
25177
25178 o o o
25179
25180 o o o
25181
25182 o o o o o o o
25183
25184 o o o . o o o
25185
25186 o o o o o o o
25187
25188 o o o
25189
25190 o o o
25191
25192 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25193 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25194 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25195 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25196
25197 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25198 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25199 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25200 this: o o .
25201
25202 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25203 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25204
25205 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25206
25207 o o o
25208
25209 . o o
25210
25211 o o . o o o o
25212
25213 o . o o o o o
25214
25215 o o o o o o o
25216
25217 o o o
25218
25219 o o o
25220
25221 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25222
25223 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25224
25225 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25226
25227 ;;;***
25228 \f
25229 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25230 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25231 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18177 874))
25232 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25233 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25234
25235 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25236 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25237
25238 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25239 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25240 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25241 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25242 contiguous.
25243
25244 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25245 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25246 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25247 the sort order.
25248
25249 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25250 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25251
25252 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25253 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25254 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25255 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25256 is called.
25257
25258 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25259 It should move point to the end of the record.
25260
25261 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25262 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25263 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25264 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25265 starts at the beginning of the record.
25266
25267 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25268 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25269 same as ENDRECFUN.
25270
25271 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25272 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25273
25274 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25275
25276 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25277 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25278 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25279 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25280 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25281 the sort order.
25282
25283 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25284
25285 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25286 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25287 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25288 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25289 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25290 the sort order.
25291
25292 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25293
25294 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25295 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25296 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25297 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25298 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25299 the sort order.
25300
25301 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25302 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25303
25304 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25305 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25306 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25307 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25308 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25309 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25310 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25311 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25312 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25313
25314 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25315
25316 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25317 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25318 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25319 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25320 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25321 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25322 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25323 the sort order.
25324
25325 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25326
25327 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25328 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25329 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25330 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25331 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25332 is to be used for sorting.
25333 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25334 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25335 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25336 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25337 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25338
25339 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25340
25341 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25342 the sort order.
25343
25344 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25345 starting with the letter \"f\",
25346 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25347
25348 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25349
25350 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25351 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25352 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25353 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25354 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25355 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25356 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25357 the sort order.
25358
25359 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25360 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25361 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25362 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25363 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25364
25365 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25366
25367 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25368 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25369 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25370
25371 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25372
25373 ;;;***
25374 \f
25375 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18231
25376 ;;;;;; 31069))
25377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25378
25379 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25380 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25381 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25382 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25383 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25384 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25385
25386 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25387
25388 ;;;***
25389 \f
25390 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25391 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25392 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18231 31069))
25393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25394
25395 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25396 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25397
25398 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25399 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25400 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25401
25402 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25403
25404 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25405 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25406 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25407 server.
25408
25409 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25410
25411 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25412 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25413 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25414
25415 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25416
25417 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25418 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25419 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25420 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25421 Agent is plugged.
25422
25423 \(fn)" t nil)
25424
25425 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25426 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25427 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25428 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25429
25430 \(fn)" t nil)
25431
25432 ;;;***
25433 \f
25434 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25435 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18190 39679))
25436 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25437
25438 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25439
25440 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25441 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25442 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25443 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25444 supported at a time.
25445 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25446 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25447
25448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25449
25450 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25451 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25452 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25453 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25454
25455 \(fn)" t nil)
25456
25457 ;;;***
25458 \f
25459 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25460 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18177 876))
25461 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25462
25463 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25464
25465 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25466 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25467 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25468 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25469 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25470 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25471
25472 \(fn)" t nil)
25473
25474 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25475 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25476 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25477 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25478
25479 \(fn)" t nil)
25480
25481 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25482 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25483 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25484 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25485 for example, \"word\".
25486
25487 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25488
25489 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25490 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25491
25492 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25493
25494 ;;;***
25495 \f
25496 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18177
25497 ;;;;;; 871))
25498 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25499
25500 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25501 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25502
25503 \(fn)" t nil)
25504
25505 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25506 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25507
25508 \(fn)" nil nil)
25509
25510 ;;;***
25511 \f
25512 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25513 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25514 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25515 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18190
25516 ;;;;;; 39684))
25517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25518
25519 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25520 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25521
25522 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25523 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25524 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25525 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25526 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25527 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25528 of the current highlighting list.
25529
25530 For example:
25531
25532 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25533 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25534
25535 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25536 `_t' as data types.
25537
25538 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25539
25540 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25541 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25542
25543 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25544 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25545
25546 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25547
25548 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25549 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25550 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25551
25552 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25553
25554 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25555 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25556 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25557 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25558 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25559 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25560 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25561 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25562 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25563
25564 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25565
25566 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25567 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25568 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25569 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25570
25571 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25572 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25573 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25574 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25575
25576 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25577 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25578 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25579
25580 \(fn)" t nil)
25581
25582 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25583 Major mode to edit SQL.
25584
25585 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25586 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25587 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25588
25589 \\{sql-mode-map}
25590 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25591
25592 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25593 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25594 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25595 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25596 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25597 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25598
25599 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25600 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25601
25602 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25603 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25604 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25605
25606 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25607 (lambda ()
25608 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25609
25610 \(fn)" t nil)
25611
25612 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25613 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25614
25615 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25616 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25617 `*SQL*'.
25618
25619 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25620
25621 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25622
25623 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25624 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25625
25626 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25627 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25628 `*SQL*'.
25629
25630 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25631 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25632 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25633 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25634
25635 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25636 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25637
25638 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25639 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25640 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25641 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25642 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25643 `default-process-coding-system'.
25644
25645 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25646
25647 \(fn)" t nil)
25648
25649 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25650 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25651
25652 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25653 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25654 `*SQL*'.
25655
25656 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25657 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25658 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25659 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25660
25661 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25662 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25663
25664 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25665 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25666 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25667 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25668 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25669 `default-process-coding-system'.
25670
25671 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25672
25673 \(fn)" t nil)
25674
25675 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25676 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25677
25678 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25679 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25680 `*SQL*'.
25681
25682 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25683 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25684
25685 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25686 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25687
25688 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25689 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25690 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25691 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25692 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25693 `default-process-coding-system'.
25694
25695 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25696
25697 \(fn)" t nil)
25698
25699 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25700 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25701
25702 SQLite is free software.
25703
25704 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25705 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25706 `*SQL*'.
25707
25708 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25709 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25710 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25711 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25712
25713 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25714 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25715
25716 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25717 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25718 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25719 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25720 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25721 `default-process-coding-system'.
25722
25723 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25724
25725 \(fn)" t nil)
25726
25727 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25728 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25729
25730 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25731
25732 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25733 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25734 `*SQL*'.
25735
25736 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25737 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25738 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25739 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25740
25741 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25742 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25743
25744 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25745 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25746 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25747 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25748 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25749 `default-process-coding-system'.
25750
25751 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25752
25753 \(fn)" t nil)
25754
25755 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25756 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25757
25758 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25759 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25760 `*SQL*'.
25761
25762 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25763 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25764 defaults, if set.
25765
25766 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25767 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25768
25769 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25770 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25771 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25772 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25773 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25774 `default-process-coding-system'.
25775
25776 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25777
25778 \(fn)" t nil)
25779
25780 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25781 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25782
25783 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25784 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25785 `*SQL*'.
25786
25787 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25788 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25789
25790 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25791 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25792
25793 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25794 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25795 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25796 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25797 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25798 `default-process-coding-system'.
25799
25800 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25801
25802 \(fn)" t nil)
25803
25804 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25805 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25806
25807 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25808 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25809 `*SQL*'.
25810
25811 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25812 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25813 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25814 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25815
25816 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25817 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25818
25819 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25820 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25821 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25822 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25823 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25824 `default-process-coding-system'.
25825
25826 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25827
25828 \(fn)" t nil)
25829
25830 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25831 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25832
25833 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25834 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25835 `*SQL*'.
25836
25837 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25838 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25839 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25840 `sql-postgres-options'.
25841
25842 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25843 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25844
25845 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25846 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25847 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25848 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25849 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25850 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25851 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25852 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25853
25854 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25855 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25856
25857 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25858
25859 \(fn)" t nil)
25860
25861 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25862 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25863
25864 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25865 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25866 `*SQL*'.
25867
25868 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25869 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25870 defaults, if set.
25871
25872 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25873 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25874
25875 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25876 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25877 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25878 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25879 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25880 `default-process-coding-system'.
25881
25882 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25883
25884 \(fn)" t nil)
25885
25886 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25887 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25888
25889 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25890 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25891 `*SQL*'.
25892
25893 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25894 automatic login.
25895
25896 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25897 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25898
25899 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25900 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25901 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25902 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25903
25904 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25905 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25906 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25907 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25908 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25909 `default-process-coding-system'.
25910
25911 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25912
25913 \(fn)" t nil)
25914
25915 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25916 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25917
25918 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25919 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25920 `*SQL*'.
25921
25922 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25923 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25924 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25925 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25926 parameters.
25927
25928 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25929 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25930 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25931 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25932 an empty password.
25933
25934 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25935 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25936
25937 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25938
25939 \(fn)" t nil)
25940
25941 ;;;***
25942 \f
25943 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25944 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25945 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25946 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25947 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18231
25948 ;;;;;; 31064))
25949 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25950
25951 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25952 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25953 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25954 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25955 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25956 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25957
25958 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25959
25960 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25961
25962 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25963 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25964 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25965 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25966 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25967 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25968 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25969
25970 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25971
25972 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25973 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25974 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25975 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25976 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25977 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25978 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25979
25980 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25981
25982 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25983 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25984 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25985
25986 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25987
25988 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25989 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25990 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25991
25992 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25993
25994 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25995 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25996
25997 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25998
25999 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26000 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26001
26002 \(fn)" t nil)
26003
26004 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26005 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26006
26007 \(fn)" t nil)
26008
26009 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26010 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26011 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26012 chronologically by command name.
26013 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26014
26015 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26016
26017 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26018 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26019 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26021 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26022 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26023
26024 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26025
26026 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26027 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26028 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26029 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26030 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26031 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26032 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26033
26034 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26035 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26036 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26037 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26038
26039 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26040
26041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26042
26043 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26044 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26045 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26046 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26047
26048 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26049
26050 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26051 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26052
26053 \(fn)" t nil)
26054
26055 ;;;***
26056 \f
26057 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26058 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16511 54937))
26059 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26060
26061 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26062 Studlify-case the region.
26063
26064 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26065
26066 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26067 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26068
26069 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26070
26071 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26072 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26073
26074 \(fn)" t nil)
26075
26076 ;;;***
26077 \f
26078 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18231 31064))
26079 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
26080
26081 (autoload 'locate-library "subr" "\
26082 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
26083 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
26084 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
26085 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
26086 to the specified name LIBRARY.
26087
26088 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
26089 is used instead of `load-path'.
26090
26091 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
26092 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
26093 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
26094
26095 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
26096
26097 ;;;***
26098 \f
26099 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26100 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
26101 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26102
26103 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26104 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26105 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26106 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26107 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26108 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26109 original message but it does require a few things:
26110
26111 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26112
26113 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26114 reply buffer.
26115
26116 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26117 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26118 original message.
26119
26120 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26121
26122 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26123
26124 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
26125 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
26126 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26127
26128 \(fn)" nil nil)
26129
26130 ;;;***
26131 \f
26132 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18190
26133 ;;;;;; 39679))
26134 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26135
26136 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26137
26138 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode nil "\
26139 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26140 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26141 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26142 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26143 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26144
26145 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26146
26147 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26148 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26149 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26150 otherwise turn it off.
26151
26152 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26153 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26154 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26155
26156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26157
26158 ;;;***
26159 \f
26160 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18177 875))
26161 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26162
26163 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26164 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26165 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26166 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26167 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26168
26169 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26170
26171 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26172 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26173 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26174 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26175 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26176 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26177 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26178
26179 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26180
26181 ;;;***
26182 \f
26183 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26184 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26185 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26186 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26187 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26188 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26189 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26190 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26191 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26192 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26193 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26194 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26195 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18190 39686))
26196 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26197
26198 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26199 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26200 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26201
26202 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26203
26204 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26205 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26206
26207 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26208
26209 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26210 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26211
26212 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26213
26214 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26215 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26216
26217 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26218
26219 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26220 Insert an editable text table.
26221 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26222 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26223 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26224 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26225 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26226 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26227 delimiting them.
26228
26229 Examples:
26230
26231 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26232
26233 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26234 location of point.
26235
26236 -!-
26237
26238 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26239 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26240 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26241 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26242 first cell.
26243
26244 +-----+-----+-----+
26245 |-!- | | |
26246 +-----+-----+-----+
26247
26248 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26249
26250 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26251 width, which results as
26252
26253 +--------------+-----+-----+
26254 |-!- | | |
26255 +--------------+-----+-----+
26256
26257 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26258 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26259
26260 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26261 | | |-!- |
26262 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26263
26264 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26265 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26266 width information to `table-insert'.
26267
26268 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26269
26270 instead of
26271
26272 Cell width(s): 5
26273
26274 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26275 work all together.
26276
26277 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26278 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26279
26280 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26281 |-!- | | |
26282 | | | |
26283 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26284
26285 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26286
26287 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26288 |-!- | | |
26289 | | | |
26290 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26291 | | | |
26292 | | | |
26293 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26294
26295 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26296
26297 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26298 | | | |
26299 | | | |
26300 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26301 | | | |
26302 | | | |
26303 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26304 -!-
26305
26306 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26307 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26308 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26309
26310 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26311 | | | |
26312 | | | |
26313 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26314 | | | |
26315 | | | |
26316 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26317 |-!- | | |
26318 | | | |
26319 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26320
26321 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26322 results.
26323
26324 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26325 | | | |
26326 | | | |
26327 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26328 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26329 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26330 | | |expected results.-!- |
26331 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26332 | | | |
26333 | | | |
26334 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26335
26336 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26337
26338 \\{table-cell-map}
26339
26340 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26341
26342 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26343 Insert N table row(s).
26344 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26345 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26346 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26347 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26348
26349 \(fn N)" t nil)
26350
26351 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26352 Insert N table column(s).
26353 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26354 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26355 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26356 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26357
26358 \(fn N)" t nil)
26359
26360 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26361 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26362 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26363
26364 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26365
26366 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26367 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26368 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26369 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26370 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26371 all the table specific features.
26372
26373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26374
26375 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26376 Not documented
26377
26378 \(fn)" t nil)
26379
26380 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26381 Recognize all tables within region.
26382 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26383 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26384 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26385 specific features.
26386
26387 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26388
26389 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26390 Not documented
26391
26392 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26393
26394 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26395 Recognize a table at point.
26396 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26397 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26398 the table specific features.
26399
26400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26401
26402 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26403 Not documented
26404
26405 \(fn)" t nil)
26406
26407 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26408 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26409 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26410 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26411 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26412 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26413 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26414
26415 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26416
26417 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26418 Not documented
26419
26420 \(fn)" t nil)
26421
26422 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26423 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26424 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26425 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26426 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26427 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26428 specified.
26429
26430 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26431
26432 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26433 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26434 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26435 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26436 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26437 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26438 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26439 table structure.
26440
26441 \(fn N)" t nil)
26442
26443 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26444 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26445 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26446 table's rectangle structure.
26447
26448 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26449
26450 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26451 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26452 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26453 table's rectangle structure.
26454
26455 \(fn N)" t nil)
26456
26457 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26458 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26459 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26460 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26461 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26462
26463 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26464
26465 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26466 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26467 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26468
26469 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26470 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26471 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26472 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26473 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26474 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26475 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26476
26477 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26478 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26479 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26480 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26481 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26482 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26483 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26484
26485 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26486 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26487 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26488 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26489 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26490 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26491 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26492 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26493
26494 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26495
26496 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26497 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26498 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26499 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26500
26501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26502
26503 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26504 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26505 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26506
26507 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26508
26509 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26510 Split current cell vertically.
26511 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26512
26513 \(fn)" t nil)
26514
26515 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26516 Split current cell horizontally.
26517 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26518
26519 \(fn)" t nil)
26520
26521 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26522 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26523 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26524
26525 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26526
26527 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26528 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26529 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26530 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26531
26532 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26533
26534 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26535 Justify cell contents.
26536 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26537 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26538 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26539 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26540
26541 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26542
26543 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26544 Justify cells of a row.
26545 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26546 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26547
26548 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26549
26550 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26551 Justify cells of a column.
26552 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26553 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26554
26555 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26556
26557 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26558 Toggle fixing width mode.
26559 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26560 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26561 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26562
26563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26564
26565 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26566 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26567 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26568 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26569 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26570 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26571 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26572 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26573 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26574 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26575 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26576
26577 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26578
26579 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26580 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26581 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26582 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26583 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26584 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26585 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26586 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26587 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26588 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26589 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26590 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26591 untouched.
26592
26593 References used for this implementation:
26594
26595 HTML:
26596 http://www.w3.org
26597
26598 LaTeX:
26599 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26600
26601 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26602 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26603 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26604
26605 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26606
26607 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26608 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26609 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26610 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26611 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26612 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26613 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26614 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26615 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26616 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26617 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26618 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26619 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26620 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26621 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26622 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26623 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26624
26625 Example:
26626
26627 (progn
26628 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26629 (table-forward-cell 15)
26630 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26631 (table-forward-cell 16)
26632 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26633 (table-forward-cell 1)
26634 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26635
26636 (progn
26637 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26638 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26639 (table-forward-cell 1)
26640 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26641
26642 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26643
26644 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26645 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26646 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26647 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26648 consists from cells of same height.
26649
26650 \(fn N)" t nil)
26651
26652 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26653 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26654 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26655 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26656 column must consists from cells of same width.
26657
26658 \(fn N)" t nil)
26659
26660 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26661 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26662 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26663 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26664 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26665 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26666 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26667 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26668 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26669 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26670 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26671 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26672 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26673 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26674 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26675
26676
26677 Example 1:
26678
26679 1, 2, 3, 4
26680 5, 6, 7, 8
26681 , 9, 10
26682
26683 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26684 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26685 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26686 specified as 5.
26687
26688 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26689 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26690 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26691 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26692 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26693 | | 9 | 10 | |
26694 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26695
26696 Note:
26697
26698 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26699 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26700 of each row is optional.
26701
26702
26703 Example 2:
26704
26705 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26706 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26707 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26708 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26709 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26710
26711 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26712 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26713
26714 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26715 expression and raw delimiter regular
26716 expression, it parses the specified text
26717 area and extracts cell items from
26718 non-table text and then forms a table out
26719 of them.
26720
26721 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26722 creates a single cell table. The text in
26723 the specified region is placed in that
26724 cell.-*-
26725
26726 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26727 like this.
26728
26729 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26730 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26731 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26732 | |
26733 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26734 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26735 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26736 | area and extracts cell items from |
26737 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26738 | of them. |
26739 | |
26740 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26741 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26742 | the specified region is placed in that |
26743 | cell. |
26744 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26745
26746 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26747 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26748 independently.
26749
26750 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26751 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26752 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26753 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26754 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26755 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26756 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26757 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26758 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26759 | |of them. |
26760 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26761 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26762 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26763 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26764 | |cell. |
26765 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26766
26767 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26768 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26769 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26770
26771 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26772
26773 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26774 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26775 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26776 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26777 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26778
26779 \(fn)" t nil)
26780
26781 ;;;***
26782 \f
26783 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18190 39679))
26784 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26785
26786 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26787 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26788
26789 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26790
26791 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26792 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26793
26794 \(fn)" t nil)
26795
26796 ;;;***
26797 \f
26798 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18213 1256))
26799 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26800
26801 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26802 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26803 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26804 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26805 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26806 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26807 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26808
26809 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26810 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26811 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26812 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26813
26814 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26815 \\{tar-mode-map}
26816
26817 \(fn)" t nil)
26818
26819 ;;;***
26820 \f
26821 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26822 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18177 873))
26823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26824
26825 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26826 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26827 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26828 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26829 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26830 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26831
26832 Variables controlling indentation style:
26833 `tcl-indent-level'
26834 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26835 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26836 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26837
26838 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26839 documentation for details):
26840 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26841 Controls action of TAB key.
26842 `tcl-auto-newline'
26843 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26844 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26845 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26846 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26847 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26848
26849 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26850 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26851 already exist.
26852
26853 Commands:
26854 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26855
26856 \(fn)" t nil)
26857
26858 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26859 Run inferior Tcl process.
26860 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26861 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26862
26863 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26864
26865 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26866 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26867 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26868
26869 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26870
26871 ;;;***
26872 \f
26873 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18177 869))
26874 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26875 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26876
26877 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26878 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26879 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26880 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26881
26882 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26883 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26884 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26885 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26886 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26887
26888 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26889 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26890
26891 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26892 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26893 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26894 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26895
26896 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26897
26898 ;;;***
26899 \f
26900 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18177
26901 ;;;;;; 875))
26902 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26903
26904 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26905 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26906 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26907 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26908 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26909 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26910
26911 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26912
26913 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26914 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26915 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26916 commands to use in that buffer.
26917
26918 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26919
26920 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26921
26922 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26923 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26924
26925 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26926
26927 ;;;***
26928 \f
26929 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18177
26930 ;;;;;; 875))
26931 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26932
26933 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26934 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26935 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26936 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26937 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26938 program as keyboard input.
26939
26940 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26941 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26942 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26943 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26944
26945 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26946 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26947 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26948 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26949 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26950
26951 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26952
26953 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26954 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26955 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26956 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26957
26958 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26959 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26960 subprocess started.
26961
26962 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26963
26964 ;;;***
26965 \f
26966 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26967 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
26968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26969
26970 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26971 Start coverage on function under point.
26972
26973 \(fn)" t nil)
26974
26975 ;;;***
26976 \f
26977 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18177 871))
26978 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26979
26980 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26981 Play the Tetris game.
26982 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26983 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26984 as to form complete rows.
26985
26986 tetris-mode keybindings:
26987 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26988 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26989 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26990 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26991 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26992 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26993 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26994 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26995 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26996
26997 \(fn)" t nil)
26998
26999 ;;;***
27000 \f
27001 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27002 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27003 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27004 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27005 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27006 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27007 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27008 ;;;;;; (18213 1261))
27009 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27010
27011 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27012 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27013
27014 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27015
27016 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27017 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27018 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27019 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27020 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27021
27022 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27023
27024 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27025 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27026 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27027 if it matches the first line of the file,
27028 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27029
27030 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27031
27032 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27033 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27034 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27035 if the variable is non-nil.")
27036
27037 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27038
27039 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27040 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27041
27042 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27043
27044 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27045 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27046 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27047 See the documentation of that variable.")
27048
27049 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27050
27051 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27052 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27053 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27054 See the documentation of that variable.")
27055
27056 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27057
27058 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27059 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27060 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27061 See the documentation of that variable.")
27062
27063 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27064
27065 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27066 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27067 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27068 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27069 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27070
27071 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27072
27073 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27074 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27075 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27076 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27077
27078 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27079
27080 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27081 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27082 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27083
27084 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27085
27086 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27087 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27088 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27089 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27090
27091 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27092
27093 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27094 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27095 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27096 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27097
27098 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27099
27100 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27101 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27102 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27103 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27104
27105 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27106 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27107 for example,
27108
27109 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27110 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27111
27112 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27113 use.")
27114
27115 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27116
27117 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27118 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27119 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27120 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27121 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27122
27123 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27124
27125 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27126
27127 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27128 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27129 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27130
27131 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27132
27133 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27134 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27135 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27136 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27137 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27138
27139 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27140
27141 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27142 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27143
27144 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27145
27146 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27147 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27148
27149 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27150
27151 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27152 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27153 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27154 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27155 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27156 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27157 says which mode to use.
27158
27159 \(fn)" t nil)
27160
27161 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27162
27163 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27164
27165 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27166
27167 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27168 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27169 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27170 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27171 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27172
27173 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27174 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27175 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27176 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27177 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27178 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27179 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27180
27181 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27182 mismatched $'s or braces.
27183
27184 Special commands:
27185 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27186
27187 Mode variables:
27188 tex-run-command
27189 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27190 tex-directory
27191 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27192 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27193 tex-dvi-print-command
27194 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27195 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27196 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27197 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27198 tex-dvi-view-command
27199 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27200 tex-show-queue-command
27201 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27202 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27203
27204 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27205 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27206 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27207
27208 \(fn)" t nil)
27209
27210 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27211 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27212 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27213 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27214 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27215
27216 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27217 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27218 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27219 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27220 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27221 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27222 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27223
27224 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27225 mismatched $'s or braces.
27226
27227 Special commands:
27228 \\{latex-mode-map}
27229
27230 Mode variables:
27231 latex-run-command
27232 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27233 tex-directory
27234 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27235 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27236 tex-dvi-print-command
27237 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27238 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27239 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27240 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27241 tex-dvi-view-command
27242 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27243 tex-show-queue-command
27244 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27245 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27246
27247 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27248 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27249 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27250
27251 \(fn)" t nil)
27252
27253 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27254 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27255 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27256 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27257 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27258
27259 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27260 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27261 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27262 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27263 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27264 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27265 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27266
27267 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27268 mismatched $'s or braces.
27269
27270 Special commands:
27271 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27272
27273 Mode variables:
27274 slitex-run-command
27275 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27276 tex-directory
27277 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27278 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27279 tex-dvi-print-command
27280 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27281 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27282 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27283 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27284 tex-dvi-view-command
27285 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27286 tex-show-queue-command
27287 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27288 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27289
27290 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27291 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27292 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27293 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27294
27295 \(fn)" t nil)
27296
27297 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27298 Not documented
27299
27300 \(fn)" nil nil)
27301
27302 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27303 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27304
27305 \(fn)" t nil)
27306
27307 ;;;***
27308 \f
27309 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27310 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18177 876))
27311 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27312
27313 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27314 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27315 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27316 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27317
27318 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27319 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27320 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27321
27322 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27323
27324 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27325 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27326 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27327 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27328 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27329
27330 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27331
27332 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27333 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27334 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27335 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27336
27337 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27338 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27339 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27340 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27341
27342 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27343 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27344
27345 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27346
27347 ;;;***
27348 \f
27349 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27350 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18190 39686))
27351 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27352
27353 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27354 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27355
27356 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27357
27358 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27359 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27360
27361 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27362
27363 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27364 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27365
27366 It has these extra commands:
27367 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27368
27369 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27370 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27371 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27372 modified version of TeX input format.
27373
27374 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27375 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27376 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27377 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27378
27379 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27380 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27381 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27382 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27383 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27384 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27385 in the Texinfo file.
27386
27387 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27388 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27389 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27390 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27391 move forward past the closing brace.
27392
27393 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27394 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27395
27396 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27397 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27398 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27399
27400 Here are the functions:
27401
27402 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27403 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27404 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27405
27406 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27407 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27408 texinfo-master-menu
27409
27410 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27411
27412 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27413 which menu descriptions are indented.
27414
27415 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27416 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27417 in the region.
27418
27419 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27420 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27421 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27422 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27423
27424 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27425 be the first node in the file.
27426
27427 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27428 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27429
27430 \(fn)" t nil)
27431
27432 ;;;***
27433 \f
27434 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27435 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27436 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
27437 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27438
27439 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27440 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27441 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27442 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27443
27444 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27445
27446 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27447 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27448
27449 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27450
27451 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27452 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27453
27454 \(fn)" t nil)
27455
27456 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27457 Not documented
27458
27459 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27460
27461 ;;;***
27462 \f
27463 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27464 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27465 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18177 876))
27466 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27467
27468 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27469 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27470
27471 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27472
27473 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27474 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27475 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27476 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27477 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27478
27479 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27480 a symbol as a valid THING.
27481
27482 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27483 of the textual entity that was found.
27484
27485 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27486
27487 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27488 Return the THING at point.
27489 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27490 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27491 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27492
27493 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27494 a symbol as a valid THING.
27495
27496 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27497
27498 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27499 Not documented
27500
27501 \(fn)" nil nil)
27502
27503 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27504 Not documented
27505
27506 \(fn)" nil nil)
27507
27508 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27509 Not documented
27510
27511 \(fn)" nil nil)
27512
27513 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27514 Not documented
27515
27516 \(fn)" nil nil)
27517
27518 ;;;***
27519 \f
27520 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27521 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27522 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
27523 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27524
27525 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27526 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27527
27528 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27529
27530 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27531 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27532 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27533 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27534
27535 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27536
27537 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27538 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27539
27540 \(fn)" t nil)
27541
27542 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27543 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27544
27545 \(fn)" t nil)
27546
27547 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27548
27549 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27550 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27551
27552 \(fn)" t nil)
27553
27554 ;;;***
27555 \f
27556 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27557 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27558 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27559 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27560 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27561 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18177 866))
27562 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27563
27564 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27565 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27566 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27567
27568 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27569
27570 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27571 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27572
27573 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27574
27575 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27576 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27577 The returned string has no composition information.
27578
27579 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27580
27581 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27582 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27583
27584 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27585
27586 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27587 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27588
27589 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27590
27591 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27592 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27593 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27594 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27595
27596 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27597
27598 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27599 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27600 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27601 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27602
27603 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27604
27605 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
27606 Not documented
27607
27608 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27609
27610 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27611 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27612 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27613
27614 \(fn)" t nil)
27615
27616 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27617 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27618 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27619
27620 \(fn)" t nil)
27621
27622 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27623 Not documented
27624
27625 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27626
27627 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27628 Not documented
27629
27630 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27631
27632 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27633 Not documented
27634
27635 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27636
27637 ;;;***
27638 \f
27639 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27640 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
27641 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27642
27643 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27644 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27645 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27646 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27647 parameters.
27648 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27649
27650 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27651
27652 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27653 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27654 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27655 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27656 parameters.
27657 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27658
27659 \(fn)" t nil)
27660
27661 ;;;***
27662 \f
27663 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-world display-time-mode display-time
27664 ;;;;;; display-time-day-and-date) "time" "time.el" (18231 31064))
27665 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27666
27667 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27668 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27669
27670 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27671
27672 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27673 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27674 This display updates automatically every minute.
27675 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27676 are displayed as well.
27677 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27678
27679 \(fn)" t nil)
27680
27681 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27682 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27683 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27685 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27686 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27687
27688 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27689
27690 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27691 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27692 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27693
27694 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27695 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27696 are displayed as well.
27697 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27698
27699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27700
27701 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27702 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27703 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27704 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27705
27706 \(fn)" t nil)
27707
27708 ;;;***
27709 \f
27710 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27711 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27712 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27713 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (18177
27714 ;;;;;; 856))
27715 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27716
27717 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27718 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27719
27720 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27721
27722 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
27723 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27724 You can use `float-time' instead.
27725
27726 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27727
27728 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27729 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27730
27731 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27732
27733 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27734 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27735
27736 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27737
27738 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27739 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27740
27741 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27742
27743 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27744 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27745 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27746
27747 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27748
27749 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27750
27751 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27752 Subtract two time values.
27753 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27754
27755 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27756
27757 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27758 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27759
27760 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27761
27762 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27763 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27764 DATE should be a date-time string.
27765
27766 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27767
27768 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27769 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27770 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27771
27772 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27773
27774 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27775 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27776
27777 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27778
27779 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27780 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27781
27782 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27783
27784 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27785 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27786 TIME should be a time value.
27787 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27788
27789 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27790
27791 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27792 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27793 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27794
27795 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27796
27797 ;;;***
27798 \f
27799 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27800 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18177 876))
27801 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27802 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27803 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27804 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27805 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27806 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27807 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27808 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27809 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27810
27811 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27812 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27813 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27814 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27815 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27816 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27817 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27818 look like one of the following:
27819 Time-stamp: <>
27820 Time-stamp: \" \"
27821 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27822 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27823 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27824 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27825 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27826 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27827 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27828 the template.
27829
27830 \(fn)" t nil)
27831
27832 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27833 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27834 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27835
27836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27837
27838 ;;;***
27839 \f
27840 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27841 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27842 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27843 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27844 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
27845 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27846
27847 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27848 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27849 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27850 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27851 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27852 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27853 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27854 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27855 display (non-nil means on).
27856
27857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27858
27859 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27860 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27861 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27862 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27863 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27864 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27865 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27866 this function is called within a day.
27867
27868 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27869 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27870 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27871 discover the name of the project.
27872
27873 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27874
27875 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27876 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27877 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27878 begun during the last time segment.
27879
27880 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27881 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27882 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27883 discover the reason.
27884
27885 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27886
27887 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27888 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27889 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27890 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27891 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27892
27893 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27894
27895 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27896 Change to working on a different project.
27897 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27898 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27899 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27900 working on.
27901
27902 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27903
27904 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27905 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27906 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27907
27908 \(fn)" nil nil)
27909
27910 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27911 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27912 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27913
27914 \(fn)" t nil)
27915
27916 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27917 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27918 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27919 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27920 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27921 \"relative to today\".
27922
27923 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27924
27925 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27926 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27927 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27928 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27929
27930 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27931
27932 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27933 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27934 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27935 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27936 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27937 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27938
27939 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27940
27941 ;;;***
27942 \f
27943 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27944 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27945 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18177 858))
27946 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27947
27948 (defalias 'disable-timeout 'cancel-timer)
27949
27950 (autoload 'cancel-timer "timer" "\
27951 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27952
27953 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27954
27955 (autoload 'cancel-function-timers "timer" "\
27956 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27957 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27958 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27959
27960 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27961
27962 (autoload 'run-at-time "timer" "\
27963 Perform an action at time TIME.
27964 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27965 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27966 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27967 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27968 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27969 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27970 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27971 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27972 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27973 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27974 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27975
27976 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27977
27978 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27979
27980 (autoload 'run-with-timer "timer" "\
27981 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27982 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27983 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27984 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27985
27986 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27987
27988 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27989
27990 (autoload 'add-timeout "timer" "\
27991 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27992 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27993 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27994
27995 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27996
27997 (autoload 'run-with-idle-timer "timer" "\
27998 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27999 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
28000 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
28001 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
28002 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
28003 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
28004
28005 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
28006 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
28007
28008 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
28009
28010 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28011 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
28012
28013 (autoload 'with-timeout "timer" "\
28014 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
28015 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
28016 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
28017 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
28018 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
28019 be detected.
28020
28021 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28022
28023 ;;;***
28024 \f
28025 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28026 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18177 865))
28027 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28028
28029 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28030 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28031 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28032 the generated Quail package is saved.
28033
28034 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28035
28036 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28037 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28038 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28039 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28040 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28041 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28042 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28043
28044 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28045
28046 ;;;***
28047 \f
28048 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
28049 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (18177
28050 ;;;;;; 866))
28051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
28052
28053 (autoload 'tamil-compose-region "tml-util" "\
28054 Not documented
28055
28056 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28057
28058 (autoload 'tamil-post-read-conversion "tml-util" "\
28059 Not documented
28060
28061 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28062
28063 (autoload 'tamil-composition-function "tml-util" "\
28064 Compose Tamil characters after the position POS.
28065 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
28066 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
28067
28068 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
28069
28070 ;;;***
28071 \f
28072 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28073 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18190 39679))
28074 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28075 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28076 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28077
28078 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28079 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28080 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28081 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28082 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28083
28084 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28085
28086 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28087 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28088 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28089 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28090 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28091
28092 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28093
28094 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28095 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28096 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28097 in the menu in two ways:
28098 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28099 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28100 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28101
28102 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28103 keymap or an alist of alists.
28104 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28105 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28106
28107 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28108
28109 ;;;***
28110 \f
28111 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28112 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28113 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18177 856))
28114 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28115
28116 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28117 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28118
28119 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
28120
28121 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28122 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28123
28124 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28125
28126 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28127 Insert new TODO list entry.
28128 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28129 category.
28130
28131 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28132
28133 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28134 List top priorities for each category.
28135
28136 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28137 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28138
28139 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28140 between each category.
28141
28142 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28143
28144 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28145 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28146 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28147 between each category.
28148
28149 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28150
28151 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28152
28153 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28154 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28155
28156 \\{todo-mode-map}
28157
28158 \(fn)" t nil)
28159
28160 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28161 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28162
28163 \(fn)" nil nil)
28164
28165 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28166 Show TODO list.
28167
28168 \(fn)" t nil)
28169
28170 ;;;***
28171 \f
28172 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28173 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28174 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18190 39679))
28175 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28176
28177 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28178 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28179 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28180
28181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28182
28183 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28184
28185 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28186 Add an item to the tool bar.
28187 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28188 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28189 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28190 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28191
28192 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28193 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28194 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28195 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28196
28197 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28198 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28199
28200 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28201
28202 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28203 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28204 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28205 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28206 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28207 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28208
28209 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28210 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28211 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28212 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28213
28214 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28215
28216 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28217 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28218 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28219 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28220 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28221 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28222 properties to add to the binding.
28223
28224 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28225
28226 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28227 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28228
28229 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28230
28231 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28232 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28233 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28234 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28235 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28236 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28237 properties to add to the binding.
28238
28239 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28240 holds a keymap.
28241
28242 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28243
28244 ;;;***
28245 \f
28246 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28247 ;;;;;; (18213 1258))
28248 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28249
28250 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28251 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28252 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28253 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28254 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28255 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28256
28257 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28258
28259 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28260 TPU/edt emulation.
28261
28262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28263
28264 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28265
28266 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28267 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28268
28269 \(fn)" t nil)
28270
28271 ;;;***
28272 \f
28273 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18177 858))
28274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28275
28276 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28277 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28278 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28279 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28280 to a tcp server on another machine.
28281
28282 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28283
28284 ;;;***
28285 \f
28286 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28287 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18177 858))
28288 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28289
28290 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28291 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28292
28293 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28294
28295 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28296 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28297 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28298 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28299 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28300 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28301 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28302 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28303
28304 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28305
28306 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28307 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28308 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28309 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28310 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28311 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28312 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28313 the window or buffer configuration.
28314
28315 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28316
28317 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28318
28319 ;;;***
28320 \f
28321 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28322 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28323 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax) "tramp" "net/tramp.el"
28324 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
28325 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28326
28327 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28328 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28329
28330 It can have the following values:
28331
28332 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28333 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28334 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28335
28336 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28337
28338 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28339 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28340 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28341 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28342
28343 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28344 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28345 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28346 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28347
28348 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28349 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28350 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28351
28352 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28353 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28354 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28355 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28356 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28357 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28358 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28359 files which are not really Tramp files.
28360
28361 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28362 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28363 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28364 updated after changing this variable.
28365
28366 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28367
28368 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:][^/]*$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$") "\
28369 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28370 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28371 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28372
28373 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28374 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28375 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28376 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28377
28378 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28379 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28380 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28381
28382 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28383 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28384 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28385
28386 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28387 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28388 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28389 updated after changing this variable.
28390
28391 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28392
28393 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28394 Alist of completion handler functions.
28395 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28396 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28397 normal Emacs functions.")
28398
28399 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28400 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28401 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28402 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28403
28404 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28405 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28406 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28407 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28408
28409 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28410 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28411 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28412
28413 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28414
28415 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28416 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28417 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28418
28419 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28420 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28421 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28422
28423 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28424 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28425 (add-hook
28426 'after-init-hook
28427 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28428
28429 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28430 Not documented
28431
28432 \(fn)" nil nil)
28433
28434 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28435 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28436
28437 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28438
28439 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28440 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28441
28442 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28443
28444 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28445 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28446
28447 \(fn)" t nil)
28448
28449 ;;;***
28450 \f
28451 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28452 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
28453 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28454
28455 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28456 Not documented
28457
28458 \(fn)" nil nil)
28459
28460 ;;;***
28461 \f
28462 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18203
28463 ;;;;;; 51788))
28464 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28465
28466 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28467 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28468 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28469 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28470 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28471 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28472 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28473 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28474
28475 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28476 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28477 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28478
28479 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28480 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28481 resumed later.
28482
28483 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28484
28485 ;;;***
28486 \f
28487 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28488 ;;;;;; (18177 848))
28489 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28490
28491 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28492 Not documented
28493
28494 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
28495
28496 ;;;***
28497 \f
28498 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28499 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18203 51793))
28500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28501 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28502 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28503 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28504
28505 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28506 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28507 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28508 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28509 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28510 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28511 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28512
28513 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28514
28515 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28516 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28517 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28518 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28519
28520 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28521
28522 \(fn)" t nil)
28523
28524 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28525 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28526 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28527 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28528 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28529 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28530 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28531
28532 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28533 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28534
28535 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28536 \\___/\\
28537 / \\
28538 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28539
28540 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28541
28542 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28543
28544 ;;;***
28545 \f
28546 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28547 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28548 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28549 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28550 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
28551 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28552
28553 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28554 Toggle typing break mode.
28555 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28557 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28558
28559 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28560
28561 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28562 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28563
28564 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28565
28566 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28567 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28568
28569 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28570 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28571 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28572
28573 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28574 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28575
28576 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28577
28578 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28579 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28580
28581 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28582 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28583 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28584 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28585
28586 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28587
28588 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28589 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28590 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28591
28592 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28593 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28594 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28595 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28596 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28597 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28598
28599 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28600 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28601 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28602 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28603
28604 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28605 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28606
28607 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28608 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28609
28610 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28611
28612 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28613 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28614 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28615
28616 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28617 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28618 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28619 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28620 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28621 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28622 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28623
28624 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28625 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28626
28627 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28628 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28629 reset the keystroke counter.
28630
28631 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28632 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28633 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28634 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28635
28636 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28637 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28638 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28639 `type-break-schedule' command.
28640
28641 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28642 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28643 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28644 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28645 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28646 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28647 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28648 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28649 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28650
28651 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28652 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28653 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28654 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28655 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28656
28657 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28658 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28659 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28660 approximate good values for this.
28661
28662 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28663 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28664
28665 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28666 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28667 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28668 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28669 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28670 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28671
28672 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28673 a typing break occur. They include:
28674
28675 `type-break-query-mode'
28676 `type-break-query-function'
28677 `type-break-query-interval'
28678
28679 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28680
28681 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28682 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28683 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28684 problems.
28685
28686 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28687
28688 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28689 Take a typing break.
28690
28691 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28692 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28693
28694 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28695 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28696
28697 \(fn)" t nil)
28698
28699 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28700 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28701 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28702 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28703
28704 \(fn)" t nil)
28705
28706 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28707 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28708
28709 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28710 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28711 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28712 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28713 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28714 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28715 average typing speed.)
28716
28717 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28718 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28719 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28720 the computed maximum threshold.
28721
28722 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28723 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28724 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28725 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28726 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28727
28728 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28729
28730 ;;;***
28731 \f
28732 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28733 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18177 876))
28734 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28735
28736 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28737 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28738 Works by overstriking underscores.
28739 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28740 which specify the range to operate on.
28741
28742 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28743
28744 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28745 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28746 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28747 which specify the range to operate on.
28748
28749 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28750
28751 ;;;***
28752 \f
28753 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28754 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18177 867))
28755 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28756
28757 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28758 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28759 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28760
28761 \(fn)" t nil)
28762
28763 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28764 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28765 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28766 following the containing message.
28767
28768 \(fn)" t nil)
28769
28770 ;;;***
28771 \f
28772 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28773 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
28774 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28775
28776 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28777 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28778 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28779 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28780 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28781 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28782
28783 \(fn)" nil nil)
28784
28785 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28786 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28787
28788 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28789
28790 ;;;***
28791 \f
28792 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18231
28793 ;;;;;; 31065))
28794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28795
28796 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28797 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28798 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28799 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28800
28801 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28802
28803 ;;;***
28804 \f
28805 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28806 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18177 877))
28807 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28808
28809 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28810 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28811 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28812
28813 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28814 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28815 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28816 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28817 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28818 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28819
28820 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28821 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28822 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28823
28824 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28825 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28826 the callback is not called).
28827
28828 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28829 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28830 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28831 take effect.
28832
28833 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28834
28835 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28836 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28837 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28838 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28839 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28840
28841 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28842
28843 ;;;***
28844 \f
28845 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28846 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18195 4247))
28847 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28848
28849 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28850 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28851 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28852
28853 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28854 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28855 `url-generic-parse-url'
28856 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28857 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28858 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28859 realm
28860 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28861 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28862 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28863 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28864 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28865 what type of auth to use
28866 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28867 if one cannot be found in the cache
28868
28869 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28870
28871 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28872 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28873
28874 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28875 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28876 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28877 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28878 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28879 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28880 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28881 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28882
28883 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28884
28885 ;;;***
28886 \f
28887 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28888 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18177
28889 ;;;;;; 877))
28890 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28891
28892 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28893 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28894
28895 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28896
28897 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28898 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28899
28900 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28901
28902 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28903 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28904
28905 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28906
28907 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28908 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28909
28910 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28911
28912 ;;;***
28913 \f
28914 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18177 877))
28915 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28916
28917 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28918 Not documented
28919
28920 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28921
28922 ;;;***
28923 \f
28924 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28925 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18190 39686))
28926 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28927
28928 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28929 Not documented
28930
28931 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28932
28933 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28934 Not documented
28935
28936 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28937
28938 ;;;***
28939 \f
28940 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18190
28941 ;;;;;; 39686))
28942 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28943
28944 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28945 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28946
28947 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28948
28949 ;;;***
28950 \f
28951 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28952 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18177 877))
28953 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28954
28955 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28956 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28957
28958 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28959
28960 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28961 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28962 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28963 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28964 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28965
28966 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28967
28968 ;;;***
28969 \f
28970 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28971 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (18177
28972 ;;;;;; 877))
28973 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28974
28975 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28976 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28977 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28979 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28980 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28981
28982 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28983
28984 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28985 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28986
28987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28988
28989 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28990 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28991 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28992 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28993
28994 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28995
28996 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28997 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28998 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28999 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29000 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29001 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29002 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29003 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29004 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29005
29006 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29007
29008 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29009 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29010 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29011 accessible.
29012
29013 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29014
29015 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29016 Not documented
29017
29018 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29019
29020 ;;;***
29021 \f
29022 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29023 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18190 39686))
29024 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29025
29026 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29027 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29028 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29029 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29030 CBARGS as the arguments.
29031
29032 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29033
29034 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29035 Not documented
29036
29037 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29038
29039 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29040
29041 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29042 Not documented
29043
29044 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29045
29046 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29047 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29048 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29049
29050 Property list members:
29051
29052 methods
29053 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29054 supports.
29055
29056 dav
29057 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29058 supported.
29059
29060 dasl
29061 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29062
29063 ranges
29064 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29065
29066 p3p
29067 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29068 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29069 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29070 Emacs/W3.
29071
29072 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29073
29074 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29075 Default HTTPS port.")
29076
29077 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29078 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29079
29080 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
29081 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29082 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29083 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29084 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29085
29086 ;;;***
29087 \f
29088 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18177 877))
29089 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29090
29091 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29092 Not documented
29093
29094 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29095
29096 ;;;***
29097 \f
29098 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18177
29099 ;;;;;; 877))
29100 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29101
29102 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29103 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29104 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29105 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29106 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29107
29108 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29109
29110 ;;;***
29111 \f
29112 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29113 ;;;;;; (18190 39686))
29114 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29115
29116 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29117 Not documented
29118
29119 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29120
29121 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29122 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29123
29124 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29125
29126 ;;;***
29127 \f
29128 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29129 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18190 39686))
29130 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29131
29132 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29133 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29134
29135 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29136
29137 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29138 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29139
29140 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29141
29142 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29143 Not documented
29144
29145 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29146
29147 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29148
29149 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29150
29151 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29152
29153 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29154 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29155
29156 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29157
29158 ;;;***
29159 \f
29160 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29161 ;;;;;; (18190 39686))
29162 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29163
29164 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29165 Not documented
29166
29167 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29168
29169 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29170 Not documented
29171
29172 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29173
29174 ;;;***
29175 \f
29176 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29177 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29178 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
29179 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29180
29181 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29182 Not documented
29183
29184 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29185
29186 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29187 Not documented
29188
29189 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29190
29191 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29192 Not documented
29193
29194 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29195
29196 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29197 Not documented
29198
29199 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29200
29201 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29202 Not documented
29203
29204 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29205
29206 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29207 Not documented
29208
29209 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29210
29211 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29212 Not documented
29213
29214 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29215
29216 ;;;***
29217 \f
29218 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29219 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18190 39686))
29220 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29221
29222 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29223 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29224
29225 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29226
29227 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29228 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
29229 Format is:
29230 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
29231
29232 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29233
29234 ;;;***
29235 \f
29236 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29237 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
29238 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29239
29240 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29241 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29242
29243 \(fn)" t nil)
29244
29245 ;;;***
29246 \f
29247 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29248 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29249 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29250 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29251 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29252 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29253 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18195 4247))
29254 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29255
29256 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29257 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29258 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29259
29260 If t, all messages will be logged.
29261 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29262 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29263
29264 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29265
29266 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29267 Not documented
29268
29269 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29270
29271 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29272 Not documented
29273
29274 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29275
29276 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29277 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29278 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29279 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29280 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29281 & ==> &amp;
29282 < ==> &lt;
29283 > ==> &gt;
29284 \" ==> &quot;
29285
29286 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29287
29288 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29289 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29290 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29291
29292 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29293
29294 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29295 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29296 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29297
29298 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29299
29300 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29301 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29302
29303 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29304
29305 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29306 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29307
29308 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29309
29310 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29311 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29312
29313 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29314
29315 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29316 Not documented
29317
29318 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29319
29320 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29321 Not documented
29322
29323 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29324
29325 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29326 Not documented
29327
29328 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29329
29330 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29331 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29332
29333 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29334
29335 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29336 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29337
29338 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29339
29340 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29341 Not documented
29342
29343 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29344
29345 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29346 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29347 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29348 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29349 forbidden in URL encoding.
29350
29351 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29352
29353 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29354 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29355 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29356 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29357 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29358 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29359
29360 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29361
29362 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29363 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29364 If optional variable X is t,
29365 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29366
29367 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29368
29369 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29370 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29371 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29372
29373 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29374
29375 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29376 View the current document's URL.
29377 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29378 the minibuffer.
29379
29380 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29381
29382 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29383
29384 ;;;***
29385 \f
29386 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29387 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18177 877))
29388 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29389
29390 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29391 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29392 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29393 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29394 to refrain from editing the file
29395 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29396 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29397 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29398 in any way you like.
29399
29400 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29401
29402 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29403 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29404 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29405 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29406 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29407
29408 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29409 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29410
29411 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29412
29413 ;;;***
29414 \f
29415 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-pre-write-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29416 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18177 865))
29417 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29418
29419 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29420 Not documented
29421
29422 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29423
29424 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29425 Not documented
29426
29427 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29428
29429 ;;;***
29430 \f
29431 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29432 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29433 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
29434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29435
29436 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29437 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29438 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29439 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29440
29441 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29442
29443 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29444 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29445 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29446
29447 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29448
29449 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29450 Uudecode region between START and END.
29451 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29452
29453 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29454
29455 ;;;***
29456 \f
29457 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29458 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29459 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29460 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29461 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command
29462 ;;;;;; edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29463 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18231 31064))
29464 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29465
29466 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29467 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29468 See `run-hooks'.")
29469
29470 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29471
29472 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29473 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29474 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29475
29476 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29477
29478 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29479 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29480 See `run-hooks'.")
29481
29482 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29483
29484 (autoload 'with-vc-file "vc" "\
29485 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29486 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29487 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29488 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or you are
29489 using a locking version-control system and the file is locked by
29490 somebody else, signal error.
29491
29492 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29493
29494 (autoload 'edit-vc-file "vc" "\
29495 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29496 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29497 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29498 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29499
29500 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29501
29502 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc" "\
29503 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29504 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29505 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29506 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29507 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29508 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29509 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29510 ignore all execution errors). FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file;
29511 it may be a list of files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect
29512 a file name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29513 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29514
29515 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29516
29517 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29518 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29519 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29520
29521 For locking systems:
29522 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29523 control.
29524 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29525 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29526 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29527 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29528 it performs a revert on that file.
29529 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29530 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29531 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29532 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29533 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29534 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29535 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29536
29537 For merging systems:
29538 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29539 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29540 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29541 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29542 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29543 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29544 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29545 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29546 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29547
29548 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29549
29550 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29551 Register into a version control system.
29552 If FNAME is given register that file, otherwise register the current file.
29553 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29554 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29555
29556 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29557 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29558 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29559 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29560 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29561 first backend that could register the file is used.
29562
29563 \(fn &optional FNAME SET-REVISION COMMENT)" t nil)
29564
29565 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29566 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29567
29568 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29569
29570 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29571 Display diffs between file revisions.
29572 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29573 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29574 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29575
29576 If no current fileset is available (that is, we are not in
29577 VC-Dired mode and the visited file of the current buffer is not
29578 under version control) and we're in a Dired buffer, use
29579 the current directory.
29580 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29581 saving the buffer.
29582
29583 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29584
29585 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29586 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29587 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29588 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29589
29590 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29591
29592 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29593 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29594 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29595 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29596
29597 \(fn)" t nil)
29598
29599 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29600 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29601 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29602 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29603 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29604 from the current branch.
29605
29606 See Info node `Merging'.
29607
29608 \(fn)" t nil)
29609
29610 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29611
29612 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
29613 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29614
29615 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29616
29617 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29618 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29619
29620 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29621
29622 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
29623 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29624 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29625 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29626 given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files are
29627 checked out in that new branch.
29628
29629 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29630
29631 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
29632 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29633 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29634 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29635 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29636 allowed and simply skipped).
29637
29638 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29639
29640 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29641 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29642 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29643
29644 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
29645
29646 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29647 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29648 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29649 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29650
29651 \(fn)" t nil)
29652
29653 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29654 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29655 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29656 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29657
29658 \(fn)" t nil)
29659
29660 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29661
29662 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29663 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29664 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29665 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29666 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29667 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29668
29669 \(fn)" t nil)
29670
29671 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29672 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29673 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29674 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29675 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29676 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29677 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29678
29679 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29680
29681 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29682 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29683 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29684 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29685 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29686 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29687 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29688 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29689 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29690
29691 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29692
29693 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29694 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29695
29696 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29697
29698 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29699 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29700 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29701 directory.
29702
29703 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29704
29705 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29706 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29707 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29708
29709 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29710 log entries should be gathered.
29711
29712 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29713
29714 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
29715 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29716
29717 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29718
29719 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29720 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29721
29722 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29723
29724 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc" "\
29725 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29726
29727 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29728 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29729 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29730 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29731 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29732 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29733
29734 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29735 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29736 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29737 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29738 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29739 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29740 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29741 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29742
29743 Customization variables:
29744
29745 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29746 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29747 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29748 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29749
29750 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29751
29752 ;;;***
29753 \f
29754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18231 31064))
29755 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29756 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29757 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29758 (progn
29759 (load "vc-arch")
29760 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29761
29762 ;;;***
29763 \f
29764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18203 51788))
29765 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29766
29767 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29768 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29769
29770 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29771 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29772 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29773 (progn
29774 (load "vc-bzr")
29775 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29776
29777 ;;;***
29778 \f
29779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18231 31064))
29780 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29781 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29782 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29783 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29784 (load "vc-cvs")
29785 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29786
29787 ;;;***
29788 \f
29789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18203 51788))
29790 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29791 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29792 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29793 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29794 (progn
29795 (load "vc-git")
29796 (vc-git-registered file))))
29797
29798 ;;;***
29799 \f
29800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18203 51788))
29801 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29802 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29803 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29804 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29805 (progn
29806 (load "vc-hg")
29807 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29808
29809 ;;;***
29810 \f
29811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18231 31064))
29812 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29813 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29814 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29815 (progn
29816 (load "vc-mcvs")
29817 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29818
29819 ;;;***
29820 \f
29821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18213 1256))
29822 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29823
29824 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29825
29826 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29827 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29828 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29829 (progn
29830 (load "vc-mtn")
29831 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29832
29833 ;;;***
29834 \f
29835 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29836 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
29837 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29838
29839 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
29840 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29841 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29842
29843 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29844 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29845
29846 ;;;***
29847 \f
29848 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29849 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
29850 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29851
29852 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
29853 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29854 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29855
29856 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29857 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29858
29859 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29860 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29861 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29862 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29863
29864 ;;;***
29865 \f
29866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18231 31064))
29867 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29868 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29869 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29870 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29871 "_svn")
29872 (t ".svn"))))
29873 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29874 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29875 (file-name-directory f)))
29876 (load "vc-svn")
29877 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29878
29879 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
29880
29881 ;;;***
29882 \f
29883 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29884 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
29885 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29886 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29887
29888 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29889 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29890
29891 Usage:
29892 ------
29893
29894 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29895 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29896 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29897 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29898
29899 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29900 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29901 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29902 completions.
29903
29904 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29905 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29906
29907 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29908 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29909
29910 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29911 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29912 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29913
29914 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29915
29916
29917 Maintenance:
29918 ------------
29919
29920 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29921 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29922
29923 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29924
29925 Official distribution is at
29926 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
29927
29928
29929 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29930 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29931
29932 Key bindings:
29933 -------------
29934
29935 \\{vera-mode-map}
29936
29937 \(fn)" t nil)
29938
29939 ;;;***
29940 \f
29941 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29942 ;;;;;; (18307 57872))
29943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29944
29945 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29946 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29947 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29948 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29949 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29950
29951 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29952
29953 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29954 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29955
29956 Supports highlighting.
29957
29958 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29959 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29960
29961 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29962
29963 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29964 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29965 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29966 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29967 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29968 on the left side of your screen.
29969 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29970 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29971 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29972 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29973 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29974 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or function keyword
29975 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29976 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks
29977 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29978 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29979 if (a)
29980 begin
29981 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29982 Indentation for case statements.
29983 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29984 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29985 mark after an end.
29986 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29987 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline
29988 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29989 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29990 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29991 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29992 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29993 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. otherwise,
29994 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29995 if (a)
29996 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29997 otherwise you get:
29998 if (a)
29999 begin
30000 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30001 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30002 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30003 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30004 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30005 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30006 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30007 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30008 comments in tight quarters.
30009 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30010 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30011
30012 Variables controlling other actions:
30013
30014 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30015 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30016 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30017
30018 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30019
30020 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30021
30022 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30023 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30024 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30025
30026 Some other functions are:
30027
30028 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30029 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30030 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30031 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30032 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30033
30034 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30035 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30036 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end;.
30037 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30038
30039 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert a always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30040 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30041 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30042 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30043 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30044 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a nice header block at the top of file.
30045 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30046 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30047 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30048 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30049 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30050 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30051 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30052 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30053 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30054 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30055 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30056 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30057 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30058 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30059 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30060 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30061 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30062 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30063 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30064 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30065 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30066 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30067
30068 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30069 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30070
30071 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30072
30073 \(fn)" t nil)
30074
30075 ;;;***
30076 \f
30077 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30078 ;;;;;; (18213 1260))
30079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30080
30081 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30082 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30083
30084 Usage:
30085 ------
30086
30087 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30088 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30089 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30090 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30091 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30092 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30093 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30094 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30095 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30096
30097 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30098 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30099 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30100 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30101
30102 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30103 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30104 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30105 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30106 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30107
30108 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30109 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30110
30111
30112 HEADER INSERTION:
30113 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30114 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30115 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30116
30117
30118 STUTTERING:
30119 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30120 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30121 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30122 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30123
30124 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30125 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30126 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30127 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30128 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30129
30130
30131 WORD COMPLETION:
30132 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30133 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30134 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30135 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30136
30137 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30138 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30139 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30140 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30141 beginning with \"std\").
30142
30143 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30144 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30145 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30146 stop.
30147
30148
30149 COMMENTS:
30150 `--' puts a single comment.
30151 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30152 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30153 with a comment in between.
30154 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30155 out following lines.
30156 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30157 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30158
30159 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30160 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30161 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30162 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30163 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30164 non-nil.
30165
30166 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30167 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30168 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30169 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30170 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30171 multi-line comments.
30172
30173
30174 INDENTATION:
30175 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30176 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30177 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30178 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30179
30180 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30181 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30182 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30183 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30184
30185 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30186 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30187 and vice versa.
30188
30189 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30190 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30191
30192
30193 ALIGNMENT:
30194 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30195 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30196 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30197 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30198 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30199 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30200 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30201 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30202
30203 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30204 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30205 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30206 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30207 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30208 is non-nil.
30209
30210 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30211 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30212 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30213
30214 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30215 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30216
30217
30218 CODE FILLING:
30219 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30220 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30221 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30222 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30223 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30224 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30225
30226
30227 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30228 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30229 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30230 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30231 command:
30232
30233 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30234
30235
30236 PORT TRANSLATION:
30237 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30238 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30239 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30240 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30241 internal signal initializations (menu).
30242
30243 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30244 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30245 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30246
30247 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30248 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30249 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30250 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30251 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30252 in subsequent paste operations.)
30253
30254 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30255 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30256 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30257
30258
30259 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30260 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30261 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30262 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30263 association list with formals).
30264
30265
30266 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30267 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30268 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30269 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30270 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30271 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30272 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30273 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30274 `vhdl-testbench'.
30275
30276
30277 KEY BINDINGS:
30278 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30279
30280
30281 VHDL MENU:
30282 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30283
30284
30285 FILE BROWSER:
30286 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30287 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30288 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30289
30290 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30291 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30292
30293
30294 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30295 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30296 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30297 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30298
30299 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30300 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30301 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30302
30303 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30304 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30305 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30306 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30307
30308 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30309 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30310 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30311 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30312 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30313
30314 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30315 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30316 required by secondary units.
30317
30318
30319 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30320 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30321 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30322 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30323 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30324 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30325 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30326 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30327 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30328 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30329 inputs to this component -> input port created
30330 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30331 outputs from this component -> output port created
30332 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30333 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30334
30335 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30336 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30337 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30338 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30339 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30340
30341 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30342 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30343
30344 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30345 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30346 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30347 component instantiation is also supported (option
30348 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30349
30350 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30351 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30352 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30353 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30354 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30355 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30356 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30357 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30358 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30359 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30360 | generating the configuration.
30361 |
30362 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30363 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30364 | configurations in speedbar.
30365
30366 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30367
30368
30369 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30370 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30371 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30372 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30373 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30374 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30375 information. New compilers can be added.
30376
30377 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30378 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30379
30380
30381 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30382 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30383 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30384 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30385 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30386
30387 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30388 command:
30389
30390 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30391 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30392 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30393
30394 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30395 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30396 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30397 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30398 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30399 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30400 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30401
30402 Limitations:
30403 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30404 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30405 not (yet) supported.
30406 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30407 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30408 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30409
30410
30411 PROJECTS:
30412 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30413 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30414 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30415 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30416 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30417 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30418 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30419 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30420
30421 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30422 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30423 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30424 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30425 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30426 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30427 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30428 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30429 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30430 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30431 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30432
30433
30434 SPECIAL MENUES:
30435 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30436 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30437 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30438 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30439 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30440 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30441 current directory for VHDL source files.
30442
30443
30444 VHDL STANDARDS:
30445 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30446 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30447
30448
30449 KEYWORD CASE:
30450 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30451 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30452 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30453 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30454 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30455 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30456 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30457 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30458
30459
30460 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30461 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30462 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30463 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30464 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30465 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30466 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30467
30468 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30469 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30470 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30471 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30472 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30473 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30474
30475 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30476 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30477 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30478 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30479 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30480 visually.
30481
30482 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30483 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30484 highlighted if written in lower case.
30485
30486 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30487 highlighted using a different background color if option
30488 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30489
30490 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30491 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30492 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30493 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30494 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30495
30496
30497 USER MODELS:
30498 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30499 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30500 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30501
30502
30503 HIDE/SHOW:
30504 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30505 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30506 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30507 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30508 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30509
30510
30511 CODE UPDATING:
30512 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30513 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30514 Limitations:
30515 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30516 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30517 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30518 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30519 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30520 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30521 (used to obtain the port names).
30522
30523
30524 CODE FIXING:
30525 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30526 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30527
30528
30529 PRINTING:
30530 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30531 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30532 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30533 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30534 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30535 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30536 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30537 printers.
30538
30539
30540 OPTIONS:
30541 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30542 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30543 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30544 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30545 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30546
30547 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30548 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30549 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30550 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30551 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30552 INSTALL file).
30553
30554 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30555 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30556
30557
30558 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30559 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30560 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30561 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30562
30563 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30564
30565
30566 HINTS:
30567 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30568 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30569
30570 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30571
30572 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30573
30574 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30575
30576
30577 RELEASE NOTES:
30578 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30579
30580
30581 Maintenance:
30582 ------------
30583
30584 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30585 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30586
30587 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30588
30589 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30590 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30591 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30592 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30593
30594 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30595 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30596 where the latest version can be found.
30597
30598
30599 Known problems:
30600 ---------------
30601
30602 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30603 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30604 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30605
30606
30607 The VHDL Mode Authors
30608 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30609
30610 Key bindings:
30611 -------------
30612
30613 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30614
30615 \(fn)" t nil)
30616
30617 ;;;***
30618 \f
30619 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18203 51788))
30620 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30621
30622 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30623 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30624 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30625 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30626
30627 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30628 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30629 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30630 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30631 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30632
30633 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30634 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30635
30636 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30637
30638 * Limitations and unsupported features
30639 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30640 not supported.
30641 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30642 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30643
30644 * Modifications
30645 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30646 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30647 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30648 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30649 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30650 for undoing a repeated change command.
30651 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30652 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30653 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30654
30655 * Extensions
30656 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30657 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30658 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30659 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30660 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30661 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30662 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30663 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30664
30665 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30666
30667 \(fn)" t nil)
30668
30669 ;;;***
30670 \f
30671 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30672 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30673 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30674 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18177 866))
30675 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30676
30677 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30678 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30679
30680 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30681
30682 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30683 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30684 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30685 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30686
30687 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30688
30689 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30690 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30691
30692 \(fn)" t nil)
30693
30694 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30695 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30696 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30697 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30698
30699 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30700
30701 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30702 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30703
30704 \(fn)" t nil)
30705
30706 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30707 Not documented
30708
30709 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30710
30711 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30712 Not documented
30713
30714 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30715
30716 ;;;***
30717 \f
30718 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30719 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30720 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30721 ;;;;;; view-file view-remove-frame-by-deleting) "view" "view.el"
30722 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
30723 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30724
30725 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30726 *Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30727 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30728
30729 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30730
30731 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30732 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30733 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30734 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30735
30736 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30737
30738 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30739 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30740 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30741 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30742 moving around in the buffer.
30743 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30744 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30745
30746 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30747
30748 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30749
30750 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30751 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30752 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. Emacs commands
30753 editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a special set of
30754 commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for moving around
30755 in the buffer.
30756 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30757 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30758
30759 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30760
30761 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30762
30763 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30764 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30765 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30766 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30767 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30768 moving around in the buffer.
30769 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30770 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30771
30772 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30773
30774 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30775
30776 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30777 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30778 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30779 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30780 moving around in the buffer.
30781 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30782 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30783
30784 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30785
30786 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30787 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30788 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30789
30790 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30791
30792 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30793 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30794 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30795 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30796 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30797 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30798 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30799 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30800
30801 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30802
30803 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30804 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30805 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30806
30807 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30808
30809 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30810 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30811 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30812 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30813 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30814 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30815 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30816 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30817
30818 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30819
30820 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30821 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30822 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30823
30824 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30825
30826 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30827 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30828 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30829 turn it off.
30830
30831 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30832 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30833 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30834 read-only.
30835 \\<view-mode-map>
30836 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30837 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30838 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30839 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30840 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30841
30842 H, h, ? This message.
30843 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30844 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30845 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30846 > move to the end of buffer.
30847 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30848 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30849 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30850 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30851 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30852 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30853 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30854 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30855 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30856 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30857 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30858 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30859 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30860 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30861 Use this to view a changing file.
30862 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30863 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30864 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30865 . set the mark.
30866 x exchanges point and mark.
30867 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30868 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30869 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30870 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30871 ' go to position saved in character register.
30872 s do forward incremental search.
30873 r do reverse incremental search.
30874 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30875 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30876 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30877 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30878 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30879 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30880 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30881 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30882 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30883 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30884 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30885 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30886 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30887 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30888 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30889 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30890 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30891
30892 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30893 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30894 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30895 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30896 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30897 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30898 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30899 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30900 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30901
30902 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30903
30904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30905
30906 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30907 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30908 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30909 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30910 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30911 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30912 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30913 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30914 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30915
30916 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30917
30918 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30919 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30920 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30921 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30922 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30923 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30924 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30925
30926 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30927 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30928 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30929 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30930 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30931 1) nil Do nothing.
30932 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30933 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30934 frame.
30935 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30936 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30937 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30938 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30939
30940 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30941
30942 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30943
30944 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30945
30946 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30947 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30948
30949 \(fn)" t nil)
30950
30951 ;;;***
30952 \f
30953 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18231
30954 ;;;;;; 31065))
30955 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30956
30957 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30958 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30959
30960 \(fn)" nil nil)
30961
30962 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30963 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30964
30965 \(fn)" t nil)
30966
30967 ;;;***
30968 \f
30969 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30970 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
30971 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30972
30973 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30974 Toggle Viper on/off.
30975 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30976
30977 \(fn)" t nil)
30978
30979 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30980 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30981
30982 \(fn)" t nil)
30983
30984 ;;;***
30985 \f
30986 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30987 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
30988 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30989
30990 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30991 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30992 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30993 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30994 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30995 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30996 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30997 the beginning of the warning.")
30998
30999 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31000 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31001 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31002 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31003 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31004 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31005 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31006 also call that function before the next warning.")
31007
31008 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31009 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31010
31011 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31012 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31013 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31014 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31015
31016 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31017 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31018 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31019 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31020 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31021 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31022
31023 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31024 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31025 Default is :warning.
31026
31027 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31028 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31029 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31030 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31031 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31032 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31033
31034 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31035 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31036 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31037
31038 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31039
31040 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31041 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31042
31043 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31044
31045 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31046 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31047 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31048 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31049
31050 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31051 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31052 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31053 can be whatever you like.)
31054
31055 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31056 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31057
31058 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31059 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31060 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31061 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31062 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31063
31064 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31065
31066 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31067 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31068 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31069 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31070 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31071
31072 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31073
31074 ;;;***
31075 \f
31076 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31077 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
31078 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31079
31080 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31081 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31082 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31083 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31084 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31085 in disk.
31086
31087 See `wdired-mode'.
31088
31089 \(fn)" t nil)
31090
31091 ;;;***
31092 \f
31093 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18177 869))
31094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31095
31096 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31097 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31098
31099 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31100 hotlist.
31101
31102 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31103 <nwv@acm.org>.
31104
31105 \(fn)" t nil)
31106
31107 ;;;***
31108 \f
31109 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31110 ;;;;;; (18190 39684))
31111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31112 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31113 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31114
31115 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31116
31117 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31118 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31119 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31120 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31121 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31122 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31123
31124 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31125
31126 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31127 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31128 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31129 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31130
31131 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31132 and off otherwise.
31133
31134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31135
31136 ;;;***
31137 \f
31138 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
31139 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
31140 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
31141 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
31142 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
31143 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
31144 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31145 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-leading 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31146 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-trailing 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31147 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-indent 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31148 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-spacetab 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31149 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-ateol 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31150
31151 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-leading-check "whitespace" "\
31152 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
31153
31154 \(fn)" t nil)
31155
31156 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-trailing-check "whitespace" "\
31157 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
31158
31159 \(fn)" t nil)
31160
31161 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-indent-check "whitespace" "\
31162 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
31163
31164 \(fn)" t nil)
31165
31166 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check "whitespace" "\
31167 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
31168
31169 \(fn)" t nil)
31170
31171 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-ateol-check "whitespace" "\
31172 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
31173
31174 \(fn)" t nil)
31175
31176 (autoload 'whitespace-buffer "whitespace" "\
31177 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
31178 These are:
31179 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
31180 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
31181 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
31182 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
31183 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
31184
31185 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
31186 and:
31187 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
31188 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
31189
31190 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
31191
31192 (autoload 'whitespace-region "whitespace" "\
31193 Check the region for whitespace errors.
31194
31195 \(fn S E)" t nil)
31196
31197 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31198 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
31199 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
31200 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
31201 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
31202
31203 \(fn)" t nil)
31204
31205 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31206 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
31207
31208 \(fn S E)" t nil)
31209
31210 (defalias 'global-whitespace-mode 'whitespace-global-mode)
31211
31212 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
31213 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
31214 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31217 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
31218
31219 (custom-autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" nil)
31220
31221 (autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" "\
31222 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
31223 With ARG, turn the mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
31224
31225 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
31226 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
31227
31228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31229
31230 (autoload 'whitespace-write-file-hook "whitespace" "\
31231 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
31232 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
31233
31234 \(fn)" nil nil)
31235
31236 ;;;***
31237 \f
31238 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31239 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18190 39680))
31240 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31241
31242 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31243 Browse the widget under point.
31244
31245 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31246
31247 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31248 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31249
31250 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31251
31252 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31253 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31254
31255 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31256
31257 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31258 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31259 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31260
31261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31262
31263 ;;;***
31264 \f
31265 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31266 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18190
31267 ;;;;;; 39680))
31268 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31269
31270 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31271 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31272
31273 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31274
31275 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31276 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31277 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31278
31279 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31280
31281 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31282 Create widget of TYPE.
31283 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31284
31285 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31286
31287 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31288 Delete WIDGET.
31289
31290 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31291
31292 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31293 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31294
31295 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31296
31297 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
31298
31299 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map " " 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31300 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31301 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31302
31303 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31304 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31305
31306 \(fn)" nil nil)
31307
31308 ;;;***
31309 \f
31310 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31311 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18177
31312 ;;;;;; 878))
31313 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31314
31315 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31316 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31317 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31318 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31319 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31320 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31321 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31322
31323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31324
31325 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31326 Select the window above the current one.
31327 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31328 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31329 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31330 negative ARG) of the current window.
31331 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31332
31333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31334
31335 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31336 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31337 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31338 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31339 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31340 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31341 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31342
31343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31344
31345 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31346 Select the window below the current one.
31347 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31348 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31349 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31350 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31351 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31352
31353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31354
31355 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31356 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31357 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31358 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31359
31360 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31361
31362 ;;;***
31363 \f
31364 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31365 ;;;;;; (18177 878))
31366 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31367
31368 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31369 Toggle Winner mode.
31370 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31371 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31372
31373 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31374
31375 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31376 Toggle Winner mode.
31377 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31378
31379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31380
31381 ;;;***
31382 \f
31383 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
31384 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (18195 4246))
31385 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31386
31387 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31388 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31389 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31390 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31391 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31392 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31393 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31394 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31395
31396 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31397 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31398
31399 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31400
31401 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31402 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31403
31404 \(fn)" t nil)
31405
31406 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31407 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31408 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31409 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31410 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31411 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31412 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31413 `woman' command for further details.
31414
31415 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31416
31417 ;;;***
31418 \f
31419 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31420 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
31421 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31422
31423 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31424 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31425
31426 BUGS:
31427 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31428 are not implemented
31429 - Options for search and replace
31430 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31431 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31432
31433 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31434 Emacs-like.
31435
31436 The key bindings are:
31437
31438 C-a backward-word
31439 C-b fill-paragraph
31440 C-c scroll-up-line
31441 C-d forward-char
31442 C-e previous-line
31443 C-f forward-word
31444 C-g delete-char
31445 C-h backward-char
31446 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31447 C-j help-for-help
31448 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31449 C-l ws-repeat-search
31450 C-n open-line
31451 C-p quoted-insert
31452 C-r scroll-down-line
31453 C-s backward-char
31454 C-t kill-word
31455 C-u keyboard-quit
31456 C-v overwrite-mode
31457 C-w scroll-down
31458 C-x next-line
31459 C-y kill-complete-line
31460 C-z scroll-up
31461
31462 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31463 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31464 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31465 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31466 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31467 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31468 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31469 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31470 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31471 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31472 C-k b ws-begin-block
31473 C-k c ws-copy-block
31474 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31475 C-k f find-file
31476 C-k h ws-show-markers
31477 C-k i ws-indent-block
31478 C-k k ws-end-block
31479 C-k p ws-print-block
31480 C-k q kill-emacs
31481 C-k r insert-file
31482 C-k s save-some-buffers
31483 C-k t ws-mark-word
31484 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31485 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31486 C-k v ws-move-block
31487 C-k w ws-write-block
31488 C-k x kill-emacs
31489 C-k y ws-delete-block
31490
31491 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31492 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31493 C-o j justify-current-line
31494 C-o k kill-buffer
31495 C-o l list-buffers
31496 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31497 C-o r set-fill-column
31498 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31499 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31500 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31501 C-o wo other-window
31502 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31503
31504 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31505 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31506 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31507 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31508 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31509 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31510 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31511 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31512 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31513 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31514 C-q a ws-query-replace
31515 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31516 C-q c end-of-buffer
31517 C-q d end-of-line
31518 C-q f ws-search
31519 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31520 C-q l ws-undo
31521 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31522 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31523 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31524 C-q w ws-last-error
31525 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31526 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31527
31528 \(fn)" t nil)
31529
31530 ;;;***
31531 \f
31532 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31533 ;;;;;; (18177 878))
31534 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31535
31536 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31537 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31538 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31539 Returns the top node with all its children.
31540 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31541 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31542
31543 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31544
31545 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31546 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31547 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31548 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31549 is not well-formed XML.
31550 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31551 and returned as the first element of the list.
31552 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31553
31554 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31555
31556 ;;;***
31557 \f
31558 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18203
31559 ;;;;;; 51788))
31560 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31561
31562 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31563 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31564 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31566 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31567 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31568
31569 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31570
31571 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31572 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31573 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31574 it off.
31575
31576 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31577 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31578 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31579 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31580 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31581 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31582
31583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31584
31585 ;;;***
31586 \f
31587 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31588 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18177 863))
31589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31590
31591 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31592 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31593
31594 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31595
31596 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31597 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31598
31599 \(fn)" nil nil)
31600
31601 ;;;***
31602 \f
31603 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31604 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18177 871))
31605 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31606
31607 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31608 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31609
31610 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31611
31612 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31613 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31614
31615 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31616
31617 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31618 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31619 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31620
31621 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31622
31623 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31624 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31625
31626 \(fn)" t nil)
31627
31628 ;;;***
31629 \f
31630 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18213 1259))
31631 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31632
31633 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31634 Zone out, completely.
31635
31636 \(fn)" t nil)
31637
31638 ;;;***
31639 \f
31640 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31641 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31642 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31643 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31644 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31645 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31646 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31647 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31648 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31649 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31650 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31651 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31652 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31653 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31654 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
31655 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el"
31656 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
31657 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31658 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31659 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31660 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31661 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31662 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31663 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31664 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31665 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31666 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
31667 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
31668 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el"
31669 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
31670 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
31671 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31672 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31673 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31674 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31675 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31676 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31677 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31678 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31679 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31680 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31681 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31682 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31683 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31684 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31685 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31686 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31687 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el"
31688 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31689 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31690 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31691 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31692 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31693 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31694 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31695 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31696 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31697 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/hmac-def.el"
31698 ;;;;;; "gnus/hmac-md5.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31699 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31700 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
31701 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31702 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
31703 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
31704 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31705 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31706 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31707 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31708 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31709 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31710 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31711 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31712 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31713 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
31714 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31715 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31716 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
31717 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
31718 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31719 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31720 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31721 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31722 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31723 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31724 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31725 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el"
31726 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el"
31727 ;;;;;; "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
31728 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
31729 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el"
31730 ;;;;;; "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
31731 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
31732 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/tamil.el"
31733 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
31734 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31735 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
31736 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31737 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31738 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31739 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31740 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31741 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31742 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31743 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31744 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31745 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31746 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/socks.el"
31747 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31748 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
31749 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31750 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31751 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31752 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31753 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31754 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31755 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31756 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31757 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31758 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31759 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31760 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
31761 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
31762 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
31763 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31764 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31765 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31766 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31767 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31768 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31769 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31770 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18232 8668 344872))
31775
31776 ;;;***
31777 \f
31778 ;; Local Variables:
31779 ;; version-control: never
31780 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31781 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31782 ;; End:
31783 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here